Automatic Congestion Handler (RAN19.1 - 01)

WCDMA RAN
Automatic Congestion Handler

Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01
Date 2017-03-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Automatic Congestion Handler Feature Parameter
Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 3
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Background.....................................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 4
2.3 Benefits........................................................................................................................................................................... 4
3 Technical Description...................................................................................................................5
3.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................................................ 5
3.2 WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler............................................................................................................ 6
3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States................................................................................................. 6
3.2.2 Automatic Congestion Relief Actions....................................................................................................................... 11
3.3 WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2).......................................................................................... 17
3.3.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States............................................................................................... 18
3.4.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States............................................................................................... 27
4 Related Features...........................................................................................................................39
4.1 FWRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler........................................................................................................ 39
5 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 41
5.1 WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler.......................................................................................................... 41
6 Engineering Guidelines............................................................................................................. 48
6.1 WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler.......................................................................................................... 48
6.1.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler........................................................................................................... 48
Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
6.1.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................ 48

6.1.3 Network Planning...................................................................................................................................................... 58
6.1.4 Deployment............................................................................................................................................................... 58
6.1.4.1 Requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 58
6.1.4.2 Data Preparation..................................................................................................................................................... 60
6.1.4.3 Activation............................................................................................................................................................... 62
6.1.4.3.1 Using MML Commands...................................................................................................................................... 62
6.1.4.3.2 MML Command Examples................................................................................................................................. 63
6.1.4.3.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 63
6.1.4.4 Activation Observation...........................................................................................................................................64
6.1.4.5 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................64
6.1.4.5.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 65
6.1.4.6 Reconfiguration...................................................................................................................................................... 65
6.1.5 Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................................................65
6.1.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................. 69
6.1.7 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................... 72
6.2.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)........................................................................................... 72
6.2.3 Planning..................................................................................................................................................................... 78
6.2.4 Deployment............................................................................................................................................................... 78
6.2.4.1 Requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 79
6.2.4.2 Precautions..............................................................................................................................................................80
6.2.4.4 Activation............................................................................................................................................................... 81
6.2.4.4.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 84
6.2.4.6 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................85
6.2.4.6.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 86
6.2.6 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................. 88
6.2.7 Troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................... 88
6.3.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3)........................................................................................... 89
Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN
6.3.3 Planning..................................................................................................................................................................... 90
6.3.4 Deployment............................................................................................................................................................... 90
6.3.4.1 Requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 90
6.3.4.2 Precautions..............................................................................................................................................................91
6.3.4.4 Activation............................................................................................................................................................... 94
6.3.4.4.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 96
6.3.4.6 Deactivation............................................................................................................................................................97
6.3.4.6.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................... 98
6.3.6 Parameter Optimization........................................................................................................................................... 101
6.3.7 Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................... 101
7 Parameters................................................................................................................................... 102
8 Counters...................................................................................................................................... 589
9 Glossary....................................................................................................................................... 598
10 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 599
Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN
Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes Automatic Congestion Handler, including its technical principles,
related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler

l WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)
l WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3)
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900 and BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
5900 series macro base stations: BTS5900, BTS5900A,
BTS5900L, BTS5900AL, DBS5900
Micro BTS3911E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite, DBS5900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products
Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:
l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes
RAN19.1 01 (2017-03-20)
This issue does not include any changes.
RAN19.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)

Compared with Issue 02 (2016-02-29) of RAN18.1, Draft A (2016-12-30) of RAN19.1
includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature Added a new feature l Added the AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw

change WRFD-191204 Automatic (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
Congestion Handler (Phase l Added the
3). For details, see 3.4 ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_
WRFD-191204 Automatic SWITCH option under the
Congestion Handler AdapAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
(Phase 3) and 6.3 parameter.
WRFD-191204 Automatic
Congestion Handler l Changed the value ranges of the
(Phase 3). following parameters:
– RULEID
– PARANAME
Added the function one- Added the LST UIOPTFUNCCURRENT-

click query of values of VALUE command.
adjusted parameters. For
details, see the following
sections:
l 6.1.2 Required
Information
l 6.2.2 Required
Information
l 6.3.2 Required
Information

WCDMA RAN
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Editorial None None

change
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Base Supported Supported Supported
n Station Controller by Macro by Micro by
Base Base LampSite
BSC6900 BSC6910 Station Station Base
Station
WRFD-16 Automatic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0253 Congestio
n Handler

1210 Congestio
n Handler
(Phase 2)

1204 Congestio
n Handler
(Phase 3)
Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations

The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on Macro, Micro,
and LampSite base stations.

WCDMA RAN
Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Background
Special events, such as festivals, parades, or major demonstrations, often result in
unpredictable network congestion depending on crowd levels and community participation. In
this case, network configuration optimization cannot be performed in advance. With
Automatic Congestion Handler, congestion can be relieved automatically in these scenarios.
2.2 Introduction
Automatic Congestion Handler monitors network congestion in real time. If network
congestion occurs, this feature automatically performs corresponding congestion relief actions
based on the congestion state.
2.3 Benefits
Automatic Congestion Handler automatically relieves congestion if traffic bursts occur,
thereby simplifying operation and maintenance for customers, improving system reliability,
and optimizing system performance.

WCDMA RAN
Description 3 Technical Description
3 Technical Description
This feature monitors load-related measurement quantities for a cell in real time. If a
measurement quantity or a set of measurement quantities meets certain requirements, the
RNC determines that the cell is congested and performs corresponding congestion relief
actions, which can be implemented by activating existing congestion relief algorithms or
adjusting the settings of existing network configuration parameters.
3.1 Overview
When the automatic congestion control switch (ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH under
the AdapAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is set to on, the RNC determines the
congestion state of a cell based on measurement results of the downlink non-HSDPA power
load, actual uplink load, or number of users in the CELL_FACH state; alternatively, the RNC
directly activates corresponding congestion relief algorithms.
After determining the congestion state, the RNC performs corresponding congestion relief
actions to improve the cell performance or uplink capacity. The RNC-level congestion relief
actions do not consider load conditions.
Figure 3-1 outlines the mapping between congestion states and congestion relief actions.
Figure 3-1 Mapping between congestion states and congestion relief actions
As shown in Figure 3-1, if the system is in the second-level congestion state, the inter-RAT
DRD function under this feature is automatically enabled, that is, the Inter System Direct

WCDMA RAN
Retry feature is activated. However, the Inter System Direct Retry feature takes effect only
when it meets certain requirements and the inter-DRD function provides only a control switch
for Inter System Diret Retry in Automatic Congestion Handler networks.
NOTE
The preceding figure shows only the working principle of the automatic congestion control algorithm.
For details about how to determine the congestion states in actual conditions, see section 3.2.1 Decision
Conditions for Different Congestion States.
3.2 WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler
3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States

The RNC determines the load state of a cell based on the following measurement objects:
l Number of users on the DCH: This is determined based on the number of users in the
CELL_DCH state.
l Downlink power load of a cell: This measurement object includes the downlink non-
HSDPA power load. For details about the downlink non-HSDPA power load, see Load
Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
l Uplink power load of a cell: This measurement object includes the actual uplink load,
uplink rise over thermal (RoT), uplink received total wideband power (RTWP), and
number of users on the DCH.
NOTE
If the actual uplink load cannot be obtained, the uplink RoT is used instead. For details about the
actual uplink load, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
l FACH of a cell: The state of each channel carried over the FACH determines whether the
FACH of a cell is congested.
l Number of users on the FACH: This is determined based on the number of users in the
CELL_FACH state.
Table 3-1 describes the decision conditions for each measurement object.

WCDMA RAN
Table 3-1 Decision conditions for each measurement object

Measure Congestion State
ment
Object
Number of Congestion state

users on l When the number of users on the DCH is greater than or equal to the
the DCH congestion triggering threshold, the number of users on the DCH
enters the congestion state.
l When the number of users on the DCH is less than or equal to the
congestion release threshold, the number of users on the DCH exits
the congestion state.
NOTE
l The congestion triggering threshold for the number of users on the DCH must
be greater than the congestion release threshold for the number of users on
the DCH.
l The congestion triggering and release thresholds for the number of users on
the DCH are 35 and 25, respectively.
Normal state
When the number of users on the DCH is greater than or equal to the
normal state threshold for the number of users on the DCH, the number
of users on the DCH enters the normal state.
NOTE
The default value of the normal state threshold for the number of users on the
DCH is 25.
Light-load state
l When the number of users on the DCH is greater than or equal to the
light-load state triggering threshold, the number of users on the
DCH enters the light-load state.
l When the number of users on the DCH is less than or equal to the
light-load state release threshold, the number of users on the DCH
exits the light-load state.
NOTE
l The light-load state triggering threshold for the number of users on the DCH
must be greater than the light-load state release threshold for the number of
users on the DCH.
l The light-load state triggering and release thresholds for the number of users
on the DCH are 20 and 10, respectively.

WCDMA RAN

ment
Object
Downlink Second-level congestion state

power load l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load is greater than or equal
of a cell to the second-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink
non-HSDPA power load, the downlink power load of the cell enters
the second-level congestion state.
l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load is less than or equal to
the second-level congestion release threshold for the downlink non-
HSDPA power load, the downlink power load of the cell exits the
second-level congestion state.
NOTE
l The second-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink non-
HSDPA power load must be greater than the second-level congestion release
threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA power load.
l By default, the downlink non-HSDPA power of a cell entering the second-
level congestion state is considered severely congested and the downlink non-
HSDPA power of a cell exiting the second-level congestion state is
considered lightly congested. For the definitions of severely and lightly
congestion states of the downlink non-HSDPA power, see Load Measurement
Feature Parameter Description.
First-level congestion state

l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load is greater than or equal
to the first-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink
non-HSDPA power load, the downlink power load of the cell enters
the first-level congestion state.
l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load is less than or equal to
the first-level congestion release threshold for the downlink non-
HSDPA power load, the downlink power load of the cell exits the
first-level congestion state.
NOTE
l The first-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load must be greater than the first-level congestion release threshold
for the downlink non-HSDPA power load.
l By default, the downlink non-HSDPA power of a cell entering the first-level
congestion state is considered lightly congested and the downlink non-
HSDPA power of a cell exiting the first-level congestion state is considered
normal. For the definition of the normal load state of the downlink non-
HSDPA power, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
Normal state
When the downlink non-HSDPA power load is greater than or equal to
the normal state threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA power load,
the downlink power load of the cell enters the normal state.
NOTE
The default value of the normal state threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load is DL_NORMAL_STATE.

WCDMA RAN

ment
Object
Uplink Congestion state (actual uplink load)

power load l When the actual uplink load is greater than or equal to the
of a cell congestion triggering threshold for the actual uplink load and the
number of users on the DCH is greater than or equal to the
congestion triggering threshold for the number of users on the DCH,
the uplink power load of the cell (actual uplink load) enters the
congestion state.
l When the actual uplink load is less than or equal to the congestion
release threshold for the actual uplink load and the number of users
on the DCH is less than or equal to the congestion release threshold
for the number of users on the DCH, the uplink power load of the
cell (actual uplink load) exits the congestion state.
Congestion state (RoT)
l When the uplink RoT is greater than or equal to the congestion
triggering threshold for the uplink RoT and the number of users on
the DCH is greater than or equal to the congestion triggering
threshold for the number of users on the DCH, the uplink power
load of the cell (RoT) enters the congestion state.
l When the uplink RoT is less than or equal to the congestion release
threshold for the uplink RoT and the number of users on the DCH is
less than or equal to the congestion release threshold for the number
of users on the DCH, the uplink power load of the cell (RoT) exits
the congestion state.
Congestion state (RTWP)
l When the uplink RTWP is greater than or equal to the congestion
triggering threshold for the uplink RTWP and the number of users
on the DCH is greater than or equal to the congestion triggering
threshold for the number of users on the DCH, the uplink power
load of the cell (RTWP) enters the congestion state.
l When the uplink RTWP is less than or equal to the congestion
release threshold for the uplink RTWP and the number of users on
the DCH is less than or equal to the congestion release threshold for
the number of users on the DCH, the uplink power load of the cell
(RTWP) exits the congestion state.

WCDMA RAN

ment
Object
NOTE
l The congestion triggering threshold for the actual uplink load must be greater
than the congestion release threshold for the actual uplink load.
l The congestion triggering threshold for the uplink RoT must be greater than
the congestion release threshold for the uplink RoT.
l The congestion triggering threshold for the uplink RTWP must be greater
than the congestion release threshold for the uplink RTWP.
l The congestion triggering and release thresholds for the actual uplink load are
7 dB and 4 dB, respectively.
l The congestion triggering and release thresholds for the uplink RoT are 13
dB and 7 dB, respectively.
l The congestion triggering and release thresholds for the uplink RTWP are -85
dB and -95 dB, respectively.
Normal state (actual uplink load)

When the actual uplink load is greater than or equal to the normal state
threshold for the actual uplink load and the number of users on the DCH
is greater than or equal to the normal state threshold for the number of
users on the DCH, the uplink power load of the cell enters the normal
state.
NOTE
The default value of the normal state threshold for the actual uplink load is 4 dB.
FACH of a Congestion state (FACH DTCH)

cell l When the DTCH carried over the FACH is congested, the FACH
DTCH of the cell enters the congestion state.
l When the DTCH carried over the FACH is not congested, the FACH
DTCH of the cell exits the congestion state.
Congestion state (FACH DCCH)
l When the DCCH carried over the FACH is congested, the FACH
DCCH of the cell enters the congestion state.
l When the DCCH carried over the FACH is not congested, the FACH
DCCH of the cell exits the congestion state.
Congestion state (FACH CCCH)
l When the CCCH carried over the FACH is congested, the FACH
CCCH of the cell enters the congestion state.
l When the CCCH carried over the FACH is not congested, the FACH
CCCH of the cell exits the congestion state.
NOTE
For details about how to determine whether each channel carried over the FACH
is congested, see Flow Control Feature Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN

ment
Object
Number of Normal state

users on When the number of users on the FACH is greater than or equal to the
the FACH normal state threshold for the number of users on the FACH, the
number of users on the FACH enters the normal state.
NOTE
The default value of the normal state threshold for the number of users on the
FACH is 15.
Light-load state
When the number of users on the FACH is greater than or equal to the
light-load state threshold for the number of users on the FACH, the
number of users on the FACH enters the light-load state.
NOTE
The default value of the light-load state threshold for the number of users on the
FACH is 5.
All the thresholds in the preceding table are configurable. For details about how to configure
these thresholds, see section 6.1.4.3 Activation.
3.2.2 Automatic Congestion Relief Actions

The RNC performs corresponding congestion relief actions after determining the load state of
a cell described in 3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States. Table 3-2
lists all the congestion relief actions for each congestion state. Some functions of CS
Preference and FACH Congestion Control have no negative impact on the network when the
cell is not congested. Therefore, these functions are automatically enabled when
ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH under the AdapAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected and the corresponding trigger conditions apply. Once enabled, these
functions will not be disabled.
NOTE
l CS Preference includes the following functions: CS RAB setup optimization, CS services

preempting PS BE service resources, preemption algorithm, CS RRC preemption, and high SPU
CPU load preemption.
l FACH Congestion Control includes the following functions: RLC transmission suspension after UL
4A, RLC transmission suspension after DL F2D, P2D in FACH congestion, TVM-based P2D, and
F2P state transition through physical channel reconfiguration.
The RNC determines the load state of a cell and performs corresponding congestion relief
actions, as described in Table 3-2.

WCDMA RAN
Table 3-2 Automatic congestion relief actions

Function Function Congestion Relief Action
ID
N300/T300 1 l When the downlink power load of a cell enters the second-
parameter level congestion state or the uplink power load of a cell
optimizatio (actual uplink load) enters the congestion state, the cell-level
n parameters N300 (BSC6900, BSC6910) and T300
(BSC6900, BSC6910) are set to 1 and D2000, respectively.
l When the downlink power load of a cell exits the second-
level congestion state and the uplink power load of a cell
(actual uplink load) exits the congestion state, the cell-level
parameters N300 (BSC6900, BSC6910) and T300
(BSC6900, BSC6910) are reset to the original values.
RRC 2 l When the downlink power load of a cell enters the second-
connection level congestion state or the uplink power load of a cell
release (actual uplink load) enters the congestion state, the cell-level
wait time parameter LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is set to 15.
optimizatio l When the downlink power load of a cell exits the second-
n level congestion state and the uplink power load of a cell
parameter LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910)
is reset to its original value.
Inter-RAT 6 l When the downlink power load of a cell enters the second-
redirection level congestion state or the uplink power load of a cell
(actual uplink load) enters the congestion state, the cell-level
parameter ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to Allowed_To_Inter_RAT.
parameter ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is reset to its original value.
Inter-RAT 7 l When the downlink power load of a cell enters the second-
DRD level congestion state or the uplink power load of a cell
(actual uplink load) enters the congestion state, the cell-level
parameter InterRATDRDSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set
to ON.
parameter InterRATDRDSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
reset to its original value.

WCDMA RAN

ID
Cell 3 l When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load)
HSUPA enters the congestion state, the MaxUpaUserNumDynAdj-
user Factor (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to 50. This
number action reduces the maximum number of HSUPA users in a
parameter cell.
optimizatio l When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load)
n exits the congestion state, the MaxUpaUserNumDynAdj-
Factor (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is reset to its
original value. This action increases the maximum number of
HSUPA users in a cell.
Uplink 5 l When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load)
initial enters the congestion state, the cell-level parameter
access rate UlBeTraffInitBitrate (BSC6900, BSC6910) is decreased by
one level (for example, decreased from D64 to D32). This
action decreases the uplink initial access rate of R99 users
that are processing PS BE services.
l When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load)
exits the congestion state, the cell-level parameter
UlBeTraffInitBitrate (BSC6900, BSC6910) is reset to its
original value. This action increases the uplink initial access
rate of R99 users that are processing PS BE services.
Downlink 21 l When the downlink power load of a cell enters the first-level
initial congestion state, the cell-level parameter DlBeTraffInitBi-
access rate trate (BSC6900, BSC6910) is decreased by one level (for
example, decreased from D64 to D32). This action decreases
the downlink initial access rate of R99 users that are
processing PS BE services.
l When the downlink power load of a cell exits the first-level
congestion state, the cell-level parameter DlBeTraffInitBi-
trate (BSC6900, BSC6910) is reset to its original value. This
action increases the downlink initial access rate of R99 users
that are processing PS BE services.
CS RAB 8 When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load) or
setup downlink power load of a cell enters the normal state, the cell-
optimizatio level parameter CSRABCacOptSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
n set to ON to enable the CS RAB setup optimization function.
CS 11 When the actual uplink power load of a cell or downlink power

services load of a cell enters the normal state,
preempting PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under
PS BE the cell-level parameter PreemptEnhSwitch (BSC6900,
service BSC6910) is selected. This action enables CS services to
resources preempt resources occupied by PS BE services to access the
cell.
NOTE
This function is disabled by default. 6.1.4.3 Activation describes how to
enable this function.

WCDMA RAN

ID
Preemption 9 When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load) or
algorithm downlink power load of a cell enters the normal state, the cell-
level parameter PreemptAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
set to ON to activate the preemption algorithm.
CS RRC 10 When the actual uplink power load of a cell or downlink power
preemption load of a cell enters the normal state,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH under
the cell-level parameter PreemptEnhSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected. This action enables RRC connection
requests for CS services to preempt resources occupied by PS
services.
High SPU 12 When the actual uplink power load of a cell or downlink power
CPU load load of a cell enters the normal state,
preemption PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
under the cell-level parameter PreemptEnhSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is deselected. This action enables the preemption if
the SPU CPU load is high.
P2D CS 13 When the uplink power load of a cell (actual uplink load) or
preemption downlink power load of a cell enters the normal state, the cell-
level parameter CsP2DPreemptSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
set to ON. This action enables CS services of a user to preempt
resources occupied by PS BE services during the transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (P2D).
Increasing 14 When the number of users on the FACH in a cell enters the
number of normal state, FACH_60_USER_SWITCH under the
UEs on NBMFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910)
FACH to parameter is selected. This action enables a maximum of 60 UEs
60 to be carried on the FACH.
RLC 18 l When the DTCH carried over the FACH in a cell enters the
transmissio congestion state,
n PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
suspension under the CORRMFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900,
after UL BSC6910) parameter is selected. This action enables the
4A RNC to suspend the RLC data transmission for a certain
period of time after reporting 4A measurement reports.
l When the DTCH carried over the FACH in a cell exits the
congestion state,
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
under the CORRMFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is reset to its original value.

WCDMA RAN

ID
RLC 17 l When the DTCH carried over the FACH in a cell enters the
transmissio congestion state, RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH
n under the RRFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900,
suspension BSC6910) parameter is selected. This action enables the
after DL RNC to suspend the RLC data transmission during F2D state
F2D transitions.
l When the DTCH carried over the FACH in a cell exits the
congestion state, RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH
under the RRFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900,
P2D in 16 When the number of users on the FACH enters the normal state,
FACH P2D_SWITCH under the RRFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH
congestion (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected. This action enables
the RNC to switch the user from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state when the FACH is congested.
TVM- 19 When the number of users on the FACH enters the light-load
based P2D state, RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH under the
RRFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected. This action enables the RNC to trigger a
P2D state transition for a user when the RNC receives from the
user a CELL UPDATE message with the Traffic volume
indicator IE set to TRUE or receives from the CN a dynamic
traffic volume measurement value that meets a specified
threshold.
F2P state 20 When the number of users on the FACH enters the light-load
transition state, CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
through under the CORRMFACHCTRLALGOSWITCH (BSC6900,
physical BSC6910) parameter is selected. This action enables the F2P
channel state transition to be performed through the physical channel
reconfigura reconfiguration procedure.
tion
RxLevMin 22 l When the uplink power load of a cell (RoT) enters the
parameter congestion state, the value of the Qrxlevmin (BSC6900,
optimizatio BSC6910) parameter is increased by 5.
n l When the uplink power load of a cell (RoT) exits the
congestion state, the value of the Qrxlevmin (BSC6900,
HSDPA 23 When the number of users on the DCH enters the normal state,
user the MaxHsdpaUserNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set
number to the larger value between the current parameter value and 128.
restriction NOTE
cancellatio The maximum number of HSDPA users allowed in a cell equals the
n smaller value between MaxHsdpaUserNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
the licensed capacity.

WCDMA RAN

ID
Cell-level 24 When the number of users on the DCH enters the normal state,
static the CellCallShockSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set
CAPS flow to ON. This action enables the cell-level static CAPS flow
control control function.
NOTE
Cell-level 25 When the number of users on the DCH enters the normal state,
dynamic the CELLKPITOCAPS (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set
CAPS flow to ON. This action enables the cell-level dynamic CAPS flow
control control function.
NOTE
DPCH 26 l When the number of users on the DCH enters the light-load
pilot power state, the PilotPOOptiSwitch parameter is set to ON. This
adjustment action enables the DPCH pilot power adjustment function.
l When the number of users on the DCH exits the light-load
state, the PilotPOOptiSwitch parameter is reset to its original
value.
FACH PS 27 l When the FACH DTCH of a cell enters the congestion state,
TRB the TimerPollForFachPsTRB (BSC6900, BSC6910)
polling parameter is set to D500.
timer l When the FACH DTCH of a cell exits the congestion state,
adjustment the TimerPollForFachPsTRB (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is set to D300.
NOTE
This function is disabled by default. 6.1.4.3 Activation describes
how to enable this function.
FACH 28 l When the FACH DCCH or FACH CCCH of a cell enters the
SRB congestion state, the TimerPollForFachSRB (BSC6900,
polling BSC6910) parameter is set to D250.
timer l When the FACH DCCH or FACH CCCH of a cell exits the
adjustment congestion state, the TimerPollForFachSRB (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is set to D200.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l When this feature is disabled or a function in the preceding table is deactivated, the parameters
involved in this feature or function are reset to their original values.
l If values of parameters related to this feature are manually adjusted after this feature is enabled, the
adjusted values will be overwritten because these values will be automatically adjusted later.
Therefore, do not manually adjust related parameters after this feature is enabled.
l When the RNC in Pool Node Redundancy feature is activated, the Automatic Congestion Handler
feature cannot take effect during a NodeB control rights switchover between the master and backup
RNCs. After the NodeB control rights are switched back to the master RNC, the Automatic
Congestion Handler feature continues to take effect. For details about the control rights switchover
between the master and backup RNCs, see RNC in Pool Feature Parameter Description.
l In the event of a cell migration, if the Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) feature has been
enabled for the migrated cell on the source RNC and the parameter settings for dynamic
optimization on the source RNC may be automatically generated, system KPIs may be adversely
affected after the cell migration. For details, consult Huawei engineers.
When trigger conditions apply, the inter-RAT DRD, inter-RAT redirection, and preemption
functions under Automatic Congestion Handler are automatically enabled. However, these
functions are optional and take effect only when certain requirements of the corresponding
features listed in the following table are met. For details, see the reference documents listed in
the following table.
Function Feature ID Feature Name Reference

Documents
Inter-RAT DRD WRFD-02040002 Inter System Direct Directed Retry

Retry Decision Feature
Parameter
Description
Preemption WRFD-010505 Queuing and Pre- Intelligent Access

Emption Control Feature
Parameter
Inter-RAT WRFD-02040003 Inter System Description
redirection Redirect
3.3 WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase

2)
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) is different from Automatic Congestion Handler in
the following ways:
l Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) focuses on uplink capacity optimization.
l Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) involves cell- and RNC-level optimization.
l Some cell-level congestion relief actions of Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) are
performed on the NodeB. Such actions include HSUPA UL interference cancellation
(IC), Turbo IC, RTWP surge prevention on the RACH, and RTWP abnormal target SIR
adjustment.

WCDMA RAN

The RNC determines the congestion state of a cell based on the following measurement
objects:
l Number of users in the CELL_DCH state: This measurement object indicates the number
of users in the CELL_DCH state. This feature classifies the cell load, in terms of users in
the CELL_DCH state, into five levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
– Light congestion
– Severe congestion
– Extreme congestion
For details about the classification thresholds, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter
Description.
l Downlink power load of a cell: This measurement object indicates the downlink non-
HSDPA power load. This feature classifies the downlink non-HSPA power load into five
levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
Description.
l Uplink power load of a cell: This measurement object is a combination of the actual
uplink load, uplink rise over thermal (RoT) or received total wideband power (RTWP),
and number of users in the CELL_DCH state. This feature classifies the actual uplink
load into five levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
Description.
NOTE
If the actual uplink load is unavailable, the uplink RoT is used instead. For details about the actual
uplink load, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
l FACH of a cell: The state of each channel carried over the FACH determines whether the
FACH of a cell is congested.
l Number of users in the CELL_FACH state: This measurement object indicates the
number of users in the CELL_FACH state.
3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States describes the congestion
decision conditions for the measurement objects "FACH of a cell" and "Number of users in
the CELL_FACH state".

WCDMA RAN

Cell- and RNC-level functions and parameters are involved in implementation of the
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) feature. Cell- and RNC-level congestion relief
actions are controlled by their corresponding switches.
l If ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH is selected under the
AdapAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, the cell-level switch for Automatic
Congestion Handler (Phase 2) is turned on. The RNC activates cell-level functions or
adjusts cell-level parameter settings based on the cell load.
l If AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC-level switch
for Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) is turned on. The RNC activates RNC-level
functions or adjusts RNC-level parameter settings. The RNC-level congestion relief
For details about the congestion relief actions, see Table 3-3.

ID
Code 124 When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes the
admission cell to enter the normal load state,
optimizatio CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH under the cell-level parameter
n for CE DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
resource NOTE
manageme This is a cell-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
nt automatically disabled.
mechanism
Optimizati 125 l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load causes the cell
on on Iu- to enter the light-congestion state and the number of users
PS with RRC connections reaches 15 or higher (or when the
signaling actual uplink load causes the cell to enter the normal load
release state and the number of users with RRC connections reaches
protection 15 or higher), the cell-level parameter IuPSRelNoRABTmr
timer (BSC6900, BSC6910) is automatically set to the smaller
value between the current value and 60.
l When the downlink non-HSDPA power load causes the cell
to exit the light-congestion state and the actual uplink load
causes the cell to exit the normal load state (or when the
number of users with RRC connections is less than 10), the
cell-level parameter IuPSRelNoRABTmr (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is automatically reset to its original value.

WCDMA RAN

ID
RTWP 127 l When the actual uplink load enters the light-congestion state
surge and the number of acknowledged random accesses reaches
prevention 20 or higher per second,
on the – If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 0 of the SET
RACH NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set to
ENABLE, the cell-level parameter SIB7RTWPOPTSW
will be automatically set to the value of
PARAENUMVALUE (default value: ON) under the
condition that the PARANAME parameter in rule 0 of the
SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set to
SIB7RTWPOPTSW; the cell-level parameter
SIB7MAXRTWP will be automatically set to the value
of PARAINTERVALVALUE (default value: 17) under
the condition that the PARANAME parameter in rule 0 of
the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set
to SIB7MAXRTWP.
– If ADMINSTATE is set to DISABLE in rule 0 of the
SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command, the
values of cell-level parameters SIB7RTWPOPTSW and
SIB7MAXRTWP remain unchanged.
l When the actual uplink load exits the light-congestion state
or the number of acknowledged random accesses is less than
15 per second,
values of cell-level parameters SIB7RTWPOPTSW and
SIB7MAXRTWP are automatically reset to their original
values.
– If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 1 of the SET
NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set to
ENABLE, the cell-level parameter SIB7RTWPOPTSW
will be automatically set to the value of
PARAENUMVALUE under the condition that the
PARANAME parameter in rule 1 of the SET
SIB7RTWPOPTSW; the cell-level parameter
SIB7MAXRTWP will be automatically set to the value
of PARAINTERVALVALUE under the condition that the
SIB7MAXRTWP.

WCDMA RAN

ID
NOTE
l SIB7RTWPOPTSW and SIB7MAXRTWP are NodeB-level
parameters.
l To enable the function, set the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 0
of the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command to ENABLE
on the NodeB side.
l It is recommended that the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 1 of
the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command retain the
default value DISABLE.
l Before enabling RTWP surge prevention on the RACH, the RNC
enables ACK message measurement. That is,
ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS under the cell-level parameter
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is automatically
selected. Once ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS is selected, it will
not be automatically deselected.

WCDMA RAN

ID
RTWP 128 l When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes
abnormal the cell to enter the light-congestion state and uplink RoT is
target SIR greater than or equal to 15 dB,
adjustment – If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 2 of the SET
ENABLE, the cell-level parameter
RTWPSIRTGTADJSW will be automatically set to the
value of PARAENUMVALUE (default value: ON) under
the condition that the PARANAME parameter in rule 2 of
the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set
to RTWPSIRTGTADJSW.
value of the cell-level parameter RTWPSIRTGTADJSW
remains unchanged.
l When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes
the cell to exit the light-congestion state or the uplink RoT is
less than or equal to 13 dB,
– If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 3 of the SET
ENABLE, the cell-level parameter
RTWPSIRTGTADJSW will be automatically set to the
value of PARAENUMVALUE under the condition that
the PARANAME parameter in rule 3 of the SET
RTWPSIRTGTADJSW.
value of the cell-level parameter RTWPSIRTGTADJSW
is automatically reset to its original value.
NOTE
l RTWPSIRTGTADJSW is a NodeB-level parameter.
on the NodeB side.
l It is recommended that the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 3 of
the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command retain the
default value DISABLE.

WCDMA RAN

ID
HSUPA 129 When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes the
UL cell to enter the normal load state,
interferenc l If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 4 of the SET
e NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command is set to
cancellatio ENABLE, the cell-level parameter ICMODE will be
n automatically set to the value of PARAENUMVALUE
(default value: TRUE) under the condition that the
ICMODE.
l If ADMINSTATE is set to DISABLE in rule 4 of the SET
NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command, the value of the
cell-level parameter ICMODE remains unchanged.
NOTE
on the NodeB side.
l This is a cell-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
automatically disabled. ICMODE is a NodeB-level parameter.
Turbo IC 130 When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes the
cell to enter the normal load state,
l If the ADMINSTATE parameter in rule 7 of the SET
ENABLE, the cell-level parameter TURBOIC will be
automatically set to the value of PARAENUMVALUE
(default value: TRUE) under the condition that the
TURBOIC.
l If ADMINSTATE is set to DISABLE in rule 7 of the SET
NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command, the value of the
cell-level parameter TURBOIC remains unchanged.
NOTE
on the NodeB side.
automatically disabled. TURBOIC is a NodeB-level parameter.

WCDMA RAN

ID
Uplink 131 and When the number of users in the CELL_DCH state causes the
load 132 cell to enter the normal load state and UL_UU_LDR under the
reshuffling NBMLdcAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
algorithm deselected, UL_UU_LDR is automatically selected. In addition,
ULLDRFIRSTACTION (BSC6900, BSC6910) is automatically
set to BERATERED, ULLDRSECONDACTION (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is automatically set to INTERFREQLDHO, and
ULLDRTHIRDACTION (BSC6900, BSC6910) to
ULLDRNINTHACTION (BSC6900, BSC6910) are
automatically set to NOACT.
NOTE
automatically disabled.
l Function ID 131 indicates the cell-level LDR switch, and 132
indicates the cell-level LDR action.
RRC setup 133 When the downlink non-HSDPA power load causes the cell to
channel enter the normal load state,
optimizatio CELL_CONG_RRC_SIG_CH_TYPE_OPT_SWITCH
n under the cell-level parameter CellConnAlgoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is automatically selected.
NOTE
This function is disabled by default. If you need to use this function,
enable it by following instructions provided in 6.2.4.4 Activation. This
is a cell-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
DPB 135 The RNC-level parameter RPTPERIOD (BSC6900, BSC6910)

measureme is automatically set to the larger value between the current value
nt and 200.
reporting NOTE
period This is an RNC-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
optimizatio automatically disabled.
n
CCCH 136 When the CCCH carried over the FACH is congested, the cell-
congestion level parameter CCCHCONGCTRLSWITCH (BSC6900,
control BSC6910) is automatically set to ON.
NOTE
This is a cell-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
Dynamic 137 PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH under the

configurati RNC-level parameter PCSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
on of automatically selected.
HSDPA NOTE
CQI This is an RNC-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
feedback automatically disabled.
period

WCDMA RAN

ID
Adaptive 138 PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH and

adjustment PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH
of HSUPA under the RNC-level parameter PCSWITCH (BSC6900,
small target BSC6910) are both automatically selected.
retransmiss NOTE
ions This is an RNC-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
RB parking 139 and When the downlink non-HSDPA power load or the actual
140 uplink load causes the cell to enter the normal load state, the
RNC enables the RB parking function for the cell. That is,
RB_PARKING_SWITCH and
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH under the
cell-level parameter CELLCONNALGOSWITCH1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) are both selected.
I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH, and
P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the cell-level
parameter RBPARKINGCACSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910)
are all selected. In addition, the RNC sets the RRC admission
policy for the cell to loose RRC admission. That is, the cell-
level parameters RRCCACCHOICE (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
RRCCECODECACCHOICE (BSC6900, BSC6910) are set to
LOOSE_CAC.
NOTE
l Function ID 139 indicates the cell-level switch for RB parking, and
function ID 140 indicates the cell-level switch for the RRC
admission policy.
Load-based 141 PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH under

uplink the RNC-level parameter PcSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
target automatically selected.
BLER NOTE
configurati This is an RNC-level function. Once enabled, this function will not be
on automatically disabled.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l When the feature is disabled or a function in the preceding table is deactivated, the parameters
involved in the feature or function are automatically reset to their original values.
l Do not manually adjust RNC functions or parameters after the feature has taken effect, because the
manually adjusted values of the parameters will be overwritten by automatic parameter adjustments
or resets and will not take effect.
l Manually adjusted values of the NodeB parameters will not take effect if there is an automatic
parameter adjustment. The manually adjusted values take effect in the event of automatic parameter
reset or when the feature is disabled. Therefore, do not manually adjust NodeB functions or
parameters after the feature has taken effect. During the automatic parameter adjustment, the output
of the query command for the original parameter shows the manually configured value, rather than
the automatically adjusted value. For example, the LST ULOCELLALGPARA command output
shows the manually configured value of DPCH Maximum Power Restriction Algorithm Switch.
The automatically adjusted value of this parameter can be queried using the following command:
DSP NODEBRULEACTIONPARA: RULEID=6, ULOCELLID=1400;
(Phase 2) feature cannot take effect during a NodeB control rights switchover between the master
and backup RNCs. After the NodeBs control rights are switched back to the master RNC, the
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) feature continues to take effect. For details about the
control rights switchover between the master and backup RNCs, see RNC in Pool Feature
Parameter Description.
l HSUPA UL interference cancellation and Turbo IC are optional NodeB features, and they are under
license control. If a function is manually enabled for all of the licensed number of cells and one of
the cells is reestablished, then the function may be automatically enabled for one of other cells
where the function switch has been turned on by Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2). In this
situation, an alarm is reported indicating license insufficiency when the cell reestablishment is
complete.
When trigger conditions apply, the functions under Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2),
including RB parking, adaptive adjustment of HSUPA small target retransmissions, load-
based uplink target BLER configuration, dynamic configuration of HSDPA CQI feedback
period, HSUPA UL interference cancellation, and turbo IC are automatically enabled.
However, these functions are optional and take effect only when certain requirements of the
corresponding features listed in the following table are met. For details, see the reference
documents listed in the following table.

Documents
RB parking WRFD-160206 RB Parking RB Parking Feature

Parameter
Description
Adaptive adjustment WRFD-140222 Adaptive Adaptive Adjustment

of HSUPA small Adjustment of of HSUPA Small
target HSUPA Small Target
retransmissions Target Retransmissions
Retransmissions Feature Parameter
Description

WCDMA RAN

Documents
Load-based uplink WRFD-140216 Load-based Uplink Dynamic

target BLER Target BLER Configuration
configuration Configuration Based on the Uplink
Load Feature
Dynamic WRFD-140215 Dynamic Parameter
configuration of Configuration of Description
HSDPA CQI HSDPA CQI
feedback period Feedback Period
HSUPA UL WRFD-010691 HSUPA UL HSUPA Data

interference Interference Channel
cancellation Cancellation Interference
Cancellation
Turbo IC WRFD-150206 Turbo IC Feature Parameter
Description

3)
WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is different from WRFD-160253
Automatic Congestion Handler and WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)
in the following ways:
l Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) focuses on downlink capacity optimization.
l Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) involves cell- and RNC-level optimization.
l Some cell-level congestion relief actions of Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) are
performed on the NodeB.
Such actions include DPCH power control based on radio quality, DPCH maximum
power restriction, and DPCH TPC power adjustment.

The RNC determines the congestion state of a cell based on the following measurement
objects:
l Number of users in the CELL_DCH state: This measurement object indicates the number
of users in the CELL_DCH state.
This feature classifies the cell load, in terms of users in the CELL_DCH state, into five
levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
Description.

WCDMA RAN
l Downlink power load of a cell: This measurement object indicates the downlink non-
HSPA power load.
This feature classifies the downlink non-HSDPA power load into five levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
Description.
l Uplink power load of a cell: This measurement object is a combination of the actual
uplink load, uplink rise over thermal (RoT) load or uplink received total wideband power
(RTWP) load, and number of users in the CELL_DCH state.
This feature classifies the actual uplink load into five levels:
– Light load
– Normal load
Description.
NOTE
If the actual uplink load is unavailable, the uplink RoT load is used instead. For details about the
uplink RoT load, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
For details about the uplink RTWP load, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.

Cell- and RNC-level functions and parameters are involved in implementation of the
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) feature. Cell- and RNC-level congestion relief
actions are controlled by their corresponding switches.
l If ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH is selected under the
AdapAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, the cell-level switch for Automatic
Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is turned on. The RNC activates cell-level functions or
adjusts cell-level parameter settings based on the cell load.
l If AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC-level switch
for Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is turned on. The RNC activates RNC-level
functions or adjusts RNC-level parameter settings. The RNC-level congestion relief
For details about the congestion relief actions, see Table 3-4.

WCDMA RAN

Function Function Conditions for Taking Effect
ID
DPCH 171 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
maximum met:
power – The downlink non-HSDPA power load is in the light
restriction congestion state.
– This function is in the active state.
– This function is associated with the following rule:
RULEID=8
PARANAME=DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW
l Congestion relief actions:
– When the value of ADMINSTATE is set to ENABLE,
the cell-level parameter DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW
is automatically set to a value specified by
PARAENUMVALUE.
– When the value of ADMINSTATE is set to DISABLE,
the cell-level parameter DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW
is automatically reset to the value set before this feature
is enabled.
power met:
control – The downlink non-HSDPA power load is in light
based on congestion state.
radio
quality – This function is in the active state.
RULEID=9
PARANAME=RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW
the cell-level parameter RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW
is automatically set to a value specified by
PARAENUMVALUE.
the cell-level parameter RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW
is automatically reset to the value set before this feature
is enabled.

WCDMA RAN

ID
TPC met:
power – The downlink non-HSDPA power load is in light
adjustmen congestion state.
t
– This function is in the active state.
RULEID=10
PARANAME=DPCHTPCPOADJSW
the cell-level parameter DPCHTPCPOADJSW is
automatically set to a value specified by
PARAENUMVALUE.
the cell-level parameter DPCHTPCPOADJSW is
automatically reset to the value set before this feature is
enabled.
ACK/ 175 l This function takes effect when the following condition is
NACK/C met:
QI PO This function is in the active state.
optimizati l Congestion relief actions:
on
– When RTWP is less than or equal to –95, the cell-level
parameters ACKPO1forSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910),
NACKPO1forSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
CQIPOforSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) are automatically
set to PO_30/15.
– When RTWP is greater than or equal to –85, the cell-
level parameters ACKPO1forSHO (BSC6900,
BSC6910), NACKPO1forSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910),
and CQIPOforSHO (BSC6900, BSC6910) are
automatically reset to the values set before this feature is
enabled.
Load- 174 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
based met:
intelligent – Users in CELL_DCH state bear a normal load.
state
transition – This function is in the active state.
INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH is
automatically selected under the cell-level parameter
ADAPALGOSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN

ID
176 l This function takes effect when the following condition is

met:
This function is in the active state.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH
is automatically selected under the RNC-level parameter
DraSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
179 l This function takes effect when the following condition is

met:
This function is in the active state.
The value of the RNC-level parameter AdapSteTrsParOn-
DataTrsSW (BSC6900, BSC6910) is automatically set to
ON.

WCDMA RAN

ID
Inter-freq 177 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
measure met:
Ec/No This function is in the active state.
THD and l Congestion relief actions:
MeasTim
e – If the downlink power load of the cell is in the second-
optimizati level congestion state or the uplink power load of the cell
on is congested, the values of the following cell-level
parameters are adjusted automatically:
The value of InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) reduces by 1 automatically. The minimum
value of this parameter is Min{Value on the live
network, –16}.
The value of InterFreqHThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –16}.
The value of InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –14}.
The value of InterFreqHThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –14}.
The value of InterFreqMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910)
reduces by 5 automatically. The minimum value of this
parameter is Min{Value on the live network, 10}.
– When the downlink power load of a cell exits the
second-level congestion state and the uplink power load
(actual uplink load) of the cell exits the congestion state,
the following cell-level parameters reset to their original
values.
InterFreqR99PsThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqHThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqR99PsThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqHThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID
Inter-freq 185 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
measure met:
RSCP This function is in the active state.
THD l Congestion relief actions:
optimizati
on – If the downlink power load of the cell is in the second-
level congestion state or the uplink power load of the cell
is congested, the values of the following cell-level
The value of InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP (BSC6900,
network, –105}.
The value of InterFreqHThd2DRSCP (BSC6900,
network, –105}.
The value of InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP (BSC6900,
network, –102}.
The value of InterFreqHThd2FRSCP (BSC6900,
network, –102}.
values.
InterFreqR99PsThd2DRSCP (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqHThd2DRSCP (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqR99PsThd2FRSCP (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterFreqHThd2FRSCP (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID
Inter-RAT 178 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
measure met:
Ec/No This function is in the active state.
THD and l Congestion relief actions:
MeasTim
e – If the downlink power load of the cell is in the second-
optimizati level congestion state or the uplink power load of the cell
on is congested, the values of the following cell-level
The value of InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –16}.
The value of InterRATHThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –16}.
The value of InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –14}.
The value of InterRATHThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900,
network, –14}.
The value of InterRATMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910)
reduces by 5 automatically. The minimum value of this
parameter is Min{Value on the live network, 10}.
values.
InterRATR99PsThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterRATHThd2DEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterRATR99PsThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterRATHThd2FEcN0 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
InterRATMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910)

WCDMA RAN

ID
Throughp 180 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
ut-based met:
state This function is in the active state.
transition l Congestion relief actions:
for BE
– DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH, and
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH are
automatically selected under the RNC-level parameter
DraSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910).
– DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH and DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH
are automatically selected under the RNC-level
parameter DraSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
FACH 181 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
message met:
reduction This function is in the active state.
The value of
PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWITCH
under the RNC-level parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch5
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 1 automatically.
The value of
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITC
H under the RNC-level parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch1
The values of PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH
and PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH under
the RNC-level parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) are set to 1 automatically.
The value of PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH
under the RNC-level parameter PerfEnhanceSwitch

WCDMA RAN

ID
FACH 182 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
performan met:
ce This function is in the active state.
optimizati l Congestion relief actions:
on CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH and
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH are
OptimizationSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910).
The value of RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
under the RNC-level parameter OptimizationSwitch2
The value of
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH under the
RNC-level parameter OptimizationSwitch4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to 1 automatically.
The value of CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH under the
RNC-level parameter OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to 1 automatically.
The value of
FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH&D2F_ABNORM
AL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH under the RNC-level
parameter OptimizationSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set
to 1 automatically.
RRC 183 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
connectio met:
n setup This function is in the active state.
message l Congestion relief actions:
optimizati
on switch – RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH is
PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
– RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH is
PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
H-RNTI 184 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
optimizati met:
on This function is in the active state.
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH is automatically
selected under the RNC-level parameter
PerfEnhanceSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910).

WCDMA RAN

ID
Coverage- 186 l This function takes effect when the following conditions are
based met:
adaptive This function is in the active state.
SRB rate l Congestion relief actions:
adjustmen The values of RNC-level parameters SrbRateCovSelSwitch
t (BSC6900, BSC6910) and CsF2DSrbRateCovSelSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) are set to 1 automatically.
NOTE
l When the feature is disabled or a function in the preceding table is deactivated, the parameters
involved in the feature or function are automatically reset to their original values.
l Do not manually adjust RNC functions or parameters after the feature has taken effect, because the
manually adjusted values of the parameters will be overwritten by automatic parameter adjustments
or resets and will not take effect.
l You are not advised to manually adjust NodeB functions or parameters during feature deployment,
because the manually adjusted values of the parameters will not take effect if there is an automatic
parameter adjustment. The manually adjusted values take effect in the event of automatic parameter
reset or when the feature is disabled. Do not manually adjust related parameter values after the
feature has taken effect. When a congestion relief action is performed, the original query command
of the parameter is used to query the manually configured parameter value, not the value that is
automatically obtained after the congestion relief action is performed. For example, in the LST
ULOCELLALGPARA command output, the value of the switch for DPCH Maximum Power
Restriction is a manually configured value. The parameter value automatically obtained after the
congestion relief action is performed can be queried using the following command:
DSP NODEBRULEACTIONPARA: RULEID=6, ULOCELLID=1400;
(Phase 3) feature cannot take effect during a NodeB control rights switchover between the master
and backup RNCs. After the NodeB control rights are switched back to the master RNC, the
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) feature continues to take effect. For details about the
control rights switchover between the master and backup RNCs, see RNC in Pool Feature
Parameter Description.
When trigger conditions apply, the functions under Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3),
including RB parking, adaptive adjustment of HSUPA small target retransmissions, load-
based uplink target BLER configuration, dynamic configuration of HSDPA CQI feedback
period, HSUPA UL interference cancellation, and turbo IC are automatically enabled.
However, these functions are optional and take effect only when certain requirements of the
corresponding features listed in the following table are met. For details, see the reference
documents listed in the following table.

WCDMA RAN

Documents
DPCH maximum WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Control

power restriction Power Restriction Feature Parameter
Description
DPCH power WRFD-171204 DPCH Power
control based on Control Based on
radio quality Radio Quality
DPCH TPC power WRFD-181207 DPCH TPC Power

adjustment Adjustment
Load-based WRFD-160214 Load-based Load-based

intelligent state Intelligent State Intelligent State
transition Transition Transition Feature
Parameter
Description
NOTE
l The functions DPCH maximum power restriction, DPCH power control based on radio quality, and
DPCH TPC power adjustment, and load-based intelligent state transition will consume
corresponding feature licenses purchased by the customer.
l If the purchased licenses are insufficient (Number of purchased licenses < Number of cells manually
enabled with the feature + Number of cells not manually enabled with the feature but enabled with
congestion relief functions) and cell re-establishment occurs in cells manually enabled with the
feature, the licenses that have been allocated may be reallocated to cells enabled with congestion
relief functions. In this case, after the cells manually enabled with the feature are re-established, an
alarm indicating insufficient licenses may be reported.
l If more licenses are required, contact Huawei engineers.

WCDMA RAN
Description 4 Related Features
4 Related Features
4.1 FWRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler

Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
None

2)
Feature ID Feature Name Description
WRFD-160253 Automatic WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler

Congestion Handler (Phase 2) is under control of the license for
WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler,
but does not depend on the function switches of
WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler.

None

WCDMA RAN
Description 4 Related Features
Impacted Features
None

3)
WRFD-160253 Automatic WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler

Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is under control of the licenses for
WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler
WRFD-181210 Automatic and WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion
Congestion Handler Handler (Phase 2), but does not necessarily
(Phase 2) require them to be enabled.

None
Impacted Features
WRFD-191201 Downlink Capacity Inter-frequency and inter-RAT 2D/2F thresholds

Enhancement on are optimized in WRFD-191201 Downlink
Dual-Band Capacity Enhancement on Dual-Band Networks.
Networks When both WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion
Handler (Phase 3) and WRFD-191201 Downlink
Capacity Enhancement on Dual-Band Networks
are effective, WRFD-191201 Downlink Capacity
Enhancement on Dual-Band Networks prevails.
WRFD-171213 Self Optimization Inter-frequency measurement RSCP threshold is

Under Uplink optimized in WRFD-171213 Self Optimization
Interference Under Uplink Interference.
When both WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion
Handler (Phase 3) and WRFD-171213 Self
Optimization Under Uplink Interference are
effective, WRFD-171213 Self Optimization
Under Uplink Interference prevails.

WCDMA RAN
Description 5 Network Impact
5 Network Impact

System Capacity
Network configuration optimization cannot be performed in advance for special events where
unanticipated network congestion often occurs. With Automatic Congestion Handler,
congestion can be relieved automatically when cells are congested, improving system
capacity. This feature involves multiple algorithms and functions.
The impact of each algorithm or function on system capacity is as follows:
l N300/T300 parameter optimization
This function reduces the number of RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmissions
in congestion scenarios and therefore reduces additional resource consumption in the
uplink. When there are sufficient services, this action also increases the uplink traffic
volume.
l RRC connection release wait time parameter optimization
This function prolongs the time a user of low-priority has to wait before sending a
second RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message and reduces extra resource
consumption in the uplink in congestion scenarios. When there are sufficient services,
this action also increases the uplink traffic volume.
l Cell HSUPA user number parameter optimization
This function reduces the maximum number of online HSUPA users in a cell in
congestion scenarios. The uplink throughput is low in congestion scenarios and the
power efficiency of R99 services is higher than that of HSUPA services in low uplink
throughput scenarios. Eventually, this action reduces the resource consumption in the
uplink. When there are sufficient services, this action also increases the total uplink
traffic volume.
l Uplink or downlink initial access rate
This function decreases the initial access rate of R99 users that are processing PS BE
services and reduces the power consumption per user in congestion scenarios. When
there are sufficient services, this action also increases the number of users on the DCH
and improves system capacity. However, this reduces the average throughput of a single
user that is processing PS BE services.

WCDMA RAN
l Functions under CS Preference, such as CS RAB setup optimization and CS services

preempting PS BE service resource
These functions ensure that UEs performing CS services preferentially access the
network. This improves the CS Erlangs but reduces the PS traffic volume in congestion
scenarios.
l Functions under FACH Congestion Control, such as RLC transmission suspension after
UL 4A
These functions improve the utilization of FACH resources and therefore improve the
system capacity in congestion scenarios.
l RxLevMin parameter optimization
This function increases the value of the RxLevMin parameter when a cell enters the
congestion state so that some UEs will not camp on this cell. This affects the cell
capacity but realizes load balancing, without affecting system capacity.
l HSDPA user number restriction cancellation
This function increases the number of accessed HSDPA users.
l DPCH pilot power adjustment
When the downlink load is heavy due to heavy traffic, this function reduces downlink
DPCH power consumption by reducing the length and power offset of the pilot field.
Ultimately, system capacity is increased.
The overall impact on system capacity is as follows:
In cell congestion scenarios, congestion relief actions help reduce cell load and improve the
efficiency of resource utilization. This feature also helps improve cell capacity when there are
sufficient services.
Network Performance
The impact of each algorithm or function on network performance is as follows:
l N300/T300 parameter optimization

This function reduces the number of RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmissions
in congestion scenarios, reducing the number of RRC connection setup attempts and
prolonging the delay of RRC connection setup response.
l RRC connection release wait time parameter optimization
This function prolongs the time a user of low-priority must wait before sending a second
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in congestion scenarios. This reduces the
number of RRC connection setup attempts for UEs and prolongs the delay of RRC
connection setup response.
l Cell HSUPA user number parameter optimization
This function reduces the maximum number of online HSUPA users in a cell in
congestion scenarios. As a result, some HSUPA users can be carried only on the DCH,
affecting user experience.
l Inter-RAT redirection
This function enables users to be redirected to the GSM network after accessing the
UMTS network fails.This reduces the access delay for these users, improving user
experience.
l Inter-RAT DRD

WCDMA RAN
This function enables CS users to access the GSM network after accessing the UMTS
network fails in congestion scenarios. This reduces the access delay for these users and
slightly improves the setup success rate of CS services.
l Functions under CS Preference, such as CS RAB setup optimization and CS services
preempting PS BE service resources
These functions ensure that UEs performing CS services preferentially access the
network. This improves the CS RAB setup success rate in congestion scenarios.
However, the PS service drop rate slightly increases if the occurrences of CS or PS
services preempting resources occupied by PS services increase.
l Cell-level static CAPS flow control or cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control
This function decreases the number of allowable RRC connections in heavy traffic
scenarios, affecting the RRC connection setup success rate.
l DPCH pilot power adjustment
If the length or power offset of the pilot field is reduced, SIR estimations will become
less accurate and Uu-interface synchronization loss probability increases. This increases
the call drop rate.
The overall impact on network performance is as follows:
If CS admission fails before this feature is enabled, the CS access success rate significantly
increases after this feature is enabled. However, the PS service drop rate also increases when
PS or CS preemption occurs.
NOTE
l After this feature is enabled, some of the preceding functions take effect simultaneously and affect
each other. Therefore, the impact of this feature on system capacity and network performance cannot
be quantified.
l After this feature is enabled, the RNC dynamically adjusts parameters and therefore the CPU usage
of the SPU subsystem slightly increases. The increase in the CPU usage is in direct proportion to the
number of cells enabled with this feature on the SPU subsystem. When all the cells on the SPU
subsystem are enabled with this feature, the CPU usage of the SPU subsystem increases by less than
3%.

2)
System Capacity
For special events where unanticipated network congestion often occurs, network
configuration cannot be optimized in advance. Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)
enables automatic congestion relief actions if cells become congested, improving system
capacity. This feature involves multiple algorithms and functions.
The impact of each algorithm or function on system capacity is as follows:
l Optimization on Iu-PS signaling release protection timer

This function reduces the online duration of single RRC signaling messages in
congestion scenarios, which reduces resource consumption. When there are sufficient
service requirements, this function also increases the downlink traffic volume.
l RTWP surge prevention on the RACH and RTWP abnormal target SIR adjustment

WCDMA RAN
These two functions reduce the cell RTWP if there is external interference. When there
are sufficient service requirements, these functions increase the uplink traffic volume.
l HSUPA interference cancellation and Turbo IC
These two functions reduce the interference between users and reduce the RTWP. When
there are sufficient service requirements, these functions increase the total uplink traffic
volume.
l Uplink load reshuffling algorithm, dynamic configuration of HSDPA CQI feedback
period, adaptive adjustment of HSUPA small target retransmissions, and load-based
uplink target BLER configuration
These functions reduce the resource consumption per user in uplink power congestion
scenarios. When there are sufficient service requirements, these functions increase the
total uplink traffic volume.
l Code admission optimization for CE resource management mechanism
This function increases the amount of CS traffic in code congestion scenarios.
l RB parking
This function reduces the impact of DCH resource requests from users in radio resource
congestion scenarios. Consequently, cell congestion is relieved, fewer UEs are carried on
DCHs, and cell throughput increases.
The overall impact on system capacity is as follows:
In cell congestion scenarios, congestion relief actions help reduce cell load and improve the
efficiency of resource utilization. The cell traffic volume increases when there are sufficient
service requirements. Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) aims to improve uplink cell
capacity.
Network Performance
The impact on network performance is as follows:
l Code admission optimization for CE resource management mechanism
This function improves the access success rate of CS services in code congestion
scenarios.
l RB parking
In radio resource congestion scenarios, this function improves the PS RAB setup success
rate and the RRC connection setup success rate, and thereby reduces the service drop
rate of PS services.
The overall impact on network performance is as follows:
If CS service admission fails due to insufficient code resources, activating this feature will
improve the access success rate of CS services. If PS service admission fails, activating this
feature will improve the access success rate of PS services.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l When this feature is enabled, some or all of the preceding functions take effect simultaneously. The
combination of these multi-function interactions and the impact of the congestion level make the
precise impact of this feature on system capacity and network performance impossible to quantify.
l When this feature is enabled, the RNC performs load monitoring and dynamically adjusts
parameters, resulting in a slight increase in CPU usage. The increase in CPU usage is directly
proportionate to the number of cells enabled with the feature on the subsystem. In addition, changes
in the cell traffic also affect CPU usage when all functions of this feature take effect. For example,
RB parking may reduce the number of UEs on the DCH and thereby reduces CPU usage. When all
the cells on the SPU subsystem are enabled with this feature, the CPU usage of the SPU subsystem
increases by less than 3%.

3)
System Capacity
Network configuration optimization cannot be performed in advance for unplanned events
where unanticipated network congestion often occurs. With Automatic Congestion Handler
(Phase 3), congestion relief can be performed automatically when cells are congested. This
improves the system downlink capacity. This feature involves multiple algorithms and
functions.
l DPCH maximum power restriction, DPCH power control based on radio quality, and
DPCH TPC power adjustment
These functions reduce the A-DPCH transmit power of HSDPA users, transmit power in
the TPC domain, and non-HSDPA power consumption if the non-HSDPA power load is
high in the cell, thereby saving downlink power resources, and improving the downlink
capacity.
NOTE
These three features have related features. For example, the gains of these three features reduce
after the SRB over HSDPA feature is enabled. For details, see Power Control Feature Parameter
Description.
l Load-based intelligent state transition and throughput-based state transition
These functions rapidly transfer users to the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH
state, saving network resources and increasing the downlink throughput.
l Inter-freq/inter-RAT measure Ec/No THD, MeasTime optimization, and inter-freq
measure RSCP THD optimization
In congestion scenarios, these functions reduce inter-frequency/GSM and UMTS inter-
RAT 2D/2F threshold and measurement time, number of times for entering the
compressed mode, compressed mode duration, and impact of compressed mode on data
services, thereby improving the system downlink capacity.
l ACK/NACK/CQI PO optimization
This function increases the ACK/NACK/CQI power, facilitating correct demodulation
and improving the system downlink capacity.
l H-RNTI optimization
This function avoids incorrect demodulation, improving the system downlink capacity.
l FACH message reduction

WCDMA RAN
This function reduces FACH SRB signaling consumption, improving the system
downlink capacity.
WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) focuses on improvement of
downlink capacity. The expected overall gains are as follows: If a cell is congested, the
congestion relief actions reduce the cell load and improve utilization of resources. When there
are sufficient services, the feature improves the service volume of the cell.
Network Performance
l DPCH maximum power restriction, DPCH power control based on radio quality, and
DPCH TPC power adjustment
These functions improve the access success rate in busy hours of a cell in the case of
downlink power congestion. However, the transmit power of the A-DPCH reduces, so
the Uu-interface synchronization loss probability increases, increasing the HSDPA
service drop rate and PS service drop rate.
l Inter-freq/inter-RAT measure Ec/No THD, MeasTime optimization, and inter-freq
measure RSCP THD optimization
These functions reduce the inter-frequency or inter-RAT compressed mode threshold and
optimize the measurement timer, delaying handovers. Consequently, the success rate of
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers decreases and the service drop rate increases due
to the delayed handover.
l Load-based intelligent state transition and throughput-based state transition for BE
These functions reduce the number of users in the CELL_DCH state as well as HSDPA
users and increase D2F state transitions as well as the number of users in the
CELL_FACH state, possibly causing congestion on the FACH and an increase in the PS
service drop rate.
l FACH performance optimization and RRC connection setup message optimization
These functions reduce the PS service drop rate and improve the RRC setup success rate.
With CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH under the RNC-level parameter OptimizationSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) selected, when users in CELL-FACH state initiate CS calls, these
users are reconfigured to CELL-DCH state and then CS RABs are established. This
increases the CS access success rate, but prolongs the CS access delay due to more
processes.
l Coverage-based adaptive SRB rate adjustment
The SRB rate is adjusted based on the coverage and load conditions of a cell. In weak-
coverage areas, a low SRB rate increases the access success rate. In strong-coverage
areas, a high SRB rate reduces the access delay.
l ACK/NACK/CQI PO optimization
This function increases the transmit power on the HS-DPCCH channel for UEs
performing soft handovers. If the UE transmit power is limited, it may reduce the
transmit power on other uplink channels, thereby undermining the uplink channel quality
and causing the BLER and call drop rate to increase. It is therefore recommended that
you disable this function in SRBoE scenarios.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l After this feature is enabled, some of the involved functions take effect simultaneously and affect
each other, and the congestion state affects gains. Therefore, the impact of this feature on system
capacity and network performance cannot be quantified.
l After this feature is enabled, the RNC monitors the load and dynamically adjusts parameters and
therefore the CPU usage slightly increases. The increase in the CPU usage is in direct proportion to
the number of cells enabled with this feature on the subsystem. However, after functions under this
feature take effect, traffic change in the cell also affect the CPU load. For example, the throughput-
based state transition function may reduce the number of DCH users, thereby reducing the CPU
load. When all the cells on the SPU subsystem are enabled with this feature, the CPU usage of the
SPU subsystem increases by less than 3%.

WCDMA RAN
Description 6 Engineering Guidelines
6 Engineering Guidelines
6.1.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler

The Automatic Congestion Handler feature is recommended in the following scenarios:
l The network configuration involved in this feature is not optimized.
l Unplanned events happen. It is recommended that this feature always be enabled in this
scenario because network congestion often occurs and the congestion state is
unpredictable in this scenario.
l A cell is congested. This feature helps relieve cell congestion and improves system
capacity.
For details about how to determine whether the network configuration needs to be optimized
and whether a cell is congested, see section 6.1.2 Required Information.
6.1.2 Required Information

l To evaluate the congestion states of different resources in a cell, collect the values of the
following counters during busy hours: VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910),
VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910), VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900,
BSC6910), VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910), VS.CellFACHUEs.MAX
(BSC6900, BSC6910), and VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910). When the
counter values meet the following conditions, the corresponding resource in the cell
becomes insufficient. It is recommended that this feature be enabled for the cell if any
resource becomes insufficient. The heavier the load on the cell, the more significant the
gains the feature or function will provide.
– The uplink power load meets the following conditions:
- VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) > 20
- The value of the VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter
is greater than 65%. That is, the actual uplink load is greater than 5 dB. If the actual
uplink load cannot be obtained, this feature uses the RTWP instead. In this case, it
is required that the RoT corresponding to the value of the VS.MeanRTWP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter be greater than 5 dB.

WCDMA RAN
– For the downlink power load, the value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910) counter meets the following formula: 10[(VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910) - MaxTxPower/10)/10] > 60%.
– For the number of users in the CELL_FACH state, the value of the
VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is greater than 25 or the value of
the VS.CellFACHUEs.MAX (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is greater than or
equal to 30.
l Check the settings of related parameters and determine whether this feature is necessary
based on the parameter optimization results described in 3.2.2 Automatic Congestion
Relief Actions after the feature takes effect.
– (Recommended) Method 1: Run the following command:
LST UIOPTFUNCCURRENTVALUE: IOptiFeatureID=160253, ActionObjType=CELL,
CellId=01, LstFormat=HORIZONTAL;
If some of the switches involved in this feature are turned on, the gains delivered by
this feature decrease. If all switches involved in this feature are turned on, this
feature delivers no gains.
– Method 2: Run the MML commands according to the following table.
Function Setting Notes MML Command
N300/ If N300 (BSC6900, BSC6910) l Preferentially run the LST

T300 is set to 1 and T300 UCELLIDLEMODETIMER
parameter (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to command to query the value
optimizati D2000 before this feature is of N300 and T300 specified
on enabled, this function does not for a cell.
take effect after being enabled, l If N300 or T300 is not
and therefore no gains are specified for the cell, run the
generated. LST UIDLEMODETIMER
NOTE command to query its value.
When this feature is enabled, this
function is enabled by default.
RRC If LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr l Preferentially run the LST

connection (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLSTATETIMER
release 15 before this feature is command to query the value
wait time enabled, this function does not of LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr
parameter take effect after being enabled, specified for a cell.
optimizati and therefore no gains are l If LowRrcConnRejWaitTmr is
on generated. not specified for the cell, run
NOTE the LST USTATETIMER
When this feature is enabled, this command to query its value.

WCDMA RAN
Inter-RAT If ConnectFailRrcRedirS- l Preferentially run the LST

redirection witch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is UCELLDRD command to
set to query the value of
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT ConnectFailRrcRedirSwitch
before this feature is enabled, (BSC6900, BSC6910)
this function does not take specified for a cell.
effect after being enabled, and l If ConnectFailRrcRedirS-
therefore no gains are witch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
generated. not specified for the cell, run
NOTE the LST UDRD command to
When this feature is enabled, this query its value.
Inter-RAT If InterRATDRDSwitch l Preferentially run the LST

DRD (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLINTERRATDR
ON or command to query the value
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SW of InterRATDRDSwitch
ITCH under the DrSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
(BSC6900, BSC6910) specified for a cell.
parameter is selected before l If InterRATDRDSwitch is not
this feature is enabled, this specified for the cell, run the
function does not change the LST
parameter settings after being UCORRMALGOSWITCH
enabled, and therefore no command to query the setting
gains are generated. of
NOTE DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SW
When this feature is enabled, this ITCH.
Cell If MaxUpaUserNumDynAdj- Run the LST UCELLCAC

HSUPA Factor (BSC6900, BSC6910) command to query the value of
user is set to 50 before this feature MaxUpaUserNumDynAdjFactor
number is enabled, this function does (BSC6900, BSC6910) specified
parameter not change the parameter for a cell.
optimizati settings after being enabled,
on and therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
Uplink If UlBeTraffInitBitrate l Preferentially run the LST

initial (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLFRC command to
access rate a small value, for example, query the value of
less than D16, before this UlBeTraffInitBitrate
feature is enabled, this (BSC6900, BSC6910)
function does not change the specified for a cell.
parameter settings after being l If UlBeTraffInitBitrate
enabled, and therefore no (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
gains are generated. specified for the cell, run the
NOTE LST UFRC command to
Downlink If DlBeTraffInitBitrate l Preferentially run the LST

initial (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLFRC command to
access rate a small value, for example, query the value of
less than D16, before this DlBeTraffInitBitrate
feature is enabled, this (BSC6900, BSC6910)
function does not take effect specified for a cell.
after being enabled, and l If DlBeTraffInitBitrate
therefore no gains are (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
generated. specified for the cell, run the
NOTE LST UFRC command to
CS RAB If CSRABCacOptSwitch Run the LST

setup (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLALGOSWITCH
optimizati ON before this feature is command to query the value of
on enabled, this function does not CSRABCacOptSwitch
change the parameter settings (BSC6900, BSC6910) specified
after being enabled, and for a cell.
therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
CS If l Preferentially run the LST

services PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_ UCELLQUEUEPREEMPT
preemptin PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH command to query the value
g PS BE under PreemptEnhSwitch of
service (BSC6900, BSC6910) is PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_
resources selected before this feature is PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
enabled, this function does not specified for a cell.
change the parameter settings l If
after being enabled, and PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_
therefore no gains are PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH is
generated. not specified for the cell, run
NOTE the LST
When this feature is enabled, this UQUEUEPREEMPT
command to query its value.
Preemptio If PreemptAlgoSwitch l Preferentially run the LST

n (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLQUEUEPREEMPT
algorithm ON before this feature is command to query the value
enabled, this function does not of PreemptAlgoSwitch
change the parameter settings (BSC6900, BSC6910)
after being enabled, and specified for a cell.
therefore no gains are l If PreemptAlgoSwitch
generated. (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
NOTE specified for the cell, run the
When this feature is enabled, this LST UQUEUEPREEMPT
CS RRC If l Preferentially run the LST

preemptio PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_ UCELLQUEUEPREEMPT
n PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH command to query the value
under PreemptEnhSwitch of
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_
selected before this feature is PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
enabled, this function does not specified for a cell.
take effect after being enabled, l If
and therefore no gains are PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_
generated. PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH is
NOTE not specified for the cell, run
When this feature is enabled, this the LST
UQUEUEPREEMPT

WCDMA RAN
High SPU If l Preferentially run the LST

CPU load PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HI UCELLQUEUEPREEMPT
preemptio GHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH command to query the value
n under PreemptEnhSwitch of
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HI
deselected before this feature GHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
is enabled, this function does specified for a cell.
not take effect after being l If
enabled, and therefore no PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HI
gains are generated. GHLOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
NOTE is not specified for the cell,
When this feature is enabled, this run the LST
UQUEUEPREEMPT
P2D CS If CsP2DPreemptSwitch l Preferentially run the LST

preemptio (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLQUEUEPREEMPT
n ON before this feature is command to query the value
enabled, this function does not of CsP2DPreemptSwitch
take effect after being enabled, (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and therefore no gains are specified for a cell.
generated. l If CsP2DPreemptSwitch
NOTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
When this feature is enabled, this specified for the cell, run the
LST UQUEUEPREEMPT
Increasing If l Run the LST

number of FACH_60_USER_SWITCH UCELLALGOSWITCH
UEs on under command to query the value
FACH to NBMFACHCTRLALGOS- of
60 WITCH (BSC6900, FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_C
BSC6910) or TRL.
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_ l Then, preferentially run the
CTRL under LST
NBMCacAlgoSwitch UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is command to query the value
selected before this feature is of
enabled, this function does not FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
change the parameter settings specified for a cell.
after being enabled, and
therefore no gains are l If
generated. FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
is not specified for the cell,
NOTE
run the LST
function is enabled by default. UCACALGOSWITCH

WCDMA RAN
RLC If l Preferentially run the LST

transmissi PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
on T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH command to query the value
suspension under of
after UL CORRMFACHCTRLAL- PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP
4A GOSWITCH (BSC6900, T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
BSC6910) is selected before specified for a cell.
this feature is enabled, this l If
function does not change the PERFENH_TX_INTERRUP
parameter settings after being T_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH is
enabled, and therefore no not specified for the cell, run
gains are generated. the LST UCORRMPARA
RLC If l Preferentially run the LST

transmissi RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
on _SWITCH under command to query the value
suspension RRFACHCTRLALGOS- of
after DL WITCH (BSC6900, RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND
F2D BSC6910) is selected before _SWITCH specified for a
this feature is enabled, this cell.
function does not take effect l If
after being enabled, and RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND
therefore no gains are _SWITCH is not specified for
generated. the cell, run the LST
NOTE URRCTRLSWITCH
P2D in If P2D_SWITCH under l Preferentially run the LST

FACH RRFACHCTRLALGOS- UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
congestion WITCH (BSC6900, command to query the value
BSC6910) is selected before of P2D_SWITCH specified
this feature is enabled, this for a cell.
function does not take effect l If P2D_SWITCH is not
after being enabled, and specified for the cell, run the
therefore no gains are LST URRCTRLSWITCH
generated. command to query its value.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
TVM- If l Preferentially run the LST

based P2D RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
WITCH under command to query the value
RRFACHCTRLALGOS- of
WITCH (BSC6900, RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S
BSC6910) is selected before WITCH specified for a cell.
function does not take effect RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_S
after being enabled, and WITCH is not specified for
therefore no gains are the cell, run the LST
generated. URRCTRLSWITCH
F2P state If l Preferentially run the LST

transition CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPT UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
through IMIZATION_SWITCH command to query the value
physical under of
channel CORRMFACHCTRLAL- CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPT
reconfigur GOSWITCH (BSC6900, IMIZATION_SWITCH
ation BSC6910) is selected before specified for a cell.
function does not take effect CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPT
after being enabled, and IMIZATION_SWITCH is
therefore no gains are not specified for the cell, run
generated. the LST
NOTE UCORRMALGOSWITCH
RxLevMin If Qrxlevmin (BSC6900, Run the LST

parameter BSC6910) is set to -48 before UCELLSELRESEL command
optimizati this feature is enabled, this to query the value of Qrxlevmin
on function does not take effect (BSC6900, BSC6910) specified
after being enabled, and for a cell.
therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE
HSDPA If MaxHsdpaUserNum Run the LST UCELLCAC

user (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to command to query the value of
number 128 before this feature is MaxHsdpaUserNum (BSC6900,
restriction enabled, this function does not BSC6910) specified for a cell.
cancellatio take effect after being enabled,
n and therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
Cell-level If CellCallShockSwitch Run the LST

static (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLALGOSWITCH
CAPS ON before this feature is command to query the value of
flow enabled, this function does not CellCallShockSwitch (BSC6900,
control take effect after being enabled, BSC6910) specified for a cell.
and therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE
function is disabled by default.
Cell-level If CELLKPITOCAPS Run the LST

dynamic (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to UCELLFCALGOPARA
CAPS ON before this feature is command to query the value of
flow enabled, this function does not CELLKPITOCAPS (BSC6900,
control take effect after being enabled, BSC6910) specified for a cell.
and therefore no gains are
generated.
NOTE
function is disabled by default.
DPCH If PilotPOOptiSwitch is set to l Preferentially run the LST

pilot ON or PcSwitch (BSC6900, UCELLPCSWITCH
power BSC6910), and command to query the value
adjustment PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWI of PilotPOOptiSwitch
TCH is selected before this specified for a cell.
feature is enabled, this l If PilotPOOptiSwitch is not
function does not take effect specified for the cell, run the
after being enabled, and LST
therefore no gains are UCORRMALGOSWITCH
generated. command to query its value.
NOTE

WCDMA RAN
FACH PS l When 1. Run the SET

TRB CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_ UCORRMALGOSWITCH
polling RETRANSMIT_PARA_S command to query the value
timer WITCH under CfgSwitch of
adjustment (BSC6900, BSC6910) is CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RE
deselected, this function TRANSMIT_PARA_SWITC
does not take effect. H.
l If the FACH PS TRB 2. Then query the value of the
polling timer is set to D500 FACH PS TRB polling timer.
before this feature is
l Preferentially run the LST
enabled, this function does
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
not change the parameter
command to query the value
settings after being
of TimerPollForFachPsTRB
enabled, and therefore no
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
gains are generated. The
specified for a cell.
FACH PS TRB polling
timer is specified by l If TimerPollForFachPsTRB
TrafficClass (BSC6900, (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
BSC6910) and TrchType specified for the cell, run the
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in LST UFACHCFGPARA
the SET command to query the value
UFACHCFGPARA of Re-TX Polling Timer
command. when TrafficClass (BSC6900,
NOTE BSC6910) is set to PS_TRB
When this feature is enabled, this and TrchType (BSC6900,
function is disabled by default. BSC6910) is set to FACH.

WCDMA RAN
FACH l When 1. Run the SET

SRB CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_ UCORRMALGOSWITCH
polling RETRANSMIT_PARA_S command to query the value
timer WITCH under CfgSwitch of
adjustment (BSC6900, BSC6910) is CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RE
deselected, this function TRANSMIT_PARA_SWITC
does not take effect. H.
l If the FACH SRB polling 2. Then query the value of the
timer is set to D250 before FACH SRB polling timer.
this feature is enabled, this l Preferentially run the LST
function does not change UCELLFACHCONGCTRL
the parameter settings after command to query the value
being enabled, and of TimerPollForFachSRB
therefore no gains are (BSC6900, BSC6910)
generated. The FACH SRB specified for a cell.
polling timer is specified
by TrafficClass (BSC6900, l If TimerPollForFachSRB
BSC6910) and TrchType (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in specified for the cell, run the
the SET LST UFACHCFGPARA
UFACHCFGPARA command to query the value
command. of TimerPoll when
TrafficClass (BSC6900,
NOTE
BSC6910) is set to SRB and
function is disabled by default. TrchType (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to FACH.
6.1.3 Network Planning

None
6.1.4 Deployment
6.1.4.1 Requirements
Other Features
The prerequisite features for the Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) feature must be
ready for activation. Specifically, the feature licenses must be activated, the cell-level feature
switches must be on, and other deployment requirements must be met. For the prerequisite
features, see "4.1 FWRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler".
Hardware
The RNC calculates the actual service uplink load based on uplink total load and uplink
minimum guaranteed load. The load measurement of total uplink services and uplink
minimum guaranteed services has the following dependencies on the NodeB hardware:

WCDMA RAN
l If the 3900 series macro base stations are configured with the WBBPa board or the 20 W
RRU3801C, the total uplink service load and the load of uplink minimum guaranteed
services are not reported. In other configurations, they are reported.
l If a 5900 series macro base station is configured with a 20 W RRU3801C, the base
station will not report measurements pertaining to the total uplink service load or the
load of uplink minimum guaranteed services.
l In multi-RRU cells, the total uplink service load and the load of uplink minimum
guaranteed services are not reported. Multi-RRU cells refer to independent demodulation
of signals from multiple RRUs in one cell, multiple RRUs in one cell, and multiple
RRUs in one cell under the multiple sector equipment groups configured for the
LampSite.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Table 6-1 BSC6900 and BSC6910

Feature Feature License License NE License Sal
ID Name Control Item in Allocation es
Item ID the DSP for Uni
LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output
WRFD-160 Automatic LQW1AC Automatic BSC6900 Method 1 Per

253 Congestion HRESE Congestion and Erl
Handler Handler BSC6910
(per Erl)

253 Congestion HRESM Congestion and Mb
Handler Handler BSC6910 ps
(per Mbps)
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
l Method 1: it is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the capacity license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". The licensed
values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
l Method 2: it is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the capacity license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed
values can be set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed

WCDMA RAN
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
6.1.4.2 Data Preparation

Configu Parameter Description Data Remarks
ration ID Source
Item
Adaptive AdapAlgoS Select Network NE: RNC

Algorith witch ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWIT plan MO:
m Switch (BSC6900, CH under this parameter. UCELLA
BSC6910) LGOSWI
TCH
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.

WCDMA RAN

ration ID Source
Item
Atom AtomRuleI l When the second-level congestion Network NE: RNC

Rule ID D triggering threshold for the plan MO:
(BSC6900, downlink non-HSDPA power load UIOPTAT
BSC6910) needs to be adjusted, set this OMRULE
parameter to 1.
Batch
l When the second-level congestion modificatio
release threshold for the downlink n on the
non-HSDPA power load needs to CME is
be adjusted, set this parameter to supported.
4.
l When the first-level congestion
triggering threshold for the
downlink non-HSDPA power load
needs to be adjusted, set this
parameter to 7.
l When the first-level congestion
release threshold for the downlink
non-HSDPA power load needs to
be adjusted, set this parameter to
8.
l When the normal state threshold
for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load needs to be adjusted,
set this parameter to 15.
l When the congestion triggering
threshold for the actual uplink
load needs to be adjusted, set this
parameter to 2.
l When the congestion release
threshold for the actual uplink
load needs to be adjusted, set this
parameter to 5.
for the actual uplink load needs to
be adjusted, set this parameter to
11.
threshold for the uplink RoT
parameter to 16.
threshold for the uplink RoT
parameter to 17.
threshold for the uplink RTWP

WCDMA RAN

ration ID Source
Item

parameter to 18.
threshold for the uplink RTWP
parameter to 19.
threshold for the number of users
on the DCH needs to be adjusted,
for the number of users on the
DCH needs to be adjusted, set this
parameter to 12.
l When the light-load state
triggering threshold for the
number of users on the DCH
parameter to 20.
l When the light-load state release
for the number of users on the
FACH needs to be adjusted, set
this parameter to 13.
l When the light-load state
on the FACH needs to be
adjusted, set this parameter to 14.
6.1.4.3 Activation
6.1.4.3.1 Using MML Commands

Step 1 (Optional) Activate or deactivate the functions involved in this feature based on the
descriptions in 3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States and 3.2.2
Automatic Congestion Relief Actions.

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command ACT UIOPTFUNCTION or DEA UIOPTFUNCTION to

activate or deactivate rules of a function. The following table lists the intelligent optimization
function ID of each function.
NOTE
l All the functions listed in the preceding table except the following are activated by default: CS
services preempting PS BE service resources, cell-level static CAPS flow control, cell-level dynamic
CAPS flow control, FACH PS TRB polling timer adjustment, and FACH SRB polling timer
adjustment. You need to perform this step only when one of these functions needs to be activated or
deactivated.
l Check whether related parameter settings are proper when activating the cell-level static CAPS flow
control function. For detailed operations, see Flow Control Feature Parameter Description.
l When activating the cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control function, run the SET
UNBMPHYPARA command with the FlowCtrlSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter set to
HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH to raise the priority of CS services. For
detailed operations, see Flow Control Feature Parameter Description.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD

UCELLALGOSWITCH and select the ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH check box
under the AdapAlgoSwitch parameter.
----End
6.1.4.3.2 MML Command Examples

//(Optional) Deactivating the functions involved in this feature by using "N300/
T300 parameter optimization" as an example:
DEA UIOPTFUNCTION: IOptiFunctionID=1;
//(Optional) Activating the functions involved in this feature by using "Cell-
level static CAPS flow control" as an example:
ACT UIOPTFUNCTION: IOptiFunctionID=24;
//Turning on the Adaptive Algorithm Switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=01, AdapAlgoSwitch=ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH-1;
6.1.4.3.3 Using the CME
Using the CME (Method 1)

Based on the parameter configurations involved in 6.1.4.2 Data Preparation, perform the
following operations to activate this feature:
NOTE
When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

WCDMA RAN
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End
Using the CME (Method 2)

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
6.1.4.4 Activation Observation

To check whether this feature has been enabled, perform the following steps to query self-
organizing network (SON) logs:
1. On the U2000 client, choose SON > SON Log.

2. On the displayed SON Log tab page, click Query SON Log. Set Log Category to
UMTS Automatic Congestion Handler log and Event Name to All. In addition,
specify Event Source Object and Time Period as required.
3. Click Synchronize in the bottom right corner of the SON Log tab page.
4. Click Query. If there is a Cell-level Parameter Adjustment record in the specified time
period, this feature has taken effect.
After this feature is activated, operating information about this feature will be recorded in
SON logs. By querying these logs, you can know the running status of this feature.
6.1.4.5 Deactivation
The following table describes the parameters for deactivating this feature.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks

Name
Adaptive AdapAlgoSwitch Deselect the NE: RNC

Algorithm (BSC6900, ADAP_CELL_CON MO:
Switch BSC6910) GEST_SWITCH UCELLALGOSWIT
under this parameter. CH
Batch modification on
the CME is supported.
Feature deactivation can be performed using the MML commands or CME.

Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH or MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH and clear the ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH check box

WCDMA RAN

//Disabling the Automatic Congestion Handler feature
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=01, AdapAlgoSwitch=ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH-0;

The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see 6.1.4.3.3 Using the CME.
6.1.4.6 Reconfiguration
None
6.1.5 Performance Monitoring

Check the values of counters and KPIs in the following table to monitor gains provided by
this feature.
Counter/KPI Description
VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, Number of UEs in CELL_DCH State for Cell

BSC6910)
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power

BSC6910) for Cell
VS.MeanTCP (BSC6900, BSC6910) Mean Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell
VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad Mean Uplink Actual Cell Load

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for

BSC6910) Cell
VS.FACH.DTCH.CONG.TIME Congestion Duration of DTCH Carried over

(BSC6900, BSC6910) FACHs for Cell
VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, Number of UEs in CELL_FACH State for Cell

BSC6910)
VS.CellFACHUEs.MAX (BSC6900, Maximum Count of UE in CELL_FACH

BSC6910)
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell (BSC6900, Average Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

BSC6910)
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Tota Number of Total Bytes Received in Uplink of

lBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSUPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSUPA.Rx Number of UL Bytes over Iub EDCH for Cell

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Conv.Rx Number of UL Bytes of PS Conversational

(BSC6900, BSC6910) Services over Iub DCH for Cell

WCDMA RAN
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Str.Rx Number of UL Bytes of PS R99 Streaming

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Int.Rx Number of UL Bytes of PS R99 Interactive

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Bkg.Rx Number of UL Bytes of PS R99 Background

VS.CRNCIubBytesPSR99.CCH.Rx Number of Bytes of UL PS Services over Iub

(BSC6900, BSC6910) RACH for Cell
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.Tota Number of Total Bytes Sent in Downlink of

lBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSDPA.Tx Number of DL Bytes over Iub HSDSCH for

(BSC6900, BSC6910) Cell
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Bkg.Tx Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Background

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Conv.Tx Number of DL Bytes of PS Conversational

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Int.Tx Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Interactive

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Str.Tx Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Streaming

VS.CRNCIubBytesPSR99.CCH.Tx Number of Bytes of DL PS Services over Iub

(BSC6900, BSC6910) FACH for Cell
AMR RAB Setup Success Ratio KPI
Number of users performing CS KPI

services (cell)
PS service drop rate KPI
l To evaluate the changes in the congestion state of a cell, compare the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910), VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910), VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910), VS.MeanRTWP
(BSC6900, BSC6910), and VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters before
and after this feature is activated.
l When the function of Cell HSUPA user number parameter optimization is enabled in a
cell where the uplink power load is congested, if the value of the
VS.HSUPA.UE.Max.Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is greater than half the value
of the MaxHsupaUserNum parameter before the feature activation, the value of the
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter decreases after the feature
activation.
l When CS Preference functions such as CS RAB setup optimization and CS services
preempting PS BE service resources are enabled in a congested cell, if CS admission

WCDMA RAN
fails before this feature is activated, the AMR RAB setup success rate and number of CS
users increase after this feature is activated. However, the PS service drop rate also
increases when PS or CS preemption occurs.
l When the maximum number of FACH users is greater than or equal to 30 before this
feature is activated and the function of "increasing number of UEs on FACH to 60" is
enabled, the value of the VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter increases
after the feature activation.
Changes in the cell load are as follows:
l After this feature is activated in a congested cell, the cell load decreases and resource
usage increases. In addition, the cell traffic increases when there are sufficient service
demands. The uplink and downlink cell loads are indicated by the VS.MeanRTWP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters,
respectively.
NOTE
If the value of the VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter does not decrease, the total uplink
PS traffic volume (the sum of uplink PS R99 traffic volume over the Iub and the HSUPA traffic volume
over the Iub) may slightly increase.
If the value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter does not decrease, the total
downlink PS traffic volume (the sum of downlink PS R99 traffic volume over the Iub interface and the
HSDPA traffic volume over the Iub) may slightly increase.
Observe capacity gains as follows:

l Uplink capacity gains
– Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the total uplink PS traffic volume
of a cell to observe the overall throughput gain. Specifically, create a scatter chart
by using the value of VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) as the horizontal
coordinate and the total uplink PS traffic volume of a cell as the vertical coordinate
to determine the throughput gain with the same number of users.
– Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900,
BSC6910) to determine the overall RTWP gain. That is, create a scatter diagram by
using the value of VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) as the horizontal
coordinate and the value of VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) as the vertical
coordinate to determine the RTWP gain with the same number of users.
The total uplink PS traffic volume of a cell can be calculated as follows:
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSUPA.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Conv.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Str.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Int.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Bkg.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.CRNCIubBytesPSR99.CCH.Rx (BSC6900, BSC6910).
l Downlink capacity gains
– Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the total downlink PS traffic
volume of a cell to observe the overall throughput gain. Specifically, create a scatter
chart by using the value of VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) as the
horizontal coordinate and the total downlink PS traffic volume of a cell as the
vertical coordinate to determine the throughput gain with the same number of users.
– Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.MeanTCP.NonHS
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to determine the downlink power gain. Specifically, create a
scatter chart by using the value of VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) as the

WCDMA RAN
horizontal coordinate and the value of VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,

BSC6910) as the vertical coordinate to determine the downlink power gain with the
same number of users.
The total downlink PS traffic volume of a cell can be calculated as follows:
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSDPA.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Conv.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Str.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Int.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR99Bkg.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910) +
VS.CRNCIubBytesPSR99.CCH.Tx (BSC6900, BSC6910).
Examples of Gain Analysis
You are advised to use the data one week before and after feature activation to determine the
feature gain.
Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) to
evaluate the load performance gain at the RNC- or cluster-level as follows: As shown in the
following figure, after this feature is enabled, the average RTWP decreases with the same
number of online users. In addition, the larger the number of online users, the more significant
the decrease in the average RTWP. That is, the uplink load performance is improved after this
feature is enabled.
Use VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) and the total uplink PS traffic volume of a cell
to evaluate the uplink throughput gain at the RNC- or cluster-level as follows: As shown in
the following figure, after this feature is enabled, the total traffic volume in the uplink
increases with the same number of online users. In addition, the larger the number of online
users, the more significant the increase in the throughput. That is, the overall network
throughput is improved after this feature is enabled.

WCDMA RAN
You can use the following function on the U2000 to initiate measurement of counters
associated with this feature in one-click mode: Quickly Setting Performance Measurement by
Feature. For details, see "Quickly Setting Performance Measurement by Feature" in iManager
U2000 MBB Network Management System Product Documentation.
6.1.6 Parameter Optimization

The probability that this feature takes effect can be adjusted by adjusting the thresholds for
congestion decision conditions. For details about the congestion decision conditions, see
section 3.2.2 Automatic Congestion Relief Actions.
Configure thresholds for congestion decision conditions as follows:
l Configure the second-level congestion thresholds for the downlink non-HSPA power
load.
– Run the RNC MML command MOD UIOPTATOMRULE. In this substep, set
AtomRuleID to 1, MeasureObjType to CELL, MeasureObject to
DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, and ThresholdEnumValue to an appropriate value to
adjust the second-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink non-
HSDPA power load.
adjust the second-level congestion release threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load.
l Configure the first-level congestion thresholds for the downlink non-HSPA power load.
adjust the first-level congestion triggering threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load.
adjust the first-level congestion release threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA
power load.

WCDMA RAN
l Configure the normal state threshold for the downlink non-HSPA power load.
Run the RNC MML command MOD UIOPTATOMRULE. In this substep, set
adjust the normal state threshold for the downlink non-HSDPA power load.
l Configure the congestion thresholds for the uplink load.
– Run the RNC MML command MOD UIOPTATOMRULE. In this substep, set the
AtomRuleID parameter to 2, MeasureObjType to CELL, MeasureObject to
UL_ACTUAL_LOAD, and set the ThresholdRangeValue parameter to adjust the
congestion triggering threshold for the actual uplink load.
congestion release threshold for the actual uplink load.
AtomRuleID parameter to 16 and set the ThresholdRangeValue parameter to
adjust the congestion triggering threshold for the uplink RoT.
AtomRuleID to 17 and ThresholdRangeValue to an appropriate value to adjust the
congestion release threshold for the uplink RoT.
AtomRuleID to 18 and ThresholdRangeValue to an appropriate value to adjust the
congestion triggering threshold for the uplink RTWP.
adjust the congestion release threshold for the uplink RTWP.
DCH_USER_NUM, and ThresholdRangeValue to an appropriate value to adjust
the congestion triggering threshold for the number of users on the DCH.
DCH_USER_NUM, and ThresholdRangeValue to an appropriate value to adjust
the congestion release threshold for the number of users on the DCH.
l Configure the normal state threshold for the uplink non-HSPA power load.
normal state threshold for the actual uplink load.
DCH_USER_NUM, and set the ThresholdRangeValue parameter to adjust the
normal state threshold for the number of users on the DCH.
l Configure the state thresholds for the number of users on the FACH.
FACH_USER_NUM, and set the ThresholdRangeValue parameter to adjust the
normal state threshold for the number of users on the FACH.

WCDMA RAN
FACH_USER_NUM, and set the ThresholdRangeValue parameter to adjust the
light-load state threshold for the number of users on the FACH.
l Configure the light-load state thresholds for the number of users on the DCH.
adjust the light-load state triggering threshold for the number of users on the DCH.
adjust the light-load state release threshold for the number of users on the DCH.
MML Command Examples:
//Configuring the second-level congestion thresholds for the downlink non-HSPA
power load
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=1, MeasureObjType=CELL,
MeasureObject=DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, ThresholdEnumValue=DL_HEAVY_STATE;
MeasureObject=DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, ThresholdEnumValue=DL_LOADED_STATE;
//Configuring the normal state threshold for the downlink non-HSPA power load
MeasureObject=DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, ThresholdEnumValue=DL_NORMAL_STATE;
//Configuring the first-level congestion thresholds for the downlink non-HSPA
power load
MeasureObject=DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, ThresholdEnumValue=DL_LOADED_STATE;
MeasureObject=DL_NONH_PWR_STATUS, ThresholdEnumValue=DL_NORMAL_STATE;
//Configuring the congestion thresholds for the uplink load
MeasureObject=UL_ACTUAL_LOAD, ThresholdRangeValue=70;
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=6, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=DCH_USER_NUM,
ThresholdRangeValue=25;
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=3, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=DCH_USER_NUM,
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=16, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=ROT,
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=17, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=ROT,
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=18, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=RTWP,
ThresholdRangeValue=-850;
MOD UIOPTATOMRULE: AtomRuleID=19, MeasureObjType=CELL, MeasureObject=RTWP,
ThresholdRangeValue=-950;
//Configuring the normal state threshold for the uplink non-HSPA power load
MeasureObject=DCH_USER_NUM, ThresholdRangeValue=25;
//Configuring the state thresholds for the number of users on the FACH
MeasureObject=FACH_USER_NUM, ThresholdRangeValue=15;
MeasureObject=FACH_USER_NUM, ThresholdRangeValue=5;
//Configuring the light-load state thresholds for the number of users on the DCH

WCDMA RAN
6.1.7 Troubleshooting
None

2)
6.2.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)

Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) is enhancement of Automatic Congestion Handler.
The only differences between them are the triggered congestion relief actions. The applicable
scenarios are similar to those for Automatic Congestion Handler.
The Automatic Congestion Handler feature is recommended in the following scenarios:
l The network configuration involved in this feature is not optimized.
l Unplanned events happen. It is recommended that this feature always be enabled in this
capacity.
For details about whether the network configuration needs to be optimized and whether a cell
is congested, see 6.2.2 Required Information.

following counters during busy hours: VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900,
BSC6910) VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) VS.CellFACHUEs.MAX
(BSC6900, BSC6910) VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) When the counter
values meet the following conditions, the corresponding resource in the cell becomes
insufficient. It is recommended that this feature be enabled for the cell if any resource
becomes insufficient. The heavier the load on the cell, the more significant the gains the
feature or function will provide.
– The uplink power load meets the following conditions:
- VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) > 20
- The value of the VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter
is greater than 65%. That is, the actual uplink load is greater than 5 dB. If the actual
uplink load cannot be obtained, this feature uses the RTWP instead. In this case, it
is required that the RoT corresponding to the value of the VS.MeanRTWP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter be greater than 5 dB.
– For the downlink power load, the value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910) counter meets the following formula: 10[(VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910) - MaxTxPower/10)/10] > 60%.
– For the number of users in the CELL_FACH state, the value of the
VS.CellFACHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is greater than 25 or the value of
the VS.CellFACHUEs.MAX (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is greater than or
equal to 30.

WCDMA RAN
based on the congestion relief actions described in 3.3.2 Automatic Congestion Relief
Actions.
– (Recommended) Method 1: Check the settings of related parameters on the RNC
using the following commands:
//Executing a cell-level command
//Executing an RNC-level command
LST UIOPTFUNCCURRENTVALUE: IOptiFeatureID=181210, ActionObjType=RNC,
LstFormat=HORIZONTAL;
Check the settings of related parameters on the NodeB using the following
commands:
Function Setting Notes MML Command for
Querying
RTWP If SIB7RTWPOPTSW is set LST ULOCELLALGPARA

surge to ON before the feature is
prevention enabled, this function is
on the ineffective after being enabled
RACH and therefore this function
does not yield gains.
NOTE
This function is enabled by
default when the feature is
activated.
RTWP If RTWPSIRTGTADJSW is LST ULOCELLALGPARA

abnormal set to ON before the feature is
target SIR enabled, this function is
adjustment ineffective after being enabled
and therefore this function
NOTE
activated.
HSUPA If ICMODE is set to TRUE DSP ULOCELL

UL before the feature is enabled,
interferenc this function is ineffective
e after being enabled and
cancellatio therefore this function does
n not yield gains.
NOTE
activated.

WCDMA RAN

Querying
Turbo IC If TURBOIC is set to TRUE DSP ULOCELL

before the feature is enabled,
this function is ineffective
after being enabled and
therefore this function does
not yield gains.
NOTE
activated.
If some of the switches involved in this feature are turned on, the gains brought by
this feature decrease. If all switches involved in this feature are turned on, this
feature brings no gains.
– Method 2: Run the MML commands according to the following table.
Querying
Code If LST UCELLALGOSWITCH

admission CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH
optimizati has been selected under
on for CE DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch
resource (BSC6900, BSC6910) before
manageme the feature is enabled, this
nt function is ineffective after
mechanis being enabled and therefore
m this function does not yield
gains.
NOTE
activated.
Optimizati If IuPSRelNoRABTmr LST UCELLSTATETIMER /

on on Iu- (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to LST USTATETIMER
PS 60 or a smaller value before
signaling the feature is enabled, this
release function is ineffective after
protection being enabled and therefore
timer this function does not yield
gains.
NOTE
activated.

WCDMA RAN

Querying
RTWP If SIB7RTWPOPTSW is set LST ULOCELLALGPARA

surge to ON before the feature is
prevention enabled, this function is
on the ineffective after being enabled
RACH and therefore this function
NOTE
activated.
RTWP If RTWPSIRTGTADJSW is LST ULOCELLALGPARA

abnormal set to ON before the feature is
target SIR enabled, this function is
adjustment ineffective after being enabled
NOTE
activated.
HSUPA If ICMODE is set to TRUE DSP ULOCELL

UL before the feature is enabled,
interferenc this function is ineffective
e after being enabled and
cancellatio therefore this function does
n not yield gains.
NOTE
activated.
Turbo IC If TURBOIC is set to TRUE DSP ULOCELL

before the feature is enabled,
this function is ineffective
not yield gains.
NOTE
activated.

WCDMA RAN

Querying
Uplink If UL_UU_LDR has been LST UCELLALGOSWITCH

load selected under
reshuffling NBMLdcAlgoSwitch
algorithm (BSC6900, BSC6910) before
the feature is enabled, this
function is ineffective after
being enabled and therefore
this function does not yield
gains.
NOTE
activated.
RRC setup If LST

channel CELL_CONG_RRC_SIG_C UCELLCONNALGOPARA
optimizati H_TYPE_OPT_SWITCH
on has been selected under
CellConnAlgoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) before
gains.
NOTE
This function is disabled by
activated.
DPB If RPTPERIOD (BSC6900, LST UDPB

measurem BSC6910) is set to 200 or a
ent larger value before the feature
reporting is enabled, this function is
period ineffective after being enabled
optimizati and therefore this function
on does not yield gains.
NOTE
This function is disabled by
activated.

WCDMA RAN

Querying
CCCH If CcchCongCtrlSwitch LST UCELLLDR

congestion (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
control ON before the feature is
enabled, this function is
ineffective after being enabled
NOTE
activated.
Dynamic If LST
configurati PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_C UCORRMALGOSWITCH
on of ELLLOAD_SWITCH under
HSDPA the PcSwitch (BSC6900,
CQI BSC6910) parameter is set to
feedback 1 before the feature is enabled,
period this function is ineffective
not yield gains.
NOTE
activated.
Adaptive If LST
adjustment PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_ UCORRMALGOSWITCH
of HSUPA INIT_SEL_SWITCH and
small PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_
target AUTO_ADJUST_SWITCH
retransmis under the PcSwitch
sions (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter are set to 1 before
gains.
NOTE
activated.

WCDMA RAN

Querying
RB If RB_PARKING_SWITCH LST
parking and UCELLCONNALGOPARA
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_
PARKING_SWITCH under
the CellConnAlgoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter are set to 1 and
I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_S
WITCH,
F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_
SWITCH, and
P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_
SWITCH under the
RBParkingCacSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter are set to 1 before
gains.
NOTE
activated.
Load- If LST
based PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE UCORRMALGOSWITCH
uplink _CELLLOAD_SWITCH
target under the PcSwitch
BLER (BSC6900, BSC6910)
configurati parameter is set to 1 before the
on feature is enabled, this
gains.
NOTE
activated.
6.2.3 Planning
None
6.2.4 Deployment

WCDMA RAN
Other Features
The prerequisite features for the Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2) feature have been
ready for activation. Specifically, the feature licenses have been activated, the cell-level
feature switches have been turned on, and other deployment requirements are met. For details
about the prerequisite features, see 4.2 WRFD-181210 Automatic Congestion Handler
(Phase 2).
Hardware
The load measurement quantities must be monitored to help determine whether a cell is
congested. To monitor the actual uplink service load and the number of acknowledged
random accesses, the following NodeB hardware requirements must be observed:
l If the 3900 series macro base stations are configured with the WBBPa board or use a 20
W RRU3801C, they will not report the measurements of the total uplink service load or
the load of uplink minimum guaranteed services.
l In multi-RRU cells, the total uplink service load and the load of the uplink minimum
guaranteed services are not reported. Multi-RRU cells include the cells enabled with
Independent Demodulation of Signals from Multiple RRUs in One Cell, macro-micro
multi-RRU cells, and multi-RRU cells where multiple sector equipment groups are
configured for a LampSite base station.
License
Description.

LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output

210 Congestion H2RESE Congestion BSC6910 Erl
Handler Handler
(Phase 2) (Phase 2)
(per Erl)

WCDMA RAN

LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output

210 Congestion H2RESM Congestion BSC6910 Mb
Handler Handler ps
(Phase 2) (Phase 2)
(per Mbps)
secondary operators based on the value of the License Allocation for Multiple Operators
parameter.
Method 1: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be consistent
with that of the capacity license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". You can run the RNC MML
command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to AutoAssign for
automatic allocation or with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to ManualAssign for
manual allocation. If the parameter is set to ManualAssign, license-rated parameters must be
manually specified.
with that of the capacity license item "PS throughput only-kbps". You can run the RNC MML
command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to AutoAssign for
automatic allocation or with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to ManualAssign for
manual allocation. If the parameter is set to ManualAssign, license-rated parameters must be
manually specified.
6.2.4.2 Precautions
The RRC setup channel optimization function is disabled by default. Before activating this
function, run the LST URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE command with
RrcCauseSigChTypeId (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to 15 to check whether the configured SRB
channel types and data rates are as planned. If not, you are advised to run the MOD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE command to change the SRB channel types and data rates
as expected to ensure that the RAB setup success rate does not decline after RRC setup
channel optimization is activated. If the LST URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE command
output displays no configurations, activate this function directly to establish the RRC
connections with the cause values "Registration" and "Inter-RAT cell re-selection" on the
FACH.

WCDMA RAN

Configura Parameter Setting Notes Data Remarks
tion Item ID Source
Adaptive AdapAlgoSw Select Network NE: RNC

Algorithm itch ADAP_CELL_CONG plan MO:
Switch (BSC6900, EST_PHASE2_SWIT UCELLALGOS
BSC6910) CH under this WITCH
parameter.
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
ACH AdapRncCo Set this parameter to Network NE: RNC

Phase2 ngestPhase2 ON. plan MO:
RNC-Level Sw UADAPALGOS
Switch (BSC6900, WITCH
BSC6910)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
6.2.4.4 Activation

Step 1 (Optional) Activate or deactivate the functions involved in the feature based on the
Run the RNC MML command ACT UIOPTFUNCTION or DEA UIOPTFUNCTION with
the Intelligent Optimization Function ID parameter set to a proper value to activate or
deactivate the corresponding function. The following table lists the function names and their
function IDs.
Function Intelligent Optimization
Function ID
Code admission optimization for CE resource 124

management mechanism
Optimization on Iu-PS signaling release protection timer 125
RTWP surge prevention on the RACH 126 and 127
RTWP abnormal target SIR adjustment 128
HSUPA UL interference cancellation 129
Turbo IC 130
Uplink load reshuffling algorithm 131 and 132

WCDMA RAN
Function Intelligent Optimization

Function ID
RRC setup channel optimization 133
DPB measurement reporting period optimization 135
CCCH congestion control 136
Dynamic configuration of HSDPA CQI feedback period 137
Adaptive adjustment of HSUPA small target 138

retransmissions
RB parking 139 and 140
Load-based uplink target BLER configuration 141
NOTE
All the functions listed in the preceding table except RRC setup channel optimization are activated by
default. This step is necessary only when you activate this function or deactivate one of other functions
during feature activation.
Step 2 (Optional) Activate or deactivate the NodeB functions and adjust parameters.
l Activate or deactivate a NodeB function involved in the feature.
Run the NodeB MML command SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA. In this step, set
Rule ID and Administrative State for the function whose Action Type is Modifying
configuration data, and enable or disable the related rules of the function.
The default value of Administrative State is DISABLE(Disable) for the rules whose
Action Type is Restoring configuration data. Retain the default value. If the value is
changed to ENABLE(Enable), parameters will be restored as predefined by the rule
instead of the settings by MML commands.
NodeB Function Intelligent Rule ID Action Type
Optimization
Function ID
RTWP surge prevention on the 127 0 Modifying

RACH configuration
data
1 Restoring
configuration
data
RTWP abnormal target SIR 128 2 Modifying

adjustment configuration
data
3 Restoring
configuration
data

WCDMA RAN
NodeB Function Intelligent Rule ID Action Type

Optimization
Function ID
HSUPA UL interference 129 4 Modifying

cancellation configuration
data
Turbo IC 130 7 Modifying

configuration
data
NOTE
You can run the RNC MML command LST UIOPTRULE to query the values of Rule ID and
Action Type configured for the NodeB function. The following is an example:
LST UIOPTRULE: LstType=BY_ID, IOptiFunctionID=127;
Value 127 of IOptiFunctionID indicates the function of RTWP surge prevention on the RACH.
The corresponding Rule ID includes 0 and 1, whose Action Type is Modifying configuration
data and Restoring configuration data, respectively.
l Adjust the parameter settings for a NodeB function.
After rule 0 of RTWP surge prevention on the RACH is enabled, run the NodeB MML
command SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA if the value of SIB7MAXRTWP needs
to be adjusted. In this step, set Rule ID to 0, MO Name to ULOCELLALGPARA, and
Parameter Name to SIB7MAXRTWP. Adjust the value of SIB7MAXRTWP by
modifying Interval Type Value.
NOTE
Parameters for other NodeB functions are only function switches and there is no need for
parameter adjustment.

UCELLALGOSWITCH with ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH selected
under the AdapAlgoSwitch parameter. The cell-level automatic congestion handler (phase 2)
algorithm is enabled.
Run the RNC MML command SET UADAPALGOSWITCH with the
AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter set to ON. The RNC-level
automatic congestion handler (phase 2) algorithm is enabled.
NOTE
When the AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, it takes a while for
all the sub-functions to take effect due to system processing. The delay ranges from about 20s to 40s.
----End

//(Optional) Enabling the RNC functions
//(Example) Enabling the RRC setup channel optimization function on the RNC
//(Optional) Disabling the NodeB functions (operated on the NodeB)

//(Example) Disabling the RTWP surge prevention on the RACH function on the NodeB
SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA: RULEID=0, MOCNAME=ULOCELLALGPARA,

WCDMA RAN
PARANAME=SIB7RTWPOPTSW, PARAENUMVALUE=ON, ADMINSTATE=DISABLE,

USERLABEL="SIB7RTWPOPTSW";
SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA: RULEID=0, MOCNAME=ULOCELLALGPARA, PARANAME=SIB7MAXRTWP,
PARAINTERVALVALUE=12, ADMINSTATE=DISABLE, USERLABEL="SIB7MAXRTWP";
//Enabling Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)

MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=01, AdapAlgoSwitch=ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH-1;
SET UADAPALGOSWITCH: AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw=ON;

NOTE
----End

After this feature is activated, feature operating information will be recorded in the self-
organizing network (SON) logs. You can check the running status of this feature by querying
the SON logs:
1. On the U2000 client, choose SON > SON Log.

The SON Log tab page is displayed.
2. On the displayed SON Log tab page, click Query SON Log. Set Log Category to
UMTS Automatic Congestion Handler log and Event Name to All. In addition,
specify Event Source Object and Time Period as required.
3. Click Synchronize in the bottom right corner of the SON Log tab page.
4. Click Query.
If there is a Cell-level Parameter Adjustment record in the specified time period, this
feature has taken effect.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
1. HSUPA UL Interference Cancellation and Turbo IC are NodeB features. These two features set
special requirements for NodeB hardware, in addition to feature switches and licenses. To check
whether the features have taken effect, view the value of RuleFeatureState in the SON logs. If the
value is Enable for a feature, the feature has taken effect. If the value is Disable, the feature does
not take effect.
For example, if RuleFeatureState="WRFD-150206 Enable" is displayed in the SON logs,
WRFD-150206 Turbo IC has taken effect in the cell.
For the RNC functions and NodeB functions (not features), the value of RuleFeatureState is always
NULL.
2. The MML field in the event description of SON logs includes the parameter settings for each action.
For the RNC, the MML field provides the relevant MML command and parameter value. For the
NodeB, the format of MML is: NodeBId=xx,LocalCellId=xx:AdminState=x,Parameter=Value;
In the field, AdminState is one of NodeB parameters, which indicates whether the rule is enabled.
Users can set the active status for each rule on the NodeB.
If AdminState is set to 1 for a rule, the rule is enabled on the NodeB, and the displayed parameter
value is the one configured for the corresponding rule in the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA
command.
If AdminState is set to 0 for a rule, the rule is disabled on the NodeB, and the displayed parameter
value is the one manually configured by users.

Name
Adaptive AdapAlgoSwitch Deselect NE: RNC

Switch BSC6910) GEST_PHASE2_SW UCELLALGOSWIT
ITCH under this CH
parameter.
ACH Phase2 AdapRncCongestP Set this parameter to NE: RNC

RNC-Level hase2Sw OFF. MO:
Switch (BSC6900, UADAPALGOSWIT
BSC6910) CH
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with

ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH cleared under the AdapAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UADAPALGOSWITCH with the
AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter set to OFF.
----End

//Disabling Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2)
SET UADAPALGOSWITCH: AdapRncCongestPhase2Sw=OFF;

None

Check the values of the counters and KPIs in the following table to monitor feature gains.

BSC6910)
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier Power

BSC6910) for Cell
VS.MeanTCP (BSC6900, BSC6910) Mean Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth for

BSC6910) Cell
VS.FACH.CCCH.CONG.TIME Congestion Duration of CCCH Carried over

(BSC6900, BSC6910) FACHs for Cell
VS.HSUPA.UE.Mean.Cell (BSC6900, Average Number of HSUPA UEs in a Cell

BSC6910)
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.Tota Number of Total Bytes Received in Uplink of

lBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSUPA MAC-d Flow for Cell

(BSC6900, BSC6910)



WCDMA RAN



VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.Tota Number of Total Bytes Sent in Downlink of

lBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA MAC-d Flow for Cell






AMR RAB Setup Success Ratio KPI
Number of CS Users KPI
PS Call Drop Ratio KPI
PS RAB Setup Success Ratio KPI
RRC Setup Success Ratio KPI
l To evaluate the changes in the congestion state of a cell, compare the values of counters
BSC6910), VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) before and after the feature is activated.
l Changes in the overall performance are as follows:
– When the RRC setup channel optimization function is enabled in a cell where the
downlink power load is congested, the PS RAB setup success rate will decline if the
following conditions apply:
n The value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter is
greater than 80% before the feature is activated.
n RB parking does not take effect or takes effect only in few cells.

WCDMA RAN
n The cause values in RRC connection requests are "Registration" and "Inter-
RAT cell re-selection", and RABs are to be set up.
– When the RB parking function is enabled in a congested cell, if PS service
admission fails due to insufficient radio resources, the PS RAB setup success rate
and RRC connection setup success rate will increase and the PS service drop rate
will decrease after this feature is activated.
– When the function of code admission optimization for CE resource management
mechanism is enabled in a congested cell, if CS service admission fails due to
insufficient code resources, the RAB setup success rate of AMR services and
number of CS users will increase after the feature is activated.
l Changes in the overall capacity are as follows:
After this feature is activated in a congested cell, the cell load will decrease and resource
utilization will increase. In addition, the cell traffic increases when there are sufficient
service requirements. The uplink and downlink cell loads are indicated by counters
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900,
BSC6910), respectively.
NOTE
l If the value of the VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter does not decrease, it indicates
that the total uplink PS traffic volume (the sum of uplink PS R99 traffic volume over Iub and
HSUPA traffic volume over Iub) slightly increases.
l If the value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter does not decrease, it
indicates that the total downlink PS traffic volume (the sum of downlink PS R99 traffic volume over
Iub and HSDPA traffic volume over Iub) slightly increases.
The method for observing uplink and downlink capacity gains is the same as that for
WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler. For details, see 6.1.5 Performance
Monitoring.
Activating the feature may raise CPU usage of the RNC by up to 3%. The involved counters
are as follows:
NE Counter/KPI Description
BSC6900 VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN Average CPU Usage of the XPU
BSC6910 VS.SUBSYS.CPULOAD.MEAN Average CPU Usage in the CP or UP

Subsystem

By modifying the congestion decision thresholds for triggering different congestion relief
actions, you can adjust the probability that the feature takes effect.
NOTE
The congestion decision thresholds are advanced parameters. Modify their values following the
instructions of Huawei technical support.
None

WCDMA RAN

3)
6.3.1 When to Use Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3)

Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is an enhancement to Automatic Congestion
Handler and Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 2). The only differences between them are
the triggered congestion relief actions. The application scenarios for Automatic Congestion
Handler (Phase 3) are similar to those for Automatic Congestion Handler and Automatic
Congestion Handler (Phase 2).
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) is recommended in the following scenarios:
l The network parameter configuration involved in this feature is not optimized.
l Unplanned events occur. It is recommended that this feature always be enabled in this
capacity.
For details about how to determine whether the network configuration needs to be optimized
and whether a cell is congested, see section 6.3.2 Required Information.

following counters during busy hours:
VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
When the counter values meet the following conditions, the corresponding resource in
the cell becomes insufficient and it is recommended that this feature be enabled for the
cell. The heavier the load on the cell, the more significant the gains the feature or
function will provide.
– The VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter indicating the number of
users meets the following formula:
VS.CellDCHUEs (BSC6900, BSC6910) > 20
– The VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, BSC6910) counter indicating the downlink
power load meets the following formula:
10[(VS.MeanTCP.NonHS-MaxTxPower/10)/10] > 60%
based on the congestion relief actions described in 3.4.2 Automatic Congestion Relief
Actions.
Check the settings of related parameters on the RNC using the following commands:
//Executing a cell-level command
//Executing an RNC-level command
LST UIOPTFUNCCURRENTVALUE: IOptiFeatureID=191204, ActionObjType=RNC,
LstFormat=HORIZONTAL;

WCDMA RAN
Check the settings of related parameters on the NodeB using the following command:
//Executing a NodeB command
LST ULOCELLALGPARA: ULOCELLID=1961;
For details about related parameters and MML commands, see Table 6-3.
Table 6-3 Network parameters on the NodeB

Function Parameter MML Command
DPCH maximum power DPCHMAXTXPWRRES LST

restriction TRSW ULOCELLALGPARA
DPCH power control RADIOQUALITYDPCHP LST

based on radio quality CSW ULOCELLALGPARA
DPCH TPC power DPCHTPCPOADJSW LST

adjustment ULOCELLALGPARA
If some of the switches involved in this feature are turned on, the gains brought by this
feature decrease. If all switches involved in this feature are turned on, this feature brings
no gains.
6.3.3 Planning
None
6.3.4 Deployment
Other Features
The prerequisite features for the Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) feature must be
ready for activation. Specifically, the feature licenses must be activated, the cell-level feature
switches must be on, and other deployment requirements must be met. For details about the
prerequisite features, see 4.3 WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3).
Hardware
The RNC calculates the actual uplink service load based on total uplink service load and
minimum guaranteed uplink service load. The load measurement of total uplink services and
minimum guaranteed uplink services has the following dependencies on the NodeB hardware:
l If the 3900 series macro base stations are configured with a WBBPa board or a 20 W
RRU3801C, the total uplink service load and the load of uplink minimum guaranteed
services are not reported. In other configurations, they are reported.
l In multi-RRU cell scenarios, the total uplink service load and the load of uplink
minimum guaranteed services are not reported.

WCDMA RAN
Multi-RRU cells include the cells enabled with Independent Demodulation of Signals
from Multiple RRUs in One Cell, macro-micro multi-RRU cells, and multi-RRU cells
where multiple sector equipment groups are configured for a LampSite base station.
License
Description.

Item the DSP for Uni
LICUSAG Multiple t
E Operators
Command
Output

204 Congestion H3RES Congestion and Mb
Handler Handler BSC6910 ps
(Phase 3) (Phase 3)
(per Mbps)
secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
with that of the capacity license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values can be
set by running the SET LICENSE command. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in
this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed values are automatically allocated among the
primary and secondary operators. If the FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command
is set to ManualAssign, you also need to specify the related license parameters to implement
manual license allocation.
6.3.4.2 Precautions
The functions DPCH maximum power restriction, DPCH power control based on radio
quality, and DPCH TPC power adjustment are deactivated by default due to their impacts on
the service drop rate. You can activate these functions manually to improve capacity if you
accept the impacts on PS service drop rate.
To activate these functions, run the ACT UIOPTFUNCTION command.

WCDMA RAN

tion Item ID Source
Function IOptiFuncti Set the ID of a function Radio NE: RNC

ID onID to be activated. For network MO:
(BSC6900, example, plan UIOPTFUNCTIO
BSC6910) l Set the ID of the (internal N
DPCH power control plan)
Batch modification
based on radio on the CME is
quality function to supported.
172 if necessary.
l Set the ID of the
DPCH TPC power
adjustment function
to 173 if necessary.
Rule ID RULEID l Set the rule ID of the Radio NE: NodeB

DPCH maximum network MO:
power restriction plan NODEBRULEAC
function to 8 if (internal TIONPARA
necessary. plan)
Batch modification
l Set the rule ID of the on the CME is
DPCH power control supported.
based on radio
quality function to 9
if necessary.
l Set the rule ID of the
DPCH TPC power
adjustment function
to 10 if necessary.
MO Name MOCNAM Select Radio NE: NodeB

E ULOCELLALGPARA network MO:
. plan NODEBRULEAC
(internal TIONPARA
plan)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.

WCDMA RAN

tion Item ID Source
Parameter PARANAM l Set the value of Radio NE: NodeB

Name E PARANAME to network MO:
DPCHMAXTXPW plan NODEBRULEAC
RRESTRSW for the (internal TIONPARA
DPCH maximum plan)
power restriction Batch modification
function if necessary. on the CME is
supported.
l Set the value of
PARANAME to
RADIOQUALITY
DPCHPCSW for
the DPCH power
control based on
radio quality
function if necessary.
l Set the value of
PARANAME to
DPCHTPCPOADJ
SW for the DPCH
TPC power
adjustment function
if necessary.
Enumeratio PARAENU Set this parameter to Radio NE: NodeB

n-type MVALUE ON. network MO:
Parameter plan NODEBRULEAC
Value (internal TIONPARA
plan)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
Administrat ADMINSTA Set this parameter to Radio NE: NodeB

ive State TE ENABLE. network MO:
plan NODEBRULEAC
(internal TIONPARA
plan)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
Adaptive AdapAlgoS Select Network NE: RNC

Algorithm witch ADAP_CELL_CONG plan MO:
Switch (BSC6900, EST_PHASE3_SWIT UCELLALGOS
BSC6910) CH. WITCH
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.

WCDMA RAN

tion Item ID Source
ACH AdapRncCo Set this parameter to Network NE: RNC

Phase3 ngestPhase3 ON. plan MO:
RNC-Level Sw UADAPALGOSW
Switch (BSC6900, ITCH
BSC6910)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
6.3.4.4 Activation
Step 1 (Optional) Activate or deactivate the functions involved in this feature based on the
Run the RNC MML command ACT UIOPTFUNCTION or DEA UIOPTFUNCTION to

activate or deactivate a function. The following table lists the ID of each function.
Function Function ID
DPCH maximum power restriction 171
DPCH power control based on radio quality 172
DPCH TPC power adjustment 173
Load-based intelligent state transition 174 and 176
ACK/NACK/CQI PO optimization 175
Inter-freq measure Ec/No THD and MeasTime 177

optimization
Inter-RAT measure Ec/No THD and MeasTime 178

optimization
State transition parameters calculation 179
Throughput-based state transition for BE 180
FACH message reduction 181
Preferentially performs P2D before setup CS 182
RRC connection setup message optimization switch 183
H-RNTI optimization 184
Inter-freq measure RSCP THD optimization 185

WCDMA RAN
Function Function ID
Coverage-based adaptive SRB rate adjustment 186
NOTE
All the functions listed in the preceding table except DPCH maximum power restriction, DPCH power
control based on radio quality, and DPCH TPC power adjustment are activated by default. This step is
necessary only when you enable these functions or disable one of other functions during feature
activation.
Step 2 (Optional) Activate the NodeB functions.
Activate a NodeB function involved in the feature.
Run the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command on the NodeB, with RULEID,

MOCNAME, PARANAME, and PARAENUMVALUE set to proper values and with the
value of ADMINSTATE set to ENABLE.
Function Function ID Rule ID Action Type
DPCH maximum power restriction 171 8 Modifying

configuration
data
DPCH power control based on radio 172 9 Modifying

quality configuration
data
DPCH TPC power adjustment 173 10 Modifying

configuration
data
NOTE
l You can run the RNC MML command LST UIOPTRULE to query the values of Rule ID and
Action Type configured for the NodeB function. The following is an example:
LST UIOPTRULE: LstType=BY_ID, IOptiFunctionID=171;
The value of Rule ID for the DPCH maximum power restriction function is 8.
l Retain the default value ENABLE for ADMINSTATE of the three NodeB functions.
l To deactivate the three NodeB functions, you can run the DEA UIOPTFUNCTION command on
the RNC. You can also run the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA command on the NodeB, with
ADMINSTATE set to DISABLE.
PARANAME=DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW, PARAENUMVALUE=ON,
ADMINSTATE=DISABLE;

UCELLALGOSWITCH, with ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH selected

WCDMA RAN
Run the RNC MML command SET UADAPALGOSWITCH, with the value of
AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw set to ON, to turn on the switch for Automatic Congestion
Handler (Phase 3).
NOTE
After the AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, it takes a while for
all the sub-functions to take effect due to system processing. The delay ranges from about 20s to 40s.
----End

//(Optional) Enabling the RNC functions (operated on the RNC)
//(Example) Enabling the DPCH maximum power restriction function on the RNC
//(Example) Enabling the DPCH power control based on radio quality function on
the RNC
//(Example) Enabling the DPCH TPC power adjustment function on the RNC
//(Example) Enabling the throughput-based state transition for BE services
function on the RNC
//(Optional) Enabling the NodeB functions (operated on the NodeB)

//(Example) Enabling the DPCH maximum power restriction function on the NodeB
PARANAME=DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW, PARAENUMVALUE=ON, ADMINSTATE=ENABLE;
//(Example) Enabling the DPCH power control based on radio quality function on
the NodeB
PARANAME=RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW, PARAENUMVALUE=ON, ADMINSTATE=ENABLE;
//(Example) Enabling the DPCH TPC power adjustment function on the NodeB
PARANAME=DPCHTPCPOADJSW, PARAENUMVALUE=ON, ADMINSTATE=ENABLE;
//Enabling Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) on the RNC

SET UADAPALGOSWITCH: AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw=ON;

NOTE


WCDMA RAN
----End

After this feature is activated, feature operating information will be recorded in the self-
organizing network (SON) logs. You can check the running status of this feature by querying
the SON logs:
1. On the U2000 client, choose SON > SON Log. The SON Log tab page is displayed.
2. On the displayed SON Log tab page, click the Query SON Log tab. On the displayed
SON Log tab page, click Query SON Log. Set Log Category to UMTS Automatic
Congestion Handler (Phase 3) log and Event Name to All. In addition, specify Event
Source Object and Time Period as required.
3. Click Synchronize in the right corner of the SON Log tab page to synchronize SON
logs.
4. Click Query. If there is a Modify Cell-level Configuration Data, Modify RNC-level
Configuration Data, or Modify Cell-level Configuration Data On NodeB record in
the specified time period, this feature has taken effect.
After this feature is enabled, congestion relief actions related with this feature are saved in
SON logs. By querying these logs, you can obtain the running status of this feature.
NOTE
1. DPCH Maximum Power Restriction, DPCH Power Control Based on Radio Quality, and DPCH
TPC Power Adjustment are NodeB features. These features set special requirements for NodeB
hardware, in addition to feature switches and licenses. To check whether these features have taken
effect, view the value of FeatureState in the SON logs. If the value is Enable for a feature, the
feature has taken effect. If the value is Disable, the feature does not take effect.
In the following example, FeatureState="WRFD-150235 ENABLE" indicates that
WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction has taken effect.
Event Source Object="Mcc=414, Mnc=01, RncId=42, CellId=16111;", Event Description="Modify
Cell-level Configuration Data On NodeB:FeatureID=191204, FeatureName=Automatic Congestion
Handler (Phase3), FunctionID=171, RuleID=8,
MML=NodeBId=0,LocalCellId=6112;AdminState=1,DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW=ON;,
FeatureState=WRFD–150235 ENABLE"
2. The MML field in the event description of SON logs includes the parameter settings for each action.
For the RNC, the MML field provides the relevant MML command and parameter value. For the
NodeB, the format of MML is: NodeBId=xx,LocalCellId=xx:AdminState=x,Parameter=Value;.
In the field, AdminState is one of NodeB parameters, which indicates whether the rule is enabled.
Users can set the active status for each rule on the NodeB.
If AdminState is set to 1 for a rule, the rule is enabled on the NodeB, and the displayed parameter
value is the one configured for the corresponding rule in the SET NODEBRULEACTIONPARA
command.
If AdminState is set to 0 for a rule, the rule is disabled on the NodeB, and the displayed parameter
value is the one manually configured by users.

WCDMA RAN

Name
Adaptive AdapAlgoSwitch Deselect NE: RNC

Switch BSC6910) GEST_PHASE3_SW UCELLALGOSWIT
ITCH under this CH
parameter.
ACH Phase3 AdapRncCongestP Set this parameter to NE: RNC

RNC-Level hase3Sw OFF. MO:
Switch (BSC6900, UADAPALGOSWIT
BSC6910) CH

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH, with the value of
ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH deselected under the AdapAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UADAPALGOSWITCH, with the value of
AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to OFF, to turn off the switch for
Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3).
----End

//Disabling the cell-level switch for Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) on
the RNC
//Disabling the RNC-level switch for Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) for
the cell
SET UADAPALGOSWITCH: AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw=OFF;

To adjust functions related to this feature, see steps 1 and 2 in 6.3.4.4.1 Using MML
Commands.

WCDMA RAN

l Check the values of the counters and KPIs in the following table to monitor feature
gains.

BSC6910)
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS (BSC6900, Mean Non-HSDPA Transmitted Carrier

BSC6910) Power for Cell
VS.MeanTCP (BSC6900, Mean Transmitted Power of Carrier for Cell

BSC6910)

(BSC6900, BSC6910)
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, Mean Power of Totally Received Bandwidth

BSC6910) for Cell
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.T Number of Total Bytes Sent in Downlink of

otalBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput Mean Downlink Throughput of single

(BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA MAC-d Flows for Cell
VS.HSUPA.MeanChThroughput.T Number of Total Bytes Received in Uplink of

otalBytes (BSC6900, BSC6910) HSUPA MAC-d Flow for Cell
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput Mean Downlink Throughput of single

(BSC6900, BSC6910) HSDPA MAC-d Flows for Cell

(BSC6900, BSC6910)








WCDMA RAN




VS.HSDPA.DpchMaxPwrRestr.Act Maximum DPCH power restriction algorithm

Ratio validity probability
VS.RadioQualityDPCHPC.UserNu Average Number of Users Enabled with

m DPCH Power Control Based on Radio
Quality in a Cell
VS.DPCHTPCPwrAdj.UserNum Average number of users with DPCH TPC

Power Adjustment enabled in a cell
To evaluate the changes in the congestion state of a cell, compare the values of the
BSC6910), VS.MeanULActualPowerLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
VS.MeanRTWP (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters before and after this feature is
activated.
l Network impacts of this feature are monitored using the following KPIs:
– HSDPA Call Drop Ratio
– CS RAB Setup Success Ratio
– PS RAB Setup Success Ratio
– RRC Setup Success Ratio
– Inter-frequency Handover Success Ratio
– Inter-RAT Handover Success Ratio
– PS service drop rate
NOTE
After feature activation, the PS service drop rate changes drastically when the KPI PS Call
Drop Ratio with PCH is used to measure the PS service drop rate, because functions related
to state transitions change UE's state transition policies. In this case, the universally used
KPI PS Call Drop Cell Rate is required so that the PS service drop rate can be measured
more accurately. The formula for calculating such KPI is as follows: PS Call Drop Cell Rate
= VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS (BSC6900, BSC6910)/(VS.RAB.AbnormRel.PS (BSC6900,
BSC6910) + VS.RAB.NormRel.PS (BSC6900, BSC6910)).
For details about changes in the overall performance and capacity, see 5.3
WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3).
Uplink capacity gains and downlink capacity gains are observed in the same way in
WRFD-191204 Automatic Congestion Handler (Phase 3) and WRFD-160253 Automatic

WCDMA RAN
Congestion Handler. For detailed observation methods, see 6.1.5 Performance

Monitoring.
After this feature is activated, the CPU load of the RNC can be monitored using the
following counters:
NE Counter/KPI Description
BSC6900 VS.XPU.CPULOAD.MEAN Average CPU Usage of the XPU
BSC6910 VS.SUBSYS.CPULOAD.MEA Average CPU Usage in the CP or UP

N Subsystem
You can use the following function on the U2000 to initiate measurement of counters
associated with this feature in one-click mode: Quickly Setting Performance
Measurement by Feature. For details, see "Quickly Setting Performance Measurement by
Feature" in iManager U2000 MBB Network Management System Product
Documentation.

By modifying the congestion decision thresholds for triggering different congestion relief
actions, you can adjust the probability that the feature takes effect.
NOTE
The congestion decision thresholds are advanced parameters. Modify their values following the
instructions of Huawei technical support.
None

WCDMA RAN
Description 7 Parameters
7 Parameters
Table 7-1 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
AdapRn BSC690 SET WRFD- Automat Meaning: Whether to enable the RNC-level adaptive
cConges 0 UADAP 191204 ic congestion handler phase 3 algorithm. When this
tPhase3 ALGOS Congesti switch is turned on, the RNC uses the adaptive
Sw WITCH on congestion handler phase 3 algorithm to identify
Handler RNC-level congestion scenarios and performs
(Phase3) operations to relieve the congestion. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC-level adaptive congestion
handler phase 3 algorithm does not take effect.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
AdapRn BSC691 SET WRFD- Automat Meaning: Whether to enable the RNC-level adaptive
cConges 0 UADAP 191204 ic congestion handler phase 3 algorithm. When this
(Phase3) operations to relieve the congestion. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC-level adaptive congestion
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
AdapAl BSC690 ADD WRFD- Automat Meaning:

goSwitc 0 UCELL 181210 ic 1. ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH (Automatic
h ALGOS WRFD- Congesti Congestion Handler Switch): Whether the automatic
WITCH 180106 on congestion Handler function is enabled. When this
MOD Handler switch is turned on, the automatic congestion handler
WRFD- (Phase
UCELL 191204 function identifies congestion scenarios and relieves
ALGOS 2) congestion.
WITCH WRFD- User
171213 2. INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH
Experie (Load-based Intelligent State Transition Switch):
WRFD- nce Whether the load-based intelligent state transition
150232 Improve function is enabled. When this switch is set to ON, the
ment for RNC switches the state of UEs in a heavily-loaded
Lightly cell based on the settings of parameters for heavy-load
Loaded state transitions.
Cells
3. PARA_FOR_UELOC_DRD_ADJ_SWITCH (UE
Automat Location-based DRD Parameter Change Switch):
ic Whether the path loss threshold for UEs at the cell
Congesti center is dynamically adjusted based on the DRD
on success rate. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
Handler dynamically adjusts the value of "PathlossThdForCen-
(Phase3) ter" based on the success rate of UE location-based
Self multi-DRD. When the DRD success rate is greater
Optimiz than a predefined threshold, the RNC increases the
ation value of "PathlossThdForCenter". When the DRD
Under success rate is lower than a predefined threshold, the
Uplink RNC decreases the value of "PathlossThdForCenter".
Interfere When this switch is set to OFF, the value of
nce "PathlossThdForCenter" is automatically changed to
Multiba that before the adjustment.
nd 4. UL_INTERFERE_ADAP_OPT_SWITCH: Switch
Direct controlling the WRFD-171213 Self Optimization
Retry Under Uplink Interference feature. When this switch
Based is set to ON, the Self Optimization Under Uplink
on UE Interference feature takes effect and cells can
Location adaptively optimize cell camping-related parameters,
compressed mode-related parameters, switch and
parameter related to the inter-frequency handover
considering target RTWP algorithm, and switch and
parameter related to the automatic background noise
update algorithm. When this switch is set to OFF, the
Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference feature
does not take effect.
5. LIGHTLOAD_EXP_IMPROVE_CELL_SW:
Switch controlling the cell-level functions related to
the User Experience Improvement for Lightly Loaded
Cells feature. When this switch is turned on, cell-level
related functions take effect. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, cell-level related functions do not take

effect. Cell-level functions related to the User
Experience Improvement for Lightly Loaded Cells
feature include the following: rapid state transition to
Cell_DCH and slow exit from Cell_DCH, uplink R99
initial rate increase, uplink DCCC rate threshold raise,
CS service uplink and downlink target BLER increase,
maximum transmit power increase, and HSDPA
appending power increase.
6. ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the cell-level adaptive congestion
handler phase 2 algorithm. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC uses the adaptive congestion handler
phase 2 algorithm to identify cell-level congestion
scenarios and performs operations to relieve the
congestion. When this switch is turned off, the cell-
level adaptive congestion handler phase 2 algorithm
GUI Value Range:
ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH,
INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH,
PARA_FOR_UELOC_DRD_ADJ_SWITCH,
UL_INTERFERE_ADAP_OPT_SWITCH,
LIGHTLOAD_EXP_IMPROVE_CELL_SW,
ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH,
ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value: ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH:
0,INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,PARA_FOR_UELOC_DRD_ADJ_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,UL_INTERFERE_ADAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,LIGHTLOAD_EXP_IMPROVE_CELL_SW:
0,ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH:
0,ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
AdapAl BSC691 ADD WRFD- Automat Meaning:

goSwitc 0 UCELL 181210 ic 1. ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH (Automatic
h ALGOS WRFD- Congesti Congestion Handler Switch): Whether the automatic
WITCH 180106 on congestion Handler function is enabled. When this
MOD Handler switch is turned on, the automatic congestion handler
WRFD- (Phase
UCELL 191204 function identifies congestion scenarios and relieves
ALGOS 2) congestion.
WITCH WRFD- User
171213 2. INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH
Experie (Load-based Intelligent State Transition Switch):
WRFD- nce Whether the load-based intelligent state transition
150232 Improve function is enabled. When this switch is set to ON, the
ment for RNC switches the state of UEs in a heavily-loaded
Lightly cell based on the settings of parameters for heavy-load
Loaded state transitions.
Cells
3. PARA_FOR_UELOC_DRD_ADJ_SWITCH (UE
Automat Location-based DRD Parameter Change Switch):
ic Whether the path loss threshold for UEs at the cell
Congesti center is dynamically adjusted based on the DRD
on success rate. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
Handler dynamically adjusts the value of "PathlossThdForCen-
(Phase3) ter" based on the success rate of UE location-based
Self multi-DRD. When the DRD success rate is greater
Optimiz than a predefined threshold, the RNC increases the
ation value of "PathlossThdForCenter". When the DRD
Under success rate is lower than a predefined threshold, the
Uplink RNC decreases the value of "PathlossThdForCenter".
Interfere When this switch is set to OFF, the value of
nce "PathlossThdForCenter" is automatically changed to
Multiba that before the adjustment.
nd 4. UL_INTERFERE_ADAP_OPT_SWITCH: Switch
Direct controlling the WRFD-171213 Self Optimization
Retry Under Uplink Interference feature. When this switch
Based is set to ON, the Self Optimization Under Uplink
on UE Interference feature takes effect and cells can
Location adaptively optimize cell camping-related parameters,
compressed mode-related parameters, switch and
parameter related to the inter-frequency handover
considering target RTWP algorithm, and switch and
parameter related to the automatic background noise
update algorithm. When this switch is set to OFF, the
Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference feature
5. LIGHTLOAD_EXP_IMPROVE_CELL_SW:
Switch controlling the cell-level functions related to
the User Experience Improvement for Lightly Loaded
Cells feature. When this switch is turned on, cell-level
related functions take effect. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, cell-level related functions do not take

effect. Cell-level functions related to the User
Experience Improvement for Lightly Loaded Cells
feature include the following: rapid state transition to
Cell_DCH and slow exit from Cell_DCH, uplink R99
initial rate increase, uplink DCCC rate threshold raise,
CS service uplink and downlink target BLER increase,
maximum transmit power increase, and HSDPA
appending power increase.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value: ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH:
0,INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWITCH:
0,PARA_FOR_UELOC_DRD_ADJ_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,UL_INTERFERE_ADAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,LIGHTLOAD_EXP_IMPROVE_CELL_SW:
0,ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE2_SWITCH:
0,ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_PHASE3_SWITCH:0
RULEI BTS390 DSP None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of a rule. The parameter
D 0, NODEB value range extends with the rule quantity. Rule IDs 0
BTS390 RULEA and 1 indicate that the SIB7RTWPOPTSW and
0 CTION SIB7MAXRTWP parameters must be configured.
WCDM PARA Rule IDs 2 and 3 indicate that the
A, LST RTWPSIRTGTADJSW parameter must be configured.
BTS590 NODEB Rule ID 4 indicates ICMODE parameter must be
0, RULEA configured. Rule IDs 5 and 6 indicate that the
BTS590 CTION EXTRAPOWER parameter must be configured. Rule
0 PARA ID 7 indicates that TURBOIC parameter must be
WCDM configured. Rule ID 8 indicates that
A SET DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW parameter must be
NODEB configured. Rule ID 9 indicates that
RULEA RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW parameter must be
CTION configured. Rule ID 10 indicates that
PARA DPCHTPCPOADJSW parameter must be configured.
GUI Value Range: 0~10
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
PARAN BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the name of a parameter
AME 0, NODEB associated with a rule.
BTS390 RULEA GUI Value Range: RTWPSIRTGTADJSW(RTWP
0 CTION Abnormal SIR Target Adjust SW),
WCDM PARA SIB7RTWPOPTSW(SW for RTWP OPT in SIB7),
A, DSP SIB7MAXRTWP(Maximum RTWP Value in SIB7),
BTS590 NODEB ICMODE(IC), EXTRAPOWER(Extra Power),
0, RULEA TURBOIC(Turbo IC),
BTS590 CTION DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW(DPCH Max Power
0 PARA Restriction SW),
WCDM RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW(DPCH Power
A LST
NODEB Control Based on CQI SW),
RULEA DPCHTPCPOADJSW(DPCH TPC Power Adjustment
CTION SW)
PARA Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RTWPSIRTGTADJSW,
SIB7RTWPOPTSW, SIB7MAXRTWP, ICMODE,
EXTRAPOWER, TURBOIC,
DPCHMAXTXPWRRESTRSW,
RADIOQUALITYDPCHPCSW,
DPCHTPCPOADJSW
Default Value: None
N300 BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of RRC Connection
0 UCELLI 010101 R9 Request message retransmissions.
DLEMO Specific GUI Value Range: 0~7
DETIM ations
ER Unit: s
MOD Actual Value Range: 0~7

UCELLI Default Value: 3
DLEMO
DETIM
ER
N300 BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Maximum number of RRC Connection
0 UCELLI 010101 R9 Request message retransmissions.
DLEMO Specific GUI Value Range: 0~7
DETIM ations
ER Unit: s

UCELLI Default Value: 3
DLEMO
DETIM
ER

WCDMA RAN

nd
T300 BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer started after a UE sends an RRC
0 UCELLI 010101 R9 Connection Request message to the RNC and stopped
DLEMO Specific after the UE receives an RRC Connection Setup
DETIM ations message from the RNC. When this timer expires, the
ER UE retransmits an RRC Connection Request message
MOD if the value of V300 is smaller than or equal to that of
UCELLI N300. Otherwise, the UE enters the idle mode.
DLEMO GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
DETIM D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000,
ER D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Unit: s
Actual Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Default Value: D2000
T300 BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer started after a UE sends an RRC
0 UCELLI 010101 R9 Connection Request message to the RNC and stopped
DLEMO Specific after the UE receives an RRC Connection Setup
DETIM ations message from the RNC. When this timer expires, the
ER UE retransmits an RRC Connection Request message
MOD if the value of V300 is smaller than or equal to that of
UCELLI N300. Otherwise, the UE enters the idle mode.
DLEMO GUI Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
DETIM D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000,
ER D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Unit: s
Actual Value Range: D100, D200, D400, D600, D800,
D1000, D1200, D1400, D1600, D1800, D2000,
D3000, D4000, D6000, D8000
Default Value: D2000

WCDMA RAN

nd
LowRrc BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Waiting time carried in low-priority RRC
ConnRej 0 UCELL 010510 3.6/27.2 Connection Reject messages. This parameter specifies
WaitTm STATET Kbps the minimum time a UE has to wait before sending a
r IMER RRC second RRC Connection Request message. An RRC
MOD Connect Connection Request message is considered as a high-
UCELL ion and priority one when the message is initiated in the CS
STATET Radio domain or the message carries the cause value
IMER Access "Originating Conversational Call", "Terminating
Bearer Conversational Call", or "Emergency Call." All other
Establis RRC Connection Request messages are low-priority
hment ones.
and GUI Value Range: 0~15
Release
Unit: s
Default Value: 4
LowRrc BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Waiting time carried in low-priority RRC
ConnRej 0 UCELL 010510 3.6/27.2 Connection Reject messages. This parameter specifies
WaitTm STATET Kbps the minimum time a UE has to wait before sending a
r IMER RRC second RRC Connection Request message. An RRC
MOD Connect Connection Request message is considered as a high-
UCELL ion and priority one when the message is initiated in the CS
STATET Radio domain or the message carries the cause value
IMER Access "Originating Conversational Call", "Terminating
Bearer Conversational Call", or "Emergency Call." All other
Establis RRC Connection Request messages are low-priority
hment ones.
and GUI Value Range: 0~15
Release
Unit: s
Default Value: 4
Connect BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service Meaning:

FailRrc 0 UCELL 020120 Steering Whether to allow RRC redirection after an RRC
RedirSw DRD WRFD- and connection admission failure.
itch MOD 0204000 Load
Sharing When this switch is set to ON, RRC redirection is
UCELL 3 allowed after an RRC connection admission failure.
DRD in RRC
Connect When this switch is set to OFF, RRC redirection is
ion prohibited after an RRC connection admission failure.
Setup GUI Value Range: OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Inter Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
System Unit: None
Redirect Actual Value Range: OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Default Value: Only_To_Inter_Frequency

WCDMA RAN

nd
Connect BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service Meaning:

FailRrc 0 UCELL 020120 Steering Whether to allow RRC redirection after an RRC
RedirSw DRD WRFD- and connection admission failure.
itch MOD 0204000 Load
Sharing When this switch is set to ON, RRC redirection is
UCELL 3 allowed after an RRC connection admission failure.
DRD in RRC
Connect When this switch is set to OFF, RRC redirection is
ion prohibited after an RRC connection admission failure.
Setup GUI Value Range: OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Inter Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
System Unit: None
Redirect Actual Value Range: OFF, Only_To_Inter_Frequency,
Allowed_To_Inter_RAT
Default Value: Only_To_Inter_Frequency
InterRA BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: Whether to support inter-RAT DRD.When
TDRDS 0 UCELLI this switch is set to ON, inter-RAT DRD is supported.
witch NTERR If a UE cannot access an intra-RAT cell, the UE can
ATDR initiate access requests to inter-RAT cells. When this
MOD switch is set to OFF, inter-RAT DRD is not supported
UCELLI and UEs cannot initiate access requests to inter-RAT
NTERR cells.
ATDR GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
InterRA BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: Whether to support inter-RAT DRD.When
TDRDS 0 UCELLI this switch is set to ON, inter-RAT DRD is supported.
witch NTERR If a UE cannot access an intra-RAT cell, the UE can
ATDR initiate access requests to inter-RAT cells. When this
MOD switch is set to OFF, inter-RAT DRD is not supported
UCELLI and UEs cannot initiate access requests to inter-RAT
NTERR cells.
ATDR GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxUpa BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Factor for dynamically adjusting the
UserNu 0 UCELL 0106120 Admissi maximum number of HSUPA users in a cell. The
mDynA CAC 2 on RNC determines the number of HSUPA users in a cell
djFactor MOD WRFD- Control before admitting a new user. If the number of HSUPA
UCELL 010670 128 users admitted to a cell is smaller than the rounded-
CAC HSUPA down value of this parameter x
WRFD- "MaxHsupaUserNum", the RNC proceeds with the
020101 Users
per Cell admission decision operation. Otherwise, the RNC
WRFD- rejects the admission requests of new HSUPA users.
010639 Admissi The value of this parameter is automatically adjusted
on when the Automatic Congestion Handler (ACH)
WRFD-
Control algorithm is enabled, that is, the
0106121
1 96 ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH under the
HSUPA "AdapAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
WRFD- UCELLALGOSWITCH" command is set to on. This
010634 Users
per Cell parameter is an advanced parameter and manual
modification of the parameter value is not
20 recommended. If you need to modify the value of this
HSUPA parameter, perform the modification with the
Users assistance of Huawei technical support.
per Cell
60
HSUPA Unit: %
Users Actual Value Range: 0~100
per Cell Default Value: 100

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxUpa BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Factor for dynamically adjusting the
UserNu 0 UCELL 0106120 Admissi maximum number of HSUPA users in a cell. The
mDynA CAC 2 on RNC determines the number of HSUPA users in a cell
djFactor MOD WRFD- Control before admitting a new user. If the number of HSUPA
UCELL 010670 128 users admitted to a cell is smaller than the rounded-
CAC HSUPA down value of this parameter x
WRFD- "MaxHsupaUserNum", the RNC proceeds with the
020101 Users
per Cell admission decision operation. Otherwise, the RNC
WRFD- rejects the admission requests of new HSUPA users.
010639 Admissi The value of this parameter is automatically adjusted
on when the Automatic Congestion Handler (ACH)
WRFD-
Control algorithm is enabled, that is, the
0106121
1 96 ADAP_CELL_CONGEST_SWITCH under the
HSUPA "AdapAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
WRFD- UCELLALGOSWITCH" command is set to on. This
010634 Users
per Cell parameter is an advanced parameter and manual
modification of the parameter value is not
20 recommended. If you need to modify the value of this
HSUPA parameter, perform the modification with the
Users assistance of Huawei technical support.
per Cell
60
HSUPA Unit: %
Users Actual Value Range: 0~100
per Cell Default Value: 100
UlBeTra BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ffInitBit 0 UCELL 021101 c Uplink initial access rate for UEs processing PS
rate FRC Channel background or interactive services.
MOD Configu
ration When the DCCC function takes effect, the uplink
UCELL initial access rate is used if the maximum uplink rate
FRC Control
(DCCC) is higher than the uplink initial access rate.
GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
D256, D384
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value: D64

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlBeTra BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ffInitBit 0 UCELL 021101 c Uplink initial access rate for UEs processing PS
rate FRC Channel background or interactive services.
MOD Configu
ration When the DCCC function takes effect, the uplink
UCELL initial access rate is used if the maximum uplink rate
FRC Control
(DCCC) is higher than the uplink initial access rate.
D256, D384
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value: D64
DlBeTra BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Downlink initial access rate for UEs
ffInitBit 0 UCELL 021101 c processing PS background or interactive services.
rate FRC WRFD- Channel When the DCCC function takes effect, the downlink
MOD 010507 Configu initial access rate is used if the maximum downlink
UCELL ration rate is higher than the downlink initial access rate.
FRC Control GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
(DCCC) D256, D384
Rate Unit: kbit/s
Negotiat
ion at Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Admissi Default Value: D64
on
Control
DlBeTra BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning: Downlink initial access rate for UEs
ffInitBit 0 UCELL 021101 c processing PS background or interactive services.
rate FRC WRFD- Channel When the DCCC function takes effect, the downlink
MOD 010507 Configu initial access rate is used if the maximum downlink
UCELL ration rate is higher than the downlink initial access rate.
FRC Control GUI Value Range: D8, D16, D32, D64, D128, D144,
(DCCC) D256, D384
Rate Unit: kbit/s
Negotiat
ion at Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Admissi Default Value: D64
on
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
CSRAB BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: Whether resource allocation is optimized
CacOpt 0 UCELL 020101 on during CS RAB setups. When this parameter is set to
Switch ALGOS Control ON, the RNC allocates power resources, code
WITCH resources, channel element (CE) resources during CS
MOD RAB setups based on the loose Call Admission
UCELL Control (CAC) algorithm. This setting increases the
ALGOS CS service setup success rate. When this parameter is
WITCH set to OFF, the RNC does not allocate resources
during CS RAB setups based on the loose CAC
algorithm.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: ON, OFF
Default Value: OFF
CSRAB BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: Whether resource allocation is optimized
CacOpt 0 UCELL 020101 on during CS RAB setups. When this parameter is set to
Switch ALGOS Control ON, the RNC allocates power resources, code
WITCH resources, channel element (CE) resources during CS
MOD RAB setups based on the loose Call Admission
UCELL Control (CAC) algorithm. This setting increases the
ALGOS CS service setup success rate. When this parameter is
WITCH set to OFF, the RNC does not allocate resources
during CS RAB setups based on the loose CAC
algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
Preempt BSC690 SET WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

EnhSwit 0 UQUEU 010505 and Pre- 1.
ch EPREE WRFD- Emption PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITC
MPT 150253 VoIP H: Whether to activate CE-based user preemption on
WRFD- Applicat the NodeB side. If this switch is turned on, the RNC
171201 ion sends the NodeB a user list containing users that can
Manage be preempted. The NodeB selects users for
ment preemption based on the consumed CEs.
Crystal 2.
Voice in PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
Deep : Whether RRC connection requests for CS services
Coverag preempt resources for PS services when cell resources
e are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
services preempt resources occupied by PS services to
access the cell, if RRC connection requests for CS
services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When
this switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for
CS services cannot initiate a preemption for resources
occupied by PS services.
3.
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
: Whether CS access requests preempt resources for
PS services when cell resources are insufficient.When
this switch is turned on, CS services preempt
resources occupied by PS services to access the cell, if
CS access requests fail due to insufficient cell
resources.When this switch is turned off, CS access
requests cannot initiate a preemption for resources
4.
PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWIT
CH: Whether preemption is allowed when the CPU
load is high. When this switch is turned on, a user
checks the CPU load when attempting to preempt
other users' resources due to insufficient cell resources
and cannot preempt other users' resources when the
CPU usage is higher than 70%. When this switch is
turned off, the user does not consider the CPU load
when preempting other users' resources.
5.
PREEMPT_ENH_RRC_RAB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to combine radio resources of UEs that have
RRC connections and UEs that are allocated RABs
when the preempting UE is allowed to preempt radio
resources of multiple UEs. If this switch is turned on,
the RNC combines radio resources of these two types
of UEs when preemption is required due to

WCDMA RAN

nd
insufficient radio resources. If this switch is turned

off, the preempting UE can preempt radio resources of
only UEs that have RRC connections or UEs that have
been allocated RABs.
6.
PREEMPT_ENH_PT_USER_PREEMPT_ENH_SWI
TCH: Whether to support the preemption
enhancement function for platinum users. When this
switch is set to ON, platinum users can preempt
resources of other users if cell admission fails during
the DRD, channel fallback, or rate re-negotiation
during admission control procedure. When this switch
is set to ON, platinum users perform the same actions
as common users. That is, DRD, channel fallback, rate
re-negotiation during admission control, and
preemption are performed in sequence.
7.
PREEMPT_ENH_DRNC_CS_RAB_PREEMPT_SW
ITCH: Whether to trigger the preemption function
during a CS RAB setup under the DRNC. When this
switch is set to ON, preemption is triggered during a
CS RAB setup under the DRNC. When this switch is
set to OFF, preemption is not triggered during a CS
RAB setup under the DRNC.
8.PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_WHEN_OLC_S
WITCH: Whether users processing CS and push to
talk (PTT) services can preempt resources when a cell
is in the overload control (OLC) state. When this
switch is set to ON for a cell in the OLC state, users
processing CS and PTT services can preempt
resources if the CS service or PTT service admission
fails. When this switch is set to OFF for a cell in the
OLC state, only users processing emergency calls and
platinum users can preempt resources. Users
processing common CS services and PTT services
cannot preempt resources.
9.
PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SW
ITCH: Whether to optimize the PS service bearing
policy and CS resource preemption when a UE that
has already had PS RABs attempts to set up a CS
RAB but the CS RAB setup fails and resource
preemption is triggered.When this switch is set to ON,
if a UE that has already had PS RABs in the
CELL_DCH state attempts to set up a CS RAB but
the CS RAB setup fails and resource preemption is
triggered, PS services can still be carried on channels

WCDMA RAN

nd
using more advanced technologies and the UE

preempts only the incremental resources required for
the CS RAB setup. When this switch is set to OFF, PS
services must be switched back to R99 channels when
resource preemption is triggered and the UE preempts
the resources required for processing all the ongoing
services.
10.PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_PRIO_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to prevent PS RABs from triggering
preemption if a UE that has already had a CS RAB
attempts to set up PS RABs when the forcible CS
preemption policy is used in combined service
scenarios.When the forcible CS preemption policy
(controlled by the
under the "PreemptEnhSwitch" parameter) is used and
this switch is set to on, if a UE that has already had a
CS RAB attempts to set up PS RABs, preemption
cannot be triggered for PS services if PS RAB
admission fails. When the forcible CS preemption
policy is used and this switch is set to off, preemption
can be triggered for SP services if PS RAB admission
fails.
11. PREEMPT_ENH_PS_IU_CS_PMTED_SWITCH:
Whether resources of a PS user who has sent requests
of setting up CS connections but the CS RABs have
not been established can be preempted. When this
switch is turned on, resources of the PS user cannot be
preempted before the CS RABs are established. When
this switch is turned off, resources of the PS user can
be preempted before the CS RABs are established.
12.
PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_CELL_EXT_SWI
TCH: Whether CS services can perform preemption
attempts in another inter-RAT DRD neighboring cell
if their resource preemption fails in the current cell.
When this switch is turned on, CS services can
perform preemption attempts in another inter-RAT
DRD neighboring cell if their resource preemption
fails in the current cell. When this switch is turned off,
CS services can perform preemption attempts only in
the current cell.
13. PREEMPT_ENH_WPS_USER_SWITCH:
Whether UEs using the wireless priority service
(WPS) are allowed to initiate preemption during a soft
handover. When this switch is turned on, WPS UEs
are allowed to initiate preemption during a soft

WCDMA RAN

nd
handover. When this switch is turned off, WPS UEs

are not allowed to initiate preemption during a soft
handover.
14. PREEMPT_ENH_VOIP_IP_PORT_SWITCH:
Whether VoIP services identified based on the
specified IP address and port support enhanced
preemption when cell resources are insufficient.
1: This switch is turned on. VoIP services identified
based on the specified IP address and port support
enhanced preemption. That is, these VoIP services,
treated as PS conversational services, participate in
preemption. In scenarios such as the P2D state
transition, F2D state transition, hard handover, and
cell update, PS BE services with the lowest priority
are preempted regardless of the primary preemption
attribute of these VoIP services.
0: This switch is turned off. VoIP services identified
based on the specified IP address and port do not
support enhanced preemption. The comprehensive
RAB priority is calculated based on the PS BE
services, and the general preemption policy applies for
these VoIP services.
GUI Value Range:
PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITC
H,
PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
,
,
CH,
PREEMPT_ENH_RRC_RAB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_WHEN_OLC_SW
ITCH,
ITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_PRIO_OPT_SWITC
H, PREEMPT_ENH_PS_IU_CS_PMTED_SWITCH,
TCH, PREEMPT_ENH_WPS_USER_SWITCH,
PREEMPT_ENH_VOIP_IP_PORT_SWITCH
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Actual Value Range:

H,
,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
H:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITC
H:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CSRAB_PREEMPT_PS_SWITC
H:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CPU_HIGHLOAD_CTRL_SWI
TCH:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_RRC_RAB_COMBINE_SWITC
H:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_PT_USER_PREEMPT_ENH_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_DRNC_CS_RAB_PREEMPT_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_WHEN_OLC_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_PRIO_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_PS_IU_CS_PMTED_SWITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_CELL_EXT_S
WITCH:0,PREEMPT_ENH_WPS_USER_SWITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_VOIP_IP_PORT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Preempt BSC691 SET WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

EnhSwit 0 UQUEU 010505 and Pre- 1.
ch EPREE WRFD- Emption PREEMPT_ENH_NODEB_PREEMPT_CE_SWITC
MPT 171201 Crystal H: Whether to activate CE-based user preemption on
Voice in the NodeB side. If this switch is turned on, the RNC
Deep sends the NodeB a user list containing users that can
Coverag be preempted. The NodeB selects users for
e preemption based on the consumed CEs.
2.
: Whether RRC connection requests for CS services
preempt resources for PS services when cell resources
are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
services preempt resources occupied by PS services to
access the cell, if RRC connection requests for CS
services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When
this switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for
3.
4.
5.
PREEMPT_ENH_RRC_RAB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to combine radio resources of UEs that have
RRC connections and UEs that are allocated RABs
when the preempting UE is allowed to preempt radio
resources of multiple UEs. If this switch is turned on,
the RNC combines radio resources of these two types
of UEs when preemption is required due to

WCDMA RAN

nd
insufficient radio resources. If this switch is turned

off, the preempting UE can preempt radio resources of
only UEs that have RRC connections or UEs that have
been allocated RABs.
6.
TCH: Whether to support the preemption
enhancement function for platinum users. When this
switch is set to ON, platinum users can preempt
resources of other users if cell admission fails during
the DRD, channel fallback, or rate re-negotiation
during admission control procedure. When this switch
is set to ON, platinum users perform the same actions
as common users. That is, DRD, channel fallback, rate
re-negotiation during admission control, and
preemption are performed in sequence.
7.
ITCH: Whether to trigger the preemption function
during a CS RAB setup under the DRNC. When this
switch is set to ON, preemption is triggered during a
CS RAB setup under the DRNC. When this switch is
set to OFF, preemption is not triggered during a CS
RAB setup under the DRNC.
8.PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_WHEN_OLC_S
WITCH: Whether users processing CS and push to
talk (PTT) services can preempt resources when a cell
is in the overload control (OLC) state. When this
switch is set to ON for a cell in the OLC state, users
processing CS and PTT services can preempt
resources if the CS service or PTT service admission
fails. When this switch is set to OFF for a cell in the
OLC state, only users processing emergency calls and
platinum users can preempt resources. Users
processing common CS services and PTT services
cannot preempt resources.
9.
ITCH: Whether to optimize the PS service bearing
policy and CS resource preemption when a UE that
has already had PS RABs attempts to set up a CS
RAB but the CS RAB setup fails and resource
preemption is triggered.When this switch is set to ON,
if a UE that has already had PS RABs in the
CELL_DCH state attempts to set up a CS RAB but
the CS RAB setup fails and resource preemption is
triggered, PS services can still be carried on channels

WCDMA RAN

nd
using more advanced technologies and the UE

preempts only the incremental resources required for
the CS RAB setup. When this switch is set to OFF, PS
services must be switched back to R99 channels when
resource preemption is triggered and the UE preempts
the resources required for processing all the ongoing
services.
10.PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_PRIO_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to prevent PS RABs from triggering
preemption if a UE that has already had a CS RAB
attempts to set up PS RABs when the forcible CS
preemption policy is used in combined service
scenarios.When the forcible CS preemption policy
(controlled by the
under the "PreemptEnhSwitch" parameter) is used and
this switch is set to on, if a UE that has already had a
CS RAB attempts to set up PS RABs, preemption
cannot be triggered for PS services if PS RAB
admission fails. When the forcible CS preemption
policy is used and this switch is set to off, preemption
can be triggered for SP services if PS RAB admission
fails.
11. PREEMPT_ENH_PS_IU_CS_PMTED_SWITCH:
Whether resources of a PS user who has sent requests
of setting up CS connections but the CS RABs have
not been established can be preempted. When this
switch is turned on, resources of the PS user cannot be
preempted before the CS RABs are established. When
this switch is turned off, resources of the PS user can
be preempted before the CS RABs are established.
12.
TCH: Whether CS services can perform preemption
attempts in another inter-RAT DRD neighboring cell
if their resource preemption fails in the current cell.
When this switch is turned on, CS services can
perform preemption attempts in another inter-RAT
DRD neighboring cell if their resource preemption
fails in the current cell. When this switch is turned off,
CS services can perform preemption attempts only in
the current cell.
13. PREEMPT_ENH_WPS_USER_SWITCH:
Whether UEs using the wireless priority service
(WPS) are allowed to initiate preemption during a soft
handover. When this switch is turned on, WPS UEs
are allowed to initiate preemption during a soft

WCDMA RAN

nd
handover. When this switch is turned off, WPS UEs

are not allowed to initiate preemption during a soft
handover.
14. PREEMPT_ENH_VOIP_IP_PORT_SWITCH:
Whether VoIP services identified based on the
specified IP address and port support enhanced
preemption when cell resources are insufficient.
1: This switch is turned on. VoIP services identified
based on the specified IP address and port support
enhanced preemption. That is, these VoIP services,
treated as PS conversational services, participate in
preemption. In scenarios such as the P2D state
transition, F2D state transition, hard handover, and
cell update, PS BE services with the lowest priority
are preempted regardless of the primary preemption
attribute of these VoIP services.
0: This switch is turned off. VoIP services identified
based on the specified IP address and port do not
support enhanced preemption. The comprehensive
RAB priority is calculated based on the PS BE
services, and the general preemption policy applies for
these VoIP services.
GUI Value Range:
H,
,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
Actual Value Range:

H,
,
,
CH,
TCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
H:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITC
H:
H:
TCH:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_RRC_RAB_COMBINE_SWITC
H:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_PT_USER_PREEMPT_ENH_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_DRNC_CS_RAB_PREEMPT_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_WHEN_OLC_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_S
WITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_MULTIRAB_PRIO_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_PS_IU_CS_PMTED_SWITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_CS_PREEMPT_CELL_EXT_S
WITCH:0,PREEMPT_ENH_WPS_USER_SWITCH:
0,PREEMPT_ENH_VOIP_IP_PORT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Preempt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning: Whether preemption is supported. When
AlgoSwi 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- this switch is turned on, the RNC allows privileged
tch QUEUE Emption users or services to preempt cell resources from the
PREEM users or services with the preempted attributes and
PT lower priority in the case of cell resource
MOD insufficiency. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
UCELL terminates the service for the user due to the failure in
QUEUE cell resource application.
PREEM GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PT Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
Preempt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning: Whether preemption is supported. When
AlgoSwi 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- this switch is turned on, the RNC allows privileged
tch QUEUE Emption users or services to preempt cell resources from the
PREEM users or services with the preempted attributes and
PT lower priority in the case of cell resource
MOD insufficiency. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
UCELL terminates the service for the user due to the failure in
QUEUE cell resource application.
PREEM GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
PT Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CsP2DP BSC690 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

reemptS 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- Whether a UE can preempt resources occupied by PS
witch QUEUE Emption BE services after the cell resource admission fails
PREEM under the following conditions:
PT
-The UE moves from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
MOD CELL_DCH (P2D).
UCELL
QUEUE -The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message sent by the UE
PREEM contains the cause value of Originating
PT Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
CsP2DP BSC691 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

reemptS 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- Whether a UE can preempt resources occupied by PS
witch QUEUE Emption BE services after the cell resource admission fails
PREEM under the following conditions:
PT
-The UE moves from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
MOD CELL_DCH (P2D).
UCELL
QUEUE -The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message sent by the UE
PREEM contains the cause value of Originating
PT Conversational Call or Terminating Conversational
Call.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
NBMFA BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

CHCTR 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1. FACH_60_USER_SWITCH: Maximum number of
LALGO FACHC Connect UEs that use FACHs to transmit service data.When
SWITC ONGCT ed Mode this switch is turned on, a maximum of 60 UEs can be
H RL (CELL- carried on the FACH.If some UEs are processing
MOD DCH, signaling messages, more than 60 UEs can be carried
UCELL CELL- on the FACH. When this switch is turned off, a
FACHC PCH, maximum of 30 UEs can be carried on the FACH. If
ONGCT URA- some UEs are processing signaling messages, more
RL PCH, than 30 UEs can be carried on the FACH.
CELL-
FACH) 2. FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH: Whether the
function of FACH congestion maintenance and test
enhancement takes effect. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC periodically records information about
the abnormal round-trip latency over the Iub interface
and that about the location of cells when FACH
congestion occurs. When this switch is turned off, this
function does not take effect.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH(FACH_60_USER_SWIT
CH),
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH(FACHCONG_
MNT_ENH_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH,
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH
Default Value: FACH_60_USER_SWITCH:1,
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMFA BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

CHCTR 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1. FACH_60_USER_SWITCH: Maximum number of
LALGO FACHC Connect UEs that use FACHs to transmit service data.When
SWITC ONGCT ed Mode this switch is turned on, a maximum of 60 UEs can be
H RL (CELL- carried on the FACH.If some UEs are processing
MOD DCH, signaling messages, more than 60 UEs can be carried
UCELL CELL- on the FACH. When this switch is turned off, a
FACHC PCH, maximum of 30 UEs can be carried on the FACH. If
ONGCT URA- some UEs are processing signaling messages, more
RL PCH, than 30 UEs can be carried on the FACH.
CELL-
FACH) 2. FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH: Whether the
function of FACH congestion maintenance and test
enhancement takes effect. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC periodically records information about
the abnormal round-trip latency over the Iub interface
and that about the location of cells when FACH
congestion occurs. When this switch is turned off, this
function does not take effect.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH(FACH_60_USER_SWIT
CH),
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH(FACHCONG_
MNT_ENH_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH,
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH
Default Value: FACH_60_USER_SWITCH:1,
FACHCONG_MNT_ENH_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CORR BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

MFACH 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1.
CTRLA FACHC Connect PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
LGOSW ONGCT ed Mode : Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
ITCH RL (CELL- IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
MOD DCH, control message. When this switch is turned on, the
UCELL CELL- uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
FACHC PCH, message from RNC includes the value of
ONGCT URA- TxInterruptAfterTrig in the "SET
RL PCH, UUESTATETRANS" command for UEs that are in
CELL- the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH state and
FACH) processing PS BE services. The value of this IE can be
changed by running the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command.
2.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is set to ON, F2P state
transition is performed through the physical channel
reconfiguration procedure.When this switch is set to
OFF, F2P state transition is performed through the RB
reconfiguration procedure.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H(PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWIT
CH),
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
, CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Default Value:
:
0,CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CORR BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

MFACH 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1.
CTRLA FACHC Connect PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
LGOSW ONGCT ed Mode : Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
ITCH RL (CELL- IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
MOD DCH, control message. When this switch is turned on, the
UCELL CELL- uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
FACHC PCH, message from RNC includes the value of
ONGCT URA- TxInterruptAfterTrig in the "SET
RL PCH, UUESTATETRANS" command for UEs that are in
CELL- the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH state and
FACH) processing PS BE services. The value of this IE can be
changed by running the "SET UUESTATETRANS"
command.
2.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is set to ON, F2P state
transition is performed through the physical channel
reconfiguration procedure.When this switch is set to
OFF, F2P state transition is performed through the RB
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H(PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWIT
CH),
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH(
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
, CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
Default Value:
:
0,CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH
:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RRFAC BSC690 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

HCTRL 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1)RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH(Suspend
ALGOS FACHC Connect RLC Data Transmission After Event 4A)
WITCH ONGCT ed Mode
RL (CELL- Whether the RNC suspends the RLC data
DCH, transmission during F2D state transitions and restores
MOD the RLC data transmission after receiving an RB
UCELL CELL-
PCH, Reconfiguration Complete message or after switching
FACHC the UE to the CELL_FACH state in this cell.When
ONGCT URA-
PCH, this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
RL suspension of RLC data transmission.When this
CELL-
FACH) switch is set to off, the RNC does not support the
suspension of RLC data transmission.
2)P2D_SWITCH(P2D State Transition Switch)
Whether the RNC switches a UE in this cell from the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state after receiving a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "paging
response" from the UE in the scenario where the cell
FACH resources are limited or where the cell update
is triggered by CS service but the DCCH is
congested.When this switch is set to on, the RNC
switches the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state to the CELL_DCH state in the preceding
scenario.When this switch is set to off, the RNC
state to the CELL_FACH state.
3)RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH(TVM-based
Dynamic P2D Switch)
Whether the RNC triggers a P2D state transition for a
UE in this cell when the RNC receives from the UE a
CELL UPDATE message with the Traffic volume
indicator IE set to TRUE or receives from the CN a
dynamic traffic volume measurement value that meets
a specified threshold.When this switch is set to on, the
RNC triggers the P2D state transition for UEs in the
preceding scenario.When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not trigger the P2D state transition for UEs
in the preceding scenario.
4)FACH_DNS_TCP_SYN_ACC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC preferentially schedules domain
name system(DNS) response packets and
Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) synchronization
packets on the FACH.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
preferentially schedules DNS response packets and
TCP synchronization packets on the FACH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC

does not preferentially schedule DNS response
packets and TCP synchronization packets on the
FACH.
5)D2F_TAIL_TRB_ACC_SWITCH(D2F Tail PDU
Acceleration Switch)
Whether to accelerate the transmission of the
remaining packets of PS BE services on the FACH
after the D2F state transition is complete.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If PS BE
services have data transmission requirements after the
D2F state transmission is complete, the transmission
of these data packets is accelerated on the FACH.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If PS BE
of these data packets is not accelerated on the FACH.
GUI Value Range:
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH,
RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH,
FACH_DNS_TCP_SYN_ACC_SWITCH,
D2F_TAIL_TRB_ACC_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
P2D_SWITCH,
Default Value:
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH:
0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DNS_TCP_SYN_ACC_SWITCH:
0,D2F_TAIL_TRB_ACC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RRFAC BSC691 ADD WRFD- UE Meaning:

HCTRL 0 UCELL 010202 State in 1)RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH(Suspend
ALGOS FACHC Connect RLC Data Transmission After Event 4A)
WITCH ONGCT ed Mode
RL (CELL- Whether the RNC suspends the RLC data
DCH, transmission during F2D state transitions and restores
MOD the RLC data transmission after receiving an RB
UCELL CELL-
PCH, Reconfiguration Complete message or after switching
FACHC the UE to the CELL_FACH state in this cell.When
ONGCT URA-
PCH, this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
RL suspension of RLC data transmission.When this
CELL-
FACH) switch is set to off, the RNC does not support the
suspension of RLC data transmission.
2)P2D_SWITCH(P2D State Transition Switch)
Whether the RNC switches a UE in this cell from the
state after receiving a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "paging
response" from the UE in the scenario where the cell
FACH resources are limited or where the cell update
is triggered by CS service but the DCCH is
congested.When this switch is set to on, the RNC
state to the CELL_DCH state in the preceding
scenario.When this switch is set to off, the RNC
state to the CELL_FACH state.
3)RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH(TVM-based
Dynamic P2D Switch)
Whether the RNC triggers a P2D state transition for a
UE in this cell when the RNC receives from the UE a
CELL UPDATE message with the Traffic volume
indicator IE set to TRUE or receives from the CN a
dynamic traffic volume measurement value that meets
a specified threshold.When this switch is set to on, the
RNC triggers the P2D state transition for UEs in the
preceding scenario.When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not trigger the P2D state transition for UEs
in the preceding scenario.
4)FACH_DNS_TCP_SYN_ACC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC preferentially schedules domain
name system(DNS) response packets and
Transmission Control Protocol(TCP) synchronization
packets on the FACH.
preferentially schedules DNS response packets and
TCP synchronization packets on the FACH.

WCDMA RAN

nd

does not preferentially schedule DNS response
packets and TCP synchronization packets on the
FACH.
5)D2F_TAIL_TRB_ACC_SWITCH(D2F Tail PDU
Acceleration Switch)
Whether to accelerate the transmission of the
remaining packets of PS BE services on the FACH
after the D2F state transition is complete.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If PS BE
of these data packets is accelerated on the FACH.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If PS BE
of these data packets is not accelerated on the FACH.
GUI Value Range:
P2D_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
P2D_SWITCH,
Default Value:
RNC_F2D_RLC_SUSPEND_SWITCH:
0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,RNC_TVM_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,FACH_DNS_TCP_SYN_ACC_SWITCH:
0,D2F_TAIL_TRB_ACC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Qrxlevm BSC690 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

in 0 UEXT3 010801 RNC Minimum required RX threshold corresponding to the
GCELL WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP. A UE can camp on a cell only if the
MOD 010802 Update measured CPICH RSCP is greater than the value of
UEXT3 WRFD- Inter this parameter.
GCELL 020126 RNC Setting this parameter based on the setting of
Cell "Qqualmin".
Update
If this parameter is not set, the UE uses the value of
Mobility "Qrxlevmin" set in "ADD UCELLSELRESEL" for
Between the cell. Usually, this parameter is not set.
UMTS
and LTE For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Phase 1 GUI Value Range: -58~-13
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25(Actual Value= -115
+ (58 + GUI Value) x 2)
Default Value: None
Qrxlevm BSC691 ADD WRFD- Intra Meaning:

in 0 UEXT3 010801 RNC Minimum required RX threshold corresponding to the
GCELL WRFD- Cell CPICH RSCP. A UE can camp on a cell only if the
MOD 010802 Update measured CPICH RSCP is greater than the value of
UEXT3 WRFD- Inter this parameter.
GCELL 020126 RNC Setting this parameter based on the setting of
Cell "Qqualmin".
Update
If this parameter is not set, the UE uses the value of
Mobility "Qrxlevmin" set in "ADD UCELLSELRESEL" for
Between the cell. Usually, this parameter is not set.
UMTS
and LTE For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Phase 1 GUI Value Range: -58~-13
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25(Actual Value= -115
+ (58 + GUI Value) x 2)
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
MaxHsd BSC690 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Maximum number of users supported by the
paUserN 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA HSDPA channel. The user in this parameter refers to
um CAC WRFD- Users the user with services on the HSDPA channel,
MOD 020101 per Cell regardless of the number of RABs carried on the
UCELL Admissi HSDPA channel. This value of this parameter cannot
WRFD- exceed the HSDPA capability set in NodeB product
CAC 0106100 on
Control specifications. In practice, the value can be set based
3 on the cell type and the richness of the available
WRFD- HSDPA HSDPA power and code resources.
010653 Admissi
on GUI Value Range: 0~192
WRFD- Control Unit: None
0106111
2 96 Actual Value Range: 0~192
HSDPA Default Value: 64
Users
per Cell
HSDPA
DRD
MaxHsd BSC691 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning: Maximum number of users supported by the
paUserN 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA HSDPA channel. The user in this parameter refers to
um CAC WRFD- Users the user with services on the HSDPA channel,
MOD 020101 per Cell regardless of the number of RABs carried on the
UCELL Admissi HSDPA channel. This value of this parameter cannot
WRFD- exceed the HSDPA capability set in NodeB product
CAC 0106100 on
Control specifications. In practice, the value can be set based
3 on the cell type and the richness of the available
WRFD- HSDPA HSDPA power and code resources.
010653 Admissi
on GUI Value Range: 0~192
WRFD- Control Unit: None
0106111
2 96 Actual Value Range: 0~192
HSDPA Default Value: 64
Users
per Cell
HSDPA
DRD

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCall BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

ShockS 0 UCELL 020101 on Whether cell-level flow control based on traffic
witch ALGOS WRFD- Control growth is enabled.
WITCH 040100 Flow When this switch is turned on, the RNC controls the
MOD Control flow for RRC connection setup requests in the cell to
UCELL ensure that sufficient resources are allocated for
ALGOS predefined services are handled and the traffic on the
WITCH network is stable, if system resources are used to
handle numerous RRC connection setup requests
because of sudden heavy traffic.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC does not control
the flow for RRC connection setup requests.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CellCall BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

ShockS 0 UCELL 020101 on Whether cell-level flow control based on traffic
witch ALGOS WRFD- Control growth is enabled.
WITCH 040100 Flow When this switch is turned on, the RNC controls the
MOD Control flow for RRC connection setup requests in the cell to
UCELL ensure that sufficient resources are allocated for
ALGOS predefined services are handled and the traffic on the
WITCH network is stable, if system resources are used to
handle numerous RRC connection setup requests
because of sudden heavy traffic.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC does not control
the flow for RRC connection setup requests.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELLK BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Whether to activate the cell-level dynamic
PITOC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen CAPS flow control algorithm based on the ratio of
APS FCALG WRFD- cy Load RRC connection setup failures. When the switch is
OPARA 040100 Balance turned on, flow control is triggered if the ratio of RRC
MOD Flow connection setup failures is higher than or equal to the
UCELL Control value of "RejectKPICTHD"; flow control is stopped if
FCALG the ratio of RRC connection setup failures is lower
OPARA than or equal to the value of "RejectKPIRTHD".
When flow control is triggered, the number of allowed
RRC connection requests per second in the cell
decreases based on the value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage". When flow control is
stopped, the number of allowed RRC connection
requests per second in the cell increases based on the
value of "KPIstepuppercentage". The number of RRC
connection requests does not change once the cell
flow control status becomes stable.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CELLK BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning: Whether to activate the cell-level dynamic
PITOC 0 UCELL 020103 Frequen CAPS flow control algorithm based on the ratio of
APS FCALG WRFD- cy Load RRC connection setup failures. When the switch is
OPARA 040100 Balance turned on, flow control is triggered if the ratio of RRC
MOD Flow connection setup failures is higher than or equal to the
UCELL Control value of "RejectKPICTHD"; flow control is stopped if
FCALG the ratio of RRC connection setup failures is lower
OPARA than or equal to the value of "RejectKPIRTHD".
When flow control is triggered, the number of allowed
RRC connection requests per second in the cell
decreases based on the value of
"KPIstepdownpercentage". When flow control is
stopped, the number of allowed RRC connection
requests per second in the cell increases based on the
value of "KPIstepuppercentage". The number of RRC
connection requests does not change once the cell
flow control status becomes stable.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
PilotPO BSC690 ADD WRFD- DPCH Meaning: Whether the pilot power offset (PO)
OptiSwi 0 UCELL 150230 Pilot optimization algorithm takes effect. The pilot PO
tch PCSWI Power optimization algorithm sets the pilot PO and pilot bit
TCH Adjustm number to a value less than the actual configurations
MOD ent in the case of cell downlink non-HSPA power
UCELL congestion so as to relieve cell power congestion.
PCSWI GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
TCH Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
TimerPo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Timer for the transmitting side of a PS TRB
llForFac 0 UCELL 020900 Channel AM RLC entity to wait for a response from the peer
hPsTRB FACHC Manage end after sending the peer end polling RLC PDUs in
ONGCT ment the CELL_FACH state. This parameter takes effect
RL only when the transmitting side of an AM RLC entity
MOD is configured with the polling function. The
UCELL transmitting side of an AM RLC entity starts this
FACHC timer after sending polling RLC PDUs to the peer end.
ONGCT If the transmitting side does not receive any status
RL report from the peer end after this timer expires, the
transmitting side retransmits polling RLC PDUs and
restarts this timer. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.322.
D70, D80, D90, D100, D110, D120, D130, D140,
D150, D160, D170, D180, D190, D200, D210, D220,
D230, D240, D250, D260, D270, D280, D290, D300,
D310, D320, D330, D340, D350, D360, D370, D380,
D390, D400, D410, D420, D430, D440, D450, D460,
D470, D480, D490, D500, D510, D520, D530, D540,
D550, D600, D650, D700, D750, D800, D850, D900,
D950, D1000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90,
100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200,
210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310,
320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420,
430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530,
540, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950,
1000
Default Value: D300

WCDMA RAN

nd
TimerPo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Timer for the transmitting side of a PS TRB
hPsTRB FACHC Manage end after sending the peer end polling RLC PDUs in
ONGCT ment the CELL_FACH state. This parameter takes effect
RL only when the transmitting side of an AM RLC entity
MOD is configured with the polling function. The
UCELL transmitting side of an AM RLC entity starts this
FACHC timer after sending polling RLC PDUs to the peer end.
ONGCT If the transmitting side does not receive any status
RL report from the peer end after this timer expires, the
transmitting side retransmits polling RLC PDUs and
restarts this timer. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.322.
D70, D80, D90, D100, D110, D120, D130, D140,
D150, D160, D170, D180, D190, D200, D210, D220,
D230, D240, D250, D260, D270, D280, D290, D300,
D310, D320, D330, D340, D350, D360, D370, D380,
D390, D400, D410, D420, D430, D440, D450, D460,
D470, D480, D490, D500, D510, D520, D530, D540,
D550, D600, D650, D700, D750, D800, D850, D900,
D950, D1000
Unit: ms
100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200,
210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310,
320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420,
430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530,
540, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950,
1000
Default Value: D300

WCDMA RAN

nd
TimerPo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Timer for the transmitting side of an SRB
hSRB FACHC Manage end after sending the peer end polling RLC packet
ONGCT ment data units (PDUs) in the CELL_FACH state. This
RL parameter takes effect only when the transmitting side
MOD of an AM RLC entity is configured with the polling
UCELL function. The transmitting side of an AM RLC entity
FACHC starts this timer after sending polling RLC PDUs to
ONGCT the peer end. If the transmitting side does not receive
RL any status report from the peer end after this timer
expires, the transmitting side retransmits polling RLC
PDUs and restarts this timer. For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
D70, D80, D90, D100, D110, D120, D130, D140,
D150, D160, D170, D180, D190, D200, D210, D220,
D230, D240, D250, D260, D270, D280, D290, D300,
D310, D320, D330, D340, D350, D360, D370, D380,
D390, D400, D410, D420, D430, D440, D450, D460,
D470, D480, D490, D500, D510, D520, D530, D540,
D550, D600, D650, D700, D750, D800, D850, D900,
D950, D1000
Unit: ms
100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200,
210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310,
320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420,
430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530,
540, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950,
1000
Default Value: D200

WCDMA RAN

nd
TimerPo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Logical Meaning: Timer for the transmitting side of an SRB
hSRB FACHC Manage end after sending the peer end polling RLC packet
ONGCT ment data units (PDUs) in the CELL_FACH state. This
RL parameter takes effect only when the transmitting side
MOD of an AM RLC entity is configured with the polling
UCELL function. The transmitting side of an AM RLC entity
FACHC starts this timer after sending polling RLC PDUs to
ONGCT the peer end. If the transmitting side does not receive
RL any status report from the peer end after this timer
expires, the transmitting side retransmits polling RLC
PDUs and restarts this timer. For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.322.
D70, D80, D90, D100, D110, D120, D130, D140,
D150, D160, D170, D180, D190, D200, D210, D220,
D230, D240, D250, D260, D270, D280, D290, D300,
D310, D320, D330, D340, D350, D360, D370, D380,
D390, D400, D410, D420, D430, D440, D450, D460,
D470, D480, D490, D500, D510, D520, D530, D540,
D550, D600, D650, D700, D750, D800, D850, D900,
D950, D1000
Unit: ms
100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200,
210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310,
320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420,
430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530,
540, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950,
1000
Default Value: D200
AdapRn BSC690 SET WRFD- Automat Meaning: Whether the RNC-level adaptive congestion
cConges 0 UADAP 181210 ic handler phase 2 algorithm takes effect. When this
(Phase operations to relieve the congestion. When this switch
2) is turned off, the RNC-level adaptive congestion
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
AdapRn BSC691 SET WRFD- Automat Meaning: Whether the RNC-level adaptive congestion
cConges 0 UADAP 181210 ic handler phase 2 algorithm takes effect. When this
(Phase operations to relieve the congestion. When this switch
2) is turned off, the RNC-level adaptive congestion
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlSfAd BSC690 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning:

mAlgoS 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc 1. CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH: Whether code
witch ALGOS WRFD- e resources occupied by RRC connection setups can be
WITCH 020101 Manage used for CS RAB setups.When this switch is set to
MOD ment ON, code resources occupied by RRC connection
UCELL Admissi setups can be used for CS RAB setups if these
ALGOS on resources do not belong to the code resources reserved
WITCH Control for handovers. When this switch is set to OFF, code
resources occupied by RRC connection setups cannot
be used for CS RAB setups no matter whether these
resources belong to the code resources reserved for
handovers.
2. FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
F-DPCH code allocation algorithm optimization
function is enabled.When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses the vacant SF256 code with the smallest
number as the F-DPCH code. Moreover, if the RNC
finds that an SF256 code with the smaller number is
released, the RNC uses the released code as the F-
DPCH code.When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not reallocate the SF256 code with the smaller
number as the F-DPCH code.
3. DL_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
optimize the downlink code resource allocation. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
following functions: a. Downlink code resource
allocation: Downlink code resource allocation adopts
the left-alignment principle (that is, codes with small
SNs are allocated first), and the reserved codes are
discretized in the granularity of SF16 to increase the
available HSDPA codes. b. HSDPA code reshuffling:
When the cell is in the LDR status due to insufficient
code resources, the RNC still allows the HSDPA code
reshuffling in the cell. c. Process of determining the
LDR due to insufficient code resources: The reserved
code resources for the LDR are discretized in the
granularity of SF16. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC does not optimize the preceding three
functions.
GUI Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
DL_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlSfAd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning:

mAlgoS 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc 1. CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH: Whether code
witch ALGOS WRFD- e resources occupied by RRC connection setups can be
WITCH 020101 Manage used for CS RAB setups.When this switch is set to
MOD ment ON, code resources occupied by RRC connection
UCELL Admissi setups can be used for CS RAB setups if these
ALGOS on resources do not belong to the code resources reserved
WITCH Control for handovers. When this switch is set to OFF, code
resources occupied by RRC connection setups cannot
be used for CS RAB setups no matter whether these
resources belong to the code resources reserved for
handovers.
2. FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
F-DPCH code allocation algorithm optimization
function is enabled.When this switch is turned on, the
RNC uses the vacant SF256 code with the smallest
number as the F-DPCH code. Moreover, if the RNC
finds that an SF256 code with the smaller number is
released, the RNC uses the released code as the F-
DPCH code.When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not reallocate the SF256 code with the smaller
number as the F-DPCH code.
3. DL_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
optimize the downlink code resource allocation. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
following functions: a. Downlink code resource
allocation: Downlink code resource allocation adopts
the left-alignment principle (that is, codes with small
SNs are allocated first), and the reserved codes are
discretized in the granularity of SF16 to increase the
available HSDPA codes. b. HSDPA code reshuffling:
When the cell is in the LDR status due to insufficient
code resources, the RNC still allows the HSDPA code
reshuffling in the cell. c. Process of determining the
LDR due to insufficient code resources: The reserved
code resources for the LDR are discretized in the
granularity of SF16. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC does not optimize the preceding three
functions.
GUI Value Range: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: CS_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DL_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:0
IuPSRel BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer for not releasing signaling over the
NoRAB 0 UCELL 010101 R9 Iu-PS interface when no PS RAB is set up. After this
Tmr STATET Specific timer expires, the RNC sends a RANAP IU
IMER ations RELEASE REQUEST message to the CN.
MOD GUI Value Range: 1~65535
UCELL Unit: s
STATET
IMER Actual Value Range: 1~65535
Default Value: 300
IuPSRel BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Timer for not releasing signaling over the
NoRAB 0 UCELL 010101 R9 Iu-PS interface when no PS RAB is set up. After this
Tmr STATET Specific timer expires, the RNC sends a RANAP IU
IMER ations RELEASE REQUEST message to the CN.
MOD GUI Value Range: 1~65535
UCELL Unit: s
STATET
IMER Actual Value Range: 1~65535
Default Value: 300
ADMIN BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the status of association between a
STATE 0, NODEB parameter and a specified rule. DISABLE indicates
BTS390 RULEA that the parameter is disassociated from the specified
0 CTION rule. ENABLE indicates that the parameter is
WCDM PARA associated with the specified rule.
A, LST GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
BTS590 NODEB ENABLE(Enable)
0, RULEA
BTS590 Unit: None
CTION
0 PARA Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
WCDM Default Value: None
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
SIB7RT BTS390 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: Specifies the algorithm for preventing
WPOPT 0, ULOCE 210301 ration RTWP peak on the RACH channel.
SW BTS390 LLALG Manage GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0 PARA ment
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, ULOCE Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
BTS590 LLALG Default Value: OFF(OFF)
0, PARA
BTS590
0
WCDM
A
PARAE BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the value of an enumeration-type
NUMV 0, NODEB parameter.
ALUE BTS390 RULEA GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On), FALSE(False),
0 CTION TRUE(True), NULL(NULL)
WCDM PARA
A, Unit: None
LST
BTS590 NODEB Actual Value Range: OFF, ON, FALSE, TRUE,
0, RULEA NULL
BTS590 CTION Default Value: NULL(NULL)
0 PARA
WCDM
A
SIB7M BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the maximum RTWP value in the
AXRT 0, ULOCE system information block 7 (SIB7) broadcast to the
WP BTS390 LLALG UE, in the unit of dBm. The broadcast RTWP value
0 PARA does not exceed -113 plus the value of Sib7MaxRtwp.
WCDM LST When this parameter is set to 0, the RTWP value is
A, ULOCE not calculated using the formula.
BTS590 LLALG GUI Value Range: 0~60
0, PARA
BTS590 Unit: dB
0 Actual Value Range: 0~60
WCDM Default Value: 0
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
PARAI BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the value of an interval-type
NTERV 0, NODEB parameter. The value 2147483647 is invalid, this
ALVAL BTS390 RULEA parameter cannot be set to the value by users.
UE 0 CTION GUI Value Range: 0~60,2147483647
WCDM PARA
A, Unit: None
LST
BTS590 NODEB Actual Value Range: 0~60,2147483647
0, RULEA Default Value: 2147483647
BTS590 CTION
0 PARA
WCDM
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- ing control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 171213 Self algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD Optimiz corresponding algorithm.
WRFD-
UCELL ation 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
150231
ALGOS Under the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Uplink CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
140224 Interfere downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- nce intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 RIM becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- Based CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 UMTS (controlled by the
Target DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Cell switch) takes effect.
150217 Selectio 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- n for (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 LTE and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- Fast CS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Fallback 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Based reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
on RIM heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
020102 Coverag load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
e Based BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
PS service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
Redirect RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- ion from 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 UMTS LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- to LTE cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 Load using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
WRFD- Based service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
140226 PS QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Redirect handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- ion from power restriction.
020107 UMTS 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- to LTE overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 Load power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
WRFD- Based the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
020105 PS restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Handov common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
er from 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
UMTS OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- to LTE overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 SRVCC downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 from distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- LTE to releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
020129 UMTS power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- with PS 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

140102 Handov event measurement.
WRFD- er 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
020103 HSDPA reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
WRFD- Admissi overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
020501 on overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
Control reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD-
150220 Load 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
Measure credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- ment overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
181201 using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
MOCN
WRFD- Cell service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
140217 Resourc QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
WRFD- e handovers.
151203 Demarc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
WRFD- ation enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
140218 Load algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Based power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
Dynami load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
c algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
Adjustm load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
ent of adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
PCPICH DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
switch) takes effect.
Admissi
on 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
Control based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
Fast on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Return measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
from triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
UMTS between inter-frequency cells.
to LTE
12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
Overloa load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
d whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
Control load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Intra measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Frequen triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
cy Load between inter-frequency cells.
Balance 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
Potential resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
User determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
Control code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Mobility measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Between triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
and LTE 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
Phase 1 based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit

Admissi resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
on measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
Service- between inter-frequency cells.
Based 15.
PS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
Service Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
Redirect primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
ion from adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
UMTS CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
to LTE power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
CS load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
Fallback algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
Guarant on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
ee for 16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Switch controlling the
LTE Adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
Emerge on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
ncy adjusts the random access parameters based on the
Calls random access state and on the uplink power load of
Inter the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
Frequen feature is deactivated.
cy Load 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
Balance measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
Open preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Loop measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
Power preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Control does not measure the number of acknowledged
Coverag PRACH preambles.
e Based 18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
PS enable the camping policy switching function when
Handov traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
er from function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
UMTS policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
to LTE in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
Uplink a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
Coverag random camping cell.
e 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Improve Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
ment during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
During handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
Access and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
Inter- feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
Frequen inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
cy Load difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Balancin RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
g Based "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
on UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this
Configu switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
rable uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
Load coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Threshol depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
d derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
Campin UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
g for the neighboring cell.
Strategy 20. ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH: Whether
Switch to enable the Uplink Coverage Improvement During
for Mass Access feature. When this switch is turned on, the
Event Uplink Coverage Improvement During Access feature
Service- is enabled, and cell edge UEs can access the network
Based easily. When this switch is turned off, the Uplink
PS Coverage Improvement During Access feature is
Handov disabled, and cell edge UEs access the network less
er from easily.
UMTS 21. RIM_UL_INTER_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
to LTE optimize the value of the IE "Uplink interference"
carried in SIB7 in the Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM
feature. When this switch is turned on, the value of the
IE "Uplink interference" carried in SIB7 is set to the
actual RTWP. When this switch is turned off, the
value of the IE "Uplink interference" carried in SIB7
is set to -105 dBm.
GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
ADAPTIVE_RACH,
ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH,
ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH,
RIM_UL_INTER_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
0,ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_UL_INTER_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 020106 Reshuffl Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- ing control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 171213 Self algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD Optimiz corresponding algorithm.
WRFD-
UCELL ation 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
150231
ALGOS Under the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Uplink CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
140224 Interfere downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- nce intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 RIM becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- Based CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 UMTS (controlled by the
Target DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Cell switch) takes effect.
150217 Selectio 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- n for (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 LTE and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- Fast CS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Fallback 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Based reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
on RIM heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
020102 Coverag load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
e Based BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
PS service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
Redirect RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- ion from 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 UMTS LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- to LTE cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 Load using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
WRFD- Based service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
140226 PS QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Redirect handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- ion from power restriction.
020107 UMTS 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- to LTE overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 Load power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
WRFD- Based the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
020105 PS restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Handov common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
er from 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
UMTS OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- to LTE overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 SRVCC downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 from distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- LTE to releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
020129 UMTS power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- with PS 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

140102 Handov event measurement.
WRFD- er 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
020103 HSDPA reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
WRFD- Admissi overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
020501 on overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
Control reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD-
150220 Load 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
Measure credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- ment overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
181201 using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
MOCN
WRFD- Cell service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
140217 Resourc QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
WRFD- e handovers.
151203 Demarc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
WRFD- ation enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
140218 Load algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
Based power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
Dynami load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
c algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
Adjustm load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
ent of adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
PCPICH DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
switch) takes effect.
Admissi
on 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
Control based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
Fast on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Return measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
from triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
to LTE
12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
Overloa load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
d whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
Control load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Intra measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Frequen triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
cy Load between inter-frequency cells.
Balance 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
Potential resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
User determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
Control code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
Mobility measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Between triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
and LTE 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
Phase 1 based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
HSUPA whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit

Admissi resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
on measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
Service- between inter-frequency cells.
Based 15.
PS DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
Service Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
Redirect primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
ion from adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
UMTS CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
to LTE power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
CS load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
Fallback algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
Guarant on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
ee for 16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Switch controlling the
LTE Adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
Emerge on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
ncy adjusts the random access parameters based on the
Calls random access state and on the uplink power load of
Inter the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
Frequen feature is deactivated.
cy Load 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
Balance measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
Open preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
Loop measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
Power preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Control does not measure the number of acknowledged
Coverag PRACH preambles.
e Based 18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
PS enable the camping policy switching function when
Handov traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
er from function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
UMTS policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
to LTE in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
Uplink a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
Coverag random camping cell.
e 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Improve Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
ment during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
During handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
Access and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
Inter- feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
Frequen inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
cy Load difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Balancin RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
g Based "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
on UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this
Configu switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
rable uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
Load coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Threshol depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
d derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
Campin UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
g for the neighboring cell.
Strategy 20. ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH: Whether
Switch to enable the Uplink Coverage Improvement During
for Mass Access feature. When this switch is turned on, the
Event Uplink Coverage Improvement During Access feature
Service- is enabled, and cell edge UEs can access the network
Based easily. When this switch is turned off, the Uplink
PS Coverage Improvement During Access feature is
Handov disabled, and cell edge UEs access the network less
er from easily.
UMTS 21. RIM_UL_INTER_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
to LTE optimize the value of the IE "Uplink interference"
carried in SIB7 in the Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM
feature. When this switch is turned on, the value of the
IE "Uplink interference" carried in SIB7 is set to the
actual RTWP. When this switch is turned off, the
value of the IE "Uplink interference" carried in SIB7
is set to -105 dBm.
GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ADAPTIVE_RACH,
Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:
0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
0,ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_UL_INTER_OPT_SWITCH:0
RTWPS BTS390 SET MRFD- Configu Meaning: Indicates the RTWP Abnormal SIR target
IRTGTA 0, ULOCE 210301 ration Adjustment Switch.
DJSW BTS390 LLALG Manage GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0 PARA ment
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A, ULOCE Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
BTS590 LLALG Default Value: OFF(OFF)
0, PARA
BTS590
0
WCDM
A
ICMOD BTS390 ADD WRFD- HSUPA Meaning: Indicates whether the cell supports the
E 0, ULOCE 010691 UL Interference Cancellation feature for HSUPA services.
BTS390 LL Interfere GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
0 MOD nce
WCDM Cancella Unit: None
ULOCE
A, LL tion Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
BTS590 Default Value: FALSE(FALSE)
0, LST
BTS590 ULOCE
0 LL
WCDM
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
TURBO BTS390 ADD WRFD- Turbo Meaning: Indicates whether the cell supports Turbo
IC 0, ULOCE 150206 IC IC.
BTS390 LL GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)
0 MOD
WCDM Unit: None
ULOCE
A, LL Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
BTS590 Default Value: FALSE(FALSE)
0, LST
BTS590 ULOCE
0 LL
WCDM
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- PS
Redirect INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
MOD 150217 handover is performed.
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- Load QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
020103 Based uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
WRFD- SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
021101 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
WRFD- UMTS
service.
020701 Handov
er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
020306
ment performed.
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface
Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Load module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
Dynami inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
c first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Configu the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
ration GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Control InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
(DCCC) BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
AMR/W QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
B-AMR negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
Speech inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Rates BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
Control handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Inter- CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
RAT should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
er Based handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
on Load Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- PS
Redirect INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
MOD 150217 handover is performed.
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- Load QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
020103 Based uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
WRFD- SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
021101 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
WRFD- UMTS
service.
020701 Handov
er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
020306
ment performed.
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface
Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Load module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
Dynami inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
c first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Configu the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
ration GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Control InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
(DCCC) BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
AMR/W QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
B-AMR negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
Speech inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Rates BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
Control handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Inter- CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
RAT should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
er Based handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
on Load Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrSe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
condAct 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
ion LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
MOD 150217 Redirect GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
UCELL ion from InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 070004 BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
to LTE QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
WRFD- Load negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
020103 Based inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
WRFD- PS BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
010506 Handov handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
WRFD- er from CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
020106 UMTS should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
to LTE NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
WRFD- handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
021101 Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
and BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
WRFD- UMTS HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
020701 Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
WRFD- er NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
020306 Enhance
ment Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
Based
on Iur-g
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrSe BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
condAct 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
ion LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
020306 Enhance
ment Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
Based
on Iur-g
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrTh BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
n LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
020306 Enhance
ment Default Value: NoAct(no action)
Based
on Iur-g
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrTh BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: This parameter has the same content as
irdActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
n LDR WRFD- PS should be unique.
WRFD- UMTS
020108 Load
Based Unit: None
WRFD- GSM
020306 Enhance
ment Default Value: NoAct(no action)
Based
on Iur-g
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
UlLdrNi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction.
n LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
MOD 150217 Redirect InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
UCELL ion from BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 070004 QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
to LTE negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
WRFD- Load inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
020306 Based BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
er from should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
UMTS NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
to LTE handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Load Unit: None
Based Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
GSM BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
and HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
UMTS CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
er
Enhance Default Value: NoAct(no action)
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrNi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning: Action different from that specified by
nthActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based UlLdrFirstAction.
n LDR WRFD- PS GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
MOD 150217 Redirect InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
UCELL ion from BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
WRFD- UMTS
LDR 070004 QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
to LTE negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
WRFD- Load inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
020306 Based BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
PS handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
Handov CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
er from should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
UMTS NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
to LTE handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Load Unit: None
Based Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
GSM BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
and HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
UMTS CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
Handov NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
er
Enhance Default Value: NoAct(no action)
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC690 ADD WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 020605 Relocati Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- on oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 0204000 Introduc
RA tion 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
1 turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD Package
WRFD- feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL 010510 Intra single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA System perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA WRFD- Direct
170204 transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Retry Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
021101 3.6/27.2 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
WRFD- Kbps this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
010202 RRC resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
WRFD- Connect reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
020309 ion and by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
Radio "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
WRFD- Access this feature reduces the data transmission probability
160206 Bearer and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
WRFD- Establis Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
020304 hment period of time specified by the
WRFD- and "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
020701 Release UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Radio feature reduces the data transmission probability and
Aware user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
Video this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Shaping unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Dynami (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
c parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
Channel (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
Configu parameter).
ration
Control 2) AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:
(DCCC) Whether the proactive rate reduction for AMR
services function takes effect.
UE
State in 1: This switch is turned on. The proactive rate
Connect reduction for AMR services function takes effect, and
ed Mode the RNC proactively reduces the rate of new AMR
(CELL- services to be lower than the maximum rate
DCH, configured for gold, silver, or copper users.
CELL- 0: This switch is turned off. The proactive rate
PCH, reduction for AMR services function does not take
URA- effect, and the AMR services maintains the initial
PCH, service rate until service rate adjustment is triggered
CELL- by other functions.
FACH) 3) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter- to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to

RAT attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
Handov the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
er Based handover procedure.When this switch is set to ON, a
on DL UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
QoS a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
RB incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Parking perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to OFF, a UE
Inter processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
Frequen a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
cy Hard incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Handov perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.
er Based
on DL 4) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
QoS Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
AMR/W When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
B-AMR under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
Speech "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Rates UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
Control RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
is set to OFF, the RNC applies the original processing
mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Parking, see the meaning of the
RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
5) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to ON, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to OFF, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
6) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
switch is turned on, the RNC proactively obtains the
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter
target cells with poor coverage. If this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not proactively obtain the RSCP of

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to

establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or
CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
8) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
9) MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether users
can perform PS services in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, users are not allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.When this switch is turned off,
users are allowed to perform PS services in this cell.
10)
CELL_CONG_RRC_SIG_CH_TYPE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to optimize the SRB channel type and rate
corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause
value in congestion scenarios.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
type of the channel established during the RRC
connection setup in congestion scenarios. If a template
having "RrcCauseSigChTypeId" in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" command set to 15
is configured on the RNC, the RNC sets up channels
for the RRC connection setup using the channel type
and rate configured in the template. Otherwise, the
RNC sets up channels whose RRC connection setup

WCDMA RAN

nd
cause values are "Registration" and "Inter-RAT cell

re-selection" on the FACH.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
optimize the type of the channel established during the
RRC connection setup in congestion scenarios. The
RNC determines the type of the channel established
during the RRC connection setup based on the
channel type corresponding to the RRC connection
setup cause value configured in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" or "SET
URRCESTCAUSE" command. The parameter
settings of the "ADD URRCESTCAUSESIGCH-
TYPE" command can be located through the
"RrcCauseSigChTypeId" parameter configured in the
"ADD UCELLFRC" command.
Note:
A cell meeting either of the following conditions is
considered to be congested:
1. The downlink non-HSPA power congestion is in a
state specified by "RrcSigChTypeOptNonHLdState"
in the "SET UFRC" or "ADD UCELLFRC" command
or a lighter state.
2. The available spreading factor code resources are
equal to or less than those specified by
"DlHoCeCodeResvSf" in the "ADD UCELLCAC"
command.
11) HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:Whether to
guarantee the QoS of HSDPA PS BE services. When
this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is disabled.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND,
H, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H,
HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:0,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0,
H:0, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CellCon BSC691 ADD WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

nAlgoS 0 UCELL 020605 Relocati Switch controlling certain cell-level connection-
witch1 CONNA WRFD- on oriented algorithms.
LGOPA 0204000 Introduc
RA tion 1) RB_PARKING_SWITCH: When this switch is
1 turned on, the RB Parking feature is available. This
MOD Package
WRFD- feature works as follows: When a UE fails to set up a
UCELL 010510 Intra single PS BE service from the idle mode or fails to
CONNA System perform a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D) state
LGOPA WRFD- Direct
170204 transition for a single PS BE service, this feature: 1)
RA Retry Transits the UE to the RB Parking state (a special state
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 of the CELL_FACH state) to prevent the UE from
021101 3.6/27.2 repeatedly making RRC connection setup attempts. In
WRFD- Kbps this way, this feature reduces the UE's signaling
010202 RRC resource consumption. 2) Prohibits the UE from
WRFD- Connect reporting event 4A within a period of time specified
020309 ion and by the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT" parameter in the
Radio "SET UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way,
WRFD- Access this feature reduces the data transmission probability
160206 Bearer and user-plane resource consumption for the UE. 3)
WRFD- Establis Prohibits the UE from transmitting any data within a
020304 hment period of time specified by the
WRFD- and "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT" parameter in the "SET
020701 Release UUESTATETRANS" command. In this way, this
Radio feature reduces the data transmission probability and
Aware user-plane resource consumption for the UE. When
Video this switch is turned off, the RB Parking feature is
Shaping unavailable. Refer to 3GPP TS 25.331 for details
about the "pending time after trigger" IE
Dynami (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmPTAT"
c parameter) and the "Tx interruption after trigger" IE
Channel (corresponding to the "ParkingF2DHTvmTxIAT"
Configu parameter).
ration
Control 2) AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:
(DCCC) Whether the proactive rate reduction for AMR
services function takes effect.
UE
State in 1: This switch is turned on. The proactive rate
Connect reduction for AMR services function takes effect, and
ed Mode the RNC proactively reduces the rate of new AMR
(CELL- services to be lower than the maximum rate
DCH, configured for gold, silver, or copper users.
CELL- 0: This switch is turned off. The proactive rate
PCH, reduction for AMR services function does not take
URA- effect, and the AMR services maintains the initial
PCH, service rate until service rate adjustment is triggered
CELL- by other functions.
FACH) 3) PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether a UE processing only PS services is allowed

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter- to perform a channel fallback or rate reduction to

RAT attempt another incoming inter-RAT handover after
Handov the UE fails to perform an incoming inter-RAT
er Based handover procedure.When this switch is set to ON, a
on DL UE processing only PS services is allowed to perform
QoS a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
RB incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Parking perform an incoming inter-RAT handover
procedure.When this switch is set to OFF, a UE
Inter processing only PS services is not allowed to perform
Frequen a channel fallback or rate reduction to attempt another
cy Hard incoming inter-RAT handover after the UE fails to
Handov perform an incoming inter-RAT handover procedure.
er Based
on DL 4) PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:
QoS Whether the RNC switches preempted UEs that
process only PS BE services to the RB Parking state.
AMR/W When this switch and the RB_PARKING_SWITCH
B-AMR under the "CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter and the
Speech "PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Rates UQUEUEPREEMPT" command are all set to on, the
Control RNC switches preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services to the RB Parking state. When this switch
is set to OFF, the RNC applies the original processing
mechanism to preempted UEs that process only PS
BE services; for example, the RNC directly releases
the RRC connections of these UEs. The RB Parking
feature works as follows: The RNC switches a UE to
the CELL_FACH state and stops user-plane data
transmission for the UE. For details about RB
Parking, see the meaning of the
RB_PARKING_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch1" parameter.
5) VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH: Whether to enable the
video shaping function for video services in a
cell.When this switch is set to ON, video shaping is
enabled for an HSDPA UE in the cell if the RNC
detects that the UE is processing video services.When
this switch is set to OFF, video shaping is disabled for
the cell.
6) IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle
mode to establish new services when the RNC enables
the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and then
determines the UE coverage condition based on the
measured RSCP and target cell RTWP so as to filter

WCDMA RAN

nd
a UE, which sends an RRC request in idle mode to

establish new services when the RNC enables the
blind-handover-based DRD algorithm.
7) C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE, which send a request in the
CELL_PCH or CELL_FACH state to reconfigure
services or establish new services when the RNC
enables the blind-handover-based DRD algorithm, and
then determines the UE coverage condition based on
the measured RSCP and target cell RTWP to filter
a UE, which sends a request in the CELL_PCH or
CELL_FACH state to reconfigure services or establish
new services when the RNC enables the blind-
handover-based DRD algorithm.
8) CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH: If this
RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry scenarios
when the RNC enables the blind-handover-based
DRD algorithm, and then determines the UE coverage
condition based on the measured RSCP and target cell
RTWP so as to filter target cells with poor coverage. If
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not proactively
obtain the RSCP of a UE in DCCC or periodic retry
scenarios when the RNC enables the blind-handover-
based DRD algorithm.
9) MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND: Whether users
can perform PS services in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, users are not allowed to perform PS
services in this cell.When this switch is turned off,
users are allowed to perform PS services in this cell.
10)
H: Whether to optimize the SRB channel type and rate
corresponding to the RRC connection setup cause
value in congestion scenarios.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC optimizes the
type of the channel established during the RRC
connection setup in congestion scenarios. If a template
having "RrcCauseSigChTypeId" in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" command set to 15
is configured on the RNC, the RNC sets up channels
for the RRC connection setup using the channel type
and rate configured in the template. Otherwise, the
RNC sets up channels whose RRC connection setup

WCDMA RAN

nd
cause values are "Registration" and "Inter-RAT cell

re-selection" on the FACH.
optimize the type of the channel established during the
RRC connection setup in congestion scenarios. The
RNC determines the type of the channel established
during the RRC connection setup based on the
channel type corresponding to the RRC connection
setup cause value configured in the "ADD
URRCESTCAUSESIGCHTYPE" or "SET
URRCESTCAUSE" command. The parameter
settings of the "ADD URRCESTCAUSESIGCH-
TYPE" command can be located through the
"RrcCauseSigChTypeId" parameter configured in the
"ADD UCELLFRC" command.
Note:
A cell meeting either of the following conditions is
considered to be congested:
1. The downlink non-HSPA power congestion is in a
state specified by "RrcSigChTypeOptNonHLdState"
in the "SET UFRC" or "ADD UCELLFRC" command
or a lighter state.
2. The available spreading factor code resources are
equal to or less than those specified by
"DlHoCeCodeResvSf" in the "ADD UCELLCAC"
command.
11) HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:Whether to
guarantee the QoS of HSDPA PS BE services. When
this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm for
guaranteeing the QoS of HSDPA UEs is disabled.
GUI Value Range: RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
RB_PARKING_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH,
H,
HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH
Default Value: RB_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
AMR_ACTIVE_RATE_DOWN_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
PREEMPTED_PS_BE_DO_PARKING_SWITCH:0,
VIDEO_SHAPE_SWITCH:0,
IDLE_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
C2D_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
CONN_DRD_BASED_COVER_SWITCH:0,
MOVE_USER_PS_LIMIT_IND:0,
H:0, HSDPA_PS_BE_QOS_SWITCH:0
RptPerio BSC690 SET WRFD- Downlin Meaning: Period of downlink TCP measurement
d 0 UDPB 020502 k Power result that the NodeB reports to the RNC in the
Balance optimized downlink power balancing algorithm. For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
Unit: 10ms
Default Value: 200

WCDMA RAN

nd
RptPerio BSC691 SET WRFD- Downlin Meaning: Period of downlink TCP measurement
d 0 UDPB 020502 k Power result that the NodeB reports to the RNC in the
Balance optimized downlink power balancing algorithm. For
details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.433.
Unit: 10ms
Default Value: 200
CcchCo BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

ngCtrlS 0 UCELL 020101 on Whether retransmitted PS RRC connection requests or
witch LDR WRFD- Control PS cell update requests are discarded.
MOD 040100 Flow When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not
UCELL Control handle the PS RRC connection requests retransmitted
LDR by a UE due to timeout or does not handle PS cell
update requests transmitted from a UE in CELL_PCH
state.
discard the retransmitted PS RRC connection request
due to timeout or PS cell update requests.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
CcchCo BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

ngCtrlS 0 UCELL 020101 on Whether retransmitted PS RRC connection requests or
witch LDR WRFD- Control PS cell update requests are discarded.
MOD 040100 Flow When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not
UCELL Control handle the PS RRC connection requests retransmitted
LDR by a UE due to timeout or does not handle PS cell
update requests transmitted from a UE in CELL_PCH
state.
discard the retransmitted PS RRC connection request
due to timeout or PS cell update requests.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
PcSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 010641 Adaptiv 1. PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- e When the switch is on, the status of inner loop DL
OSWIT 140215 Transmi power control is set to "Active." When the switch is
CH ssion not on, the status is set to "Inactive."
WRFD-
140222 Dynami 2.
c PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
WRFD- Configu When the switch is on, the RNC supports DL power
150230 ration of balancing. During soft handover, TPC bit errors cause
WRFD- HSDPA DL power drift. DL power balancing is enabled to
020504 CQI balance the DL power between links, thus achieving
WRFD- Feedbac the optimal gain of soft handover.
020502 k Period 3. PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Adaptiv the switch is on, the target value of Ec/No can be
020503 e dynamically reconfigured on the E-FACH. When the
Adjustm switch is disabled, the minimum value of Ec/No is
WRFD-
ent of directly configured for the NodeB.
020501
HSUPA 4. PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- Small switch is turned on, the RNC sends FP frames to
160202 Target inform the NodeB of the information whether only
WRFD- Retrans one or multiple radio link sets (RLSs) are configured.
140216 missions The NodeB can obtain this information only through
WRFD- DPCH the RNC.
0106120 Pilot 5.
3 Power PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
WRFD- Adjustm H: When this switch is turned on, the HSUPA
020138 ent dynamic retransmission algorithm takes effect. In this
Inner situation, the HSUPA service can use a smaller target
WRFD- number of retransmissions than the typical value when
010712 Loop
Power the uplink is not congested. If the uplink is congested,
Control the HSUPA service needs to use the typical target
number of retransmissions. When this switch is turned
Downlin off, the HSUPA dynamic retransmission algorithm
k Power does not take effect.
Balance
6.
Outer PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH:
Loop When the switch is on, the limited power increase
Power function is used for DL inner loop power control.
Control
7. PC_OLPC_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
Open on, the outer loop power control algorithm takes
Loop effect. In this situation, the RNC updates the UL
Power SIRTarget of radio links on the NodeB side through
Control IUB DCH FP frames. When this switch is turned off,
Flexible the outer loop power control algorithm does not take
Power effect.
Control 8.
for PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Uplink When this switch is turned on, the UL SIRTarget value

Low is sent to the NodeB if the RNC is reconfiguring the
Data radio link. When this switch is turned off, a new initial
Rate SIRTarget value, during radio link reconfiguration, is
Transmi based on the converged SIRTarget value of current
ssion outer loop power control. In addition, the UL
Load- SIRTarget value is not included in the radio link
based reconfiguration messages to the NodeB.
Uplink 9. PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH: When the switch
Target is on, SIG DCH is involved in UL OLPC as service
BLER DCH is. If the current link has only SIG DCH, SIG
Configu DCH is always involved in UL OLPC.
ration 10. PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
HSUPA When the switch is on, the UE is unconditionally
Power released if the SIR error is high and the cell is
Control overloaded. Otherwise, the UE is not released.
HSUPA 11.
Coverag PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
e H: When the switch is on, E-DPDCH power
Enhance interpolation formula is allowed. Otherwise,
ment at interpolation formula is not allowed. When the
UE interpolation formula is used, E-TFCI and PO is
Power involved in the calculation of transmit power for block
Limitati transmission on the E-DPDCH. In addition, the
on extrapolation formula is also used. the interpolation
Adaptiv formular is used for high-speed services, whereas the
e extrapolation formula is used for low-speed services.
Configu For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
ration of 12.
Traffic PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
Channel When the switch is on, the HSUPA Coverage
Power Improvement Under Limited UE Power algorithm is
offset used for the RNC.
for 13.
HSUPA PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the Power Offset
Adaptive Adjustment on HSUPA Data Channel
algorithm is used for the RNC.
14.
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWIT
CH: How the RNC adjusts the target number of times
that a UE processing a single PS BE service performs
retransmission in the E-DCH small retransmission
state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC chooses
between "EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" and
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum" as the target
retransmission number based on the throughput

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement. When this switch is turned off, the

target retransmission number is always
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum".
15. PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Whether to support the optimized algorithm for Outer
Loop Power Control (OLPC). When this switch is
turned on, the optimized OLPC algorithm is
supported. SIRtarget is adjusted in an optimized
manner when interference bursts out, UE transmit
power is limited, OLPC is being set up, modified, or
restarted. When this switch is turned off, the
optimized OLPC algorithm is not supported.
16.
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the number of the
initial target retransmission attempts for UEs in the E-
DCH little retransmission state equals the value of
"EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" or
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum", whichever is
larger.When this switch is turned off, the number of
the initial target retransmission attempts for such UEs
equals the value of "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum".
17.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the load-based
algorithm for the CQI feedback period takes effect. In
this situation, the CQI feedback period is equal to the
value of "CQIFBckBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when uplink load in the cell
is heavy and PS BE services are carried over the
HSDPA. When this switch is turned off, the load-
based algorithm for the CQI feedback period does not
take effect.
18.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the coverage-based
value of "CQIFBckBaseCoverage" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when the UE moves to the
cell edge, and PS BE services are carried over the
HSDPA. When this switch is turned off, the coverage-
take effect.
19.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the combined-service-

WCDMA RAN

nd
specific algorithm for the CQI feedback period takes

effect. In this situation, the CQI feedback period is
equal to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCsCombServ" in
the "SET UHSDPCCH" command when the UE is
processing combined CS and PS services. In addition,
CS services (conversational class) and PS services are
carried over the DCH and HSDPA, respectively. When
this switch is turned off, the combined-service-
specific algorithm for the CQI feedback period does
not take effect.
20.
PC_BLER_TARGET_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH
: When this switch is turned on, the load-based target
BLER selection algorithm takes effect. In this
situation, the target BLER of the DCH is equal to the
value of "BlerTargetBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UOLPC" command if the uplink cell load is heavy
and only PS BE services are carried over the DCH.
When this switch is turned off, the load-based target
BLER selection algorithm does not take effect. When
this switch is turned on, it is good practice to select
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH to
maximize the improvement of this algorithm, that is,
to minimize the uplink load of the cell to increase cell
capacity. For CEUs, selecting the two options
decreases the service drop rate and improves user
experience.
21.
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sets the power
offset between the E-DPDCH and DPCCH to the
value of "HarqPOLitRetrLRate" in the "ADD
UTYPRABHSUPAPC" command after a UE is
transited from a state to the CELL_DCH state. The
function controlled by this switch also takes effect
during an RAB setup process. When this switch is
turned off, the power offset is determined by the
algorithm controlled by the
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWI
TCH. If the
TCH is turned off, the power offset is 0.
22. PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH: Sets small pilot
power offset and small number of bits for pilot bits in
case of downlink cell non-HSPA power congestions to
decrease power congestions. When this switch is
turned on and the downlink non-HSPA power
resources of the cell are in a congestion state specified

WCDMA RAN

nd
by "LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj"("SET UFRC"/"ADD
UCELLFRC") or higher, "NonCsOptiPilotPo"("SET
UFRC") or "CsOptiPilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies
the pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the
spreading factor (SF) is 256,
"DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET UFRC") specifies
the number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH. If either
of the following conditions is met, "PilotPo"("SET
UFRC") specifies the pilot power offset on the DPCH,
and "DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET UFRC")
specifies the number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH
when the SF is 256. (1)This switch is turned off.
(2)This switch is turned on but the downlink non-
HSPA power resources of the cell are in a lower
congestion state than the state specified by
"LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj"("SET UFRC"/"ADD
UCELLFRC").
23. PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the flexible power control for
uplink low data rate transmission algorithm. When
this switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not
activated.
24.
PC_COMB_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITC
H: Switch controlling the flexible power control for
uplink low data rate transmission algorithm for
combined services. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated for combined services. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated
for combined services.
25.
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SEND_TIME_OPT_SWI
TCH: Time at which the FP control frame that carries
the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" is delivered. When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC delivers the FP
control frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets
Indicator" to the NodeB in any of the following
scenarios: A handover is complete, the UE initially
enters the CELL_DCH state, or the RNC sends an
Active Set Update message during a single-to-
multiple RLS switch. When this switch is set to OFF,
the RNC delivers the FP control frame that carries the
"Multiple RL Sets Indicator" to the NodeB only after
a handover.
26.
PC_HSUPA_RGSTEPTHDCONFIG_CORRECT_S

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH: Whether the function of correcting the E-

RGCH 3-index-step and E-RGCH 2-index-step
thresholds takes effect when the power offset of the
HSUPA data channel is adaptively adjusted. When
this switch is turned on and the power offset of the
HSUPA data channel is adaptively adjusted, threshold
for E-RGCH 2-index step or threshold for E-RGCH 3-
index step equals the baseline value configured for
RABINDEX
([UTYPRABHSUPAPC:ERgch2IndStpThs] or
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:ERgch3IndStpThs]) plus
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:HarqPOLitRetrLRate]. When
this switch is turned off and the power offset of the
RABINDEX
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:ERgch3IndStpThs]).
27.
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPT_LIMIT_CS_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC forbids OLPC optimization
algorithm on UEs performing CS services. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC forbids the OLPC
optimization algorithm on UEs performing CS
services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not forbid the OLPC optimization algorithm on UEs
performing CS services.
GUI Value Range:
PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH,
PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH,
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH,
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
H,
PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH,
PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH,
PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH,
PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
H,
PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH,
TCH,
CH, PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH,
, PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH,
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH,
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
CH,
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
H
Default Value:
H:0,
PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:1,
PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:1,
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH:0,
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH:1,
PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
0,
TCH:0,
H:0,
PC_INNER_LOOP_LMTED_PWR_INC_SWITCH:
0, PC_OLPC_SWITCH:1,
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH:
1, PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:0,
PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:0,
:0,
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH:0,
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
TCH:1,
WITCH:1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PcSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- HSUPA Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 010641 Adaptiv 1. PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:
MALG WRFD- e When the switch is on, the status of inner loop DL
OSWIT 140215 Transmi power control is set to "Active." When the switch is
CH ssion not on, the status is set to "Inactive."
WRFD-
140222 Dynami 2.
c PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:
WRFD- Configu When the switch is on, the RNC supports DL power
150230 ration of balancing. During soft handover, TPC bit errors cause
WRFD- HSDPA DL power drift. DL power balancing is enabled to
020504 CQI balance the DL power between links, thus achieving
WRFD- Feedbac the optimal gain of soft handover.
020502 k Period 3. PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH: When
WRFD- Adaptiv the switch is on, the target value of Ec/No can be
020503 e dynamically reconfigured on the E-FACH. When the
Adjustm switch is disabled, the minimum value of Ec/No is
WRFD- ent of directly configured for the NodeB.
020501 HSUPA 4. PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- Small switch is turned on, the RNC sends FP frames to
160202 Target inform the NodeB of the information whether only
WRFD- Retrans one or multiple radio link sets (RLSs) are configured.
140216 missions The NodeB can obtain this information only through
WRFD- DPCH the RNC.
0106120 Pilot 5.
3 Power PC_HSUPA_HARQNUM_AUTO_ADJUST_SWITC
Adjustm H: When this switch is turned on, the HSUPA
WRFD-
ent dynamic retransmission algorithm takes effect. In this
020138
Inner situation, the HSUPA service can use a smaller target
WRFD- number of retransmissions than the typical value when
Loop
010712 the uplink is not congested. If the uplink is congested,
Power
Control the HSUPA service needs to use the typical target
Downlin number of retransmissions. When this switch is turned
k Power off, the HSUPA dynamic retransmission algorithm
Balance does not take effect.
6.
Outer
Loop
When the switch is on, the limited power increase
Power
function is used for DL inner loop power control.
Control
7. PC_OLPC_SWITCH: When this switch is turned
Open
on, the outer loop power control algorithm takes
Loop
effect. In this situation, the RNC updates the UL
Power
SIRTarget of radio links on the NodeB side through
Control
IUB DCH FP frames. When this switch is turned off,
Flexible the outer loop power control algorithm does not take
Power effect.
Control 8.

WCDMA RAN

nd
for When this switch is turned on, the UL SIRTarget value

Uplink is sent to the NodeB if the RNC is reconfiguring the
Low radio link. When this switch is turned off, a new initial
Data SIRTarget value, during radio link reconfiguration, is
Rate based on the converged SIRTarget value of current
Transmi outer loop power control. In addition, the UL
ssion SIRTarget value is not included in the radio link
Load- reconfiguration messages to the NodeB.
based 9. PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH: When the switch
Uplink is on, SIG DCH is involved in UL OLPC as service
Target DCH is. If the current link has only SIG DCH, SIG
BLER DCH is always involved in UL OLPC.
Configu 10. PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:
ration When the switch is on, the UE is unconditionally
HSUPA released if the SIR error is high and the cell is
Power overloaded. Otherwise, the UE is not released.
Control 11.
HSUPA PC_CFG_ED_POWER_INTERPOLATION_SWITC
Coverag H: When the switch is on, E-DPDCH power
e interpolation formula is allowed. Otherwise,
Enhance interpolation formula is not allowed. When the
ment at interpolation formula is used, E-TFCI and PO is
UE involved in the calculation of transmit power for block
Power transmission on the E-DPDCH. In addition, the
Limitati extrapolation formula is also used. the interpolation
on formular is used for high-speed services, whereas the
Adaptiv extrapolation formula is used for low-speed services.
e For details about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
Configu 12.
ration of PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
Traffic When the switch is on, the HSUPA Coverage
Channel Improvement Under Limited UE Power algorithm is
Power used for the RNC.
offset 13.
for PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWI
HSUPA TCH: When the switch is on, the Power Offset
Adaptive Adjustment on HSUPA Data Channel
algorithm is used for the RNC.
14.
CH: How the RNC adjusts the target number of times
that a UE processing a single PS BE service performs
retransmission in the E-DCH small retransmission
state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC chooses
between "EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" and
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum" as the target
retransmission number based on the throughput

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement. When this switch is turned off, the

target retransmission number is always
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum".
15. PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Whether to support the optimized algorithm for Outer
Loop Power Control (OLPC). When this switch is
turned on, the optimized OLPC algorithm is
supported. SIRtarget is adjusted in an optimized
manner when interference bursts out, UE transmit
power is limited, OLPC is being set up, modified, or
restarted. When this switch is turned off, the
optimized OLPC algorithm is not supported.
16.
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the number of the
initial target retransmission attempts for UEs in the E-
DCH little retransmission state equals the value of
"EdchAltTarLittleRetransNum" or
"EdchTargetLittleRetransNum", whichever is
larger.When this switch is turned off, the number of
the initial target retransmission attempts for such UEs
equals the value of "EdchTargetLittleRetransNum".
17.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the load-based
value of "CQIFBckBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when uplink load in the cell
is heavy and PS BE services are carried over the
HSDPA. When this switch is turned off, the load-
take effect.
18.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the coverage-based
value of "CQIFBckBaseCoverage" in the "SET
UHSDPCCH" command when the UE moves to the
cell edge, and PS BE services are carried over the
HSDPA. When this switch is turned off, the coverage-
take effect.
19.
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the combined-service-

WCDMA RAN

nd
specific algorithm for the CQI feedback period takes

effect. In this situation, the CQI feedback period is
equal to the value of "CQIFBckBaseCsCombServ" in
the "SET UHSDPCCH" command when the UE is
processing combined CS and PS services. In addition,
CS services (conversational class) and PS services are
carried over the DCH and HSDPA, respectively. When
this switch is turned off, the combined-service-
specific algorithm for the CQI feedback period does
not take effect.
20.
: When this switch is turned on, the load-based target
BLER selection algorithm takes effect. In this
situation, the target BLER of the DCH is equal to the
value of "BlerTargetBaseCellLoad" in the "SET
UOLPC" command if the uplink cell load is heavy
and only PS BE services are carried over the DCH.
When this switch is turned off, the load-based target
BLER selection algorithm does not take effect. When
this switch is turned on, it is good practice to select
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH to
maximize the improvement of this algorithm, that is,
to minimize the uplink load of the cell to increase cell
capacity. For CEUs, selecting the two options
decreases the service drop rate and improves user
experience.
21.
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sets the power
offset between the E-DPDCH and DPCCH to the
value of "HarqPOLitRetrLRate" in the "ADD
UTYPRABHSUPAPC" command after a UE is
transited from a state to the CELL_DCH state. The
function controlled by this switch also takes effect
during an RAB setup process. When this switch is
turned off, the power offset is determined by the
algorithm controlled by the
TCH. If the
TCH is turned off, the power offset is 0.
22. PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH: Sets small pilot
power offset and small number of bits for pilot bits in
case of downlink cell non-HSPA power congestions to
decrease power congestions. When this switch is
turned on and the downlink non-HSPA power
resources of the cell are in a congestion state specified

WCDMA RAN

nd
by "LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj"("SET UFRC"/"ADD
UCELLFRC") or higher, "NonCsOptiPilotPo"("SET
UFRC") or "CsOptiPilotPo"("SET UFRC") specifies
the pilot power offset on the DPCH. When the
spreading factor (SF) is 256,
"DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET UFRC") specifies
the number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH. If either
of the following conditions is met, "PilotPo"("SET
UFRC") specifies the pilot power offset on the DPCH,
and "DlDpchSf256OptiPilotBit"("SET UFRC")
specifies the number for bits of pilot bits on the DPCH
when the SF is 256. (1)This switch is turned off.
(2)This switch is turned on but the downlink non-
HSPA power resources of the cell are in a lower
congestion state than the state specified by
"LoadStateForPilotPwrAdj"("SET UFRC"/"ADD
UCELLFRC").
23. PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the flexible power control for
uplink low data rate transmission algorithm. When
this switch is turned on, this algorithm is activated.
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not
activated.
24.
H: Switch controlling the flexible power control for
uplink low data rate transmission algorithm for
combined services. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated for combined services. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is not activated
for combined services.
25.
TCH: Time at which the FP control frame that carries
the "Multiple RL Sets Indicator" is delivered. When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC delivers the FP
control frame that carries the "Multiple RL Sets
Indicator" to the NodeB in any of the following
scenarios: A handover is complete, the UE initially
enters the CELL_DCH state, or the RNC sends an
Active Set Update message during a single-to-
multiple RLS switch. When this switch is set to OFF,
the RNC delivers the FP control frame that carries the
"Multiple RL Sets Indicator" to the NodeB only after
a handover.
26.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH: Whether the function of correcting the E-

RGCH 3-index-step and E-RGCH 2-index-step
thresholds takes effect when the power offset of the
HSUPA data channel is adaptively adjusted. When
this switch is turned on and the power offset of the
RABINDEX
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:ERgch3IndStpThs]) plus
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:HarqPOLitRetrLRate]. When
this switch is turned off and the power offset of the
RABINDEX
[UTYPRABHSUPAPC:ERgch3IndStpThs]).
27.
H: Whether the RNC forbids OLPC optimization
algorithm on UEs performing CS services. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC forbids the OLPC
optimization algorithm on UEs performing CS
services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not forbid the OLPC optimization algorithm on UEs
performing CS services.
GUI Value Range:
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
CH, PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
, PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
H,
TCH,
H,
PC_OLPC_SWITCH,
CH,
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
H,
TCH,
WITCH,
H
Default Value:
H:0,
PC_DL_INNER_LOOP_PC_ACTIVE_SWITCH:1,
PC_DOWNLINK_POWER_BALANCE_SWITCH:1,
PC_EFACH_ECN0_DYN_ADJ_SWITCH:0,
PC_FP_MULTI_RLS_IND_SWITCH:1,
PC_HSUPA_COVER_EN_AT_POLIMIT_SWITCH:
0,
TCH:0,
H:0,
0, PC_OLPC_SWITCH:1,
1, PC_SIG_DCH_OLPC_SWITCH:0,
PC_UL_SIRERR_HIGH_REL_UE_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
PC_OLPC_FASTDOWN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:0,
PC_HSUPA_LITRETNUM_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CELLLOAD_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_COVERAGE_SWITCH:0,
PC_CQI_CYCLE_BASE_CS_PLUS_PS_SWITCH:0,
:0,
PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
PC_PILOT_PO_OPTI_SWITCH:0,
PC_HSUPA_LOWRATE_FLEXPC_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
TCH:1,
WITCH:1,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
RBParki BSC690 ADD WRFD- Service Meaning:

ngCacS 0 UCELL 180210 Experie Whether RB Parking is triggered after an admission
witch CONNA nce- failure in different scenarios. If the switches for
LGOPA based triggering RB Parking in corresponding scenarios are
RA Admissi turned on, RB parking is triggered after an admission
MOD on fails. If the switches for triggering RB Parking in
UCELL Control corresponding scenarios are turned off, RB Parking is
CONNA not triggered after an admission fails.
LGOPA 1. I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
RA Parking is triggered after an admission fails in I2D
scenarios. I2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
initiate RRC connection setups in idle mode. When
this switch is turned on, RB Parking is triggered after
an admission fails during a service setup in I2D
scenarios. When this switch is turned off, RB Parking
is not triggered and services are released directly.
2. F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
Parking is triggered after an admission fails in F2D
scenarios. F2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
transit from CELL_FACH state to CELL_DCH state.
When this switch is turned on, RB Parking is triggered
after an admission fails during a service setup in F2D
3. P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
Parking is triggered after an admission fails in P2D
scenarios. P2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
transit from CELL_PCH state to CELL_DCH state.
after an admission fails during a service setup in P2D
GUI Value Range:
F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH,
P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value: I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:
1, F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:1,
P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
RBParki BSC691 ADD WRFD- Service Meaning:

ngCacS 0 UCELL 180210 Experie Whether RB Parking is triggered after an admission
witch CONNA nce- failure in different scenarios. If the switches for
LGOPA based triggering RB Parking in corresponding scenarios are
RA Admissi turned on, RB parking is triggered after an admission
MOD on fails. If the switches for triggering RB Parking in
UCELL Control corresponding scenarios are turned off, RB Parking is
CONNA not triggered after an admission fails.
LGOPA 1. I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
RA Parking is triggered after an admission fails in I2D
scenarios. I2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
initiate RRC connection setups in idle mode. When
this switch is turned on, RB Parking is triggered after
an admission fails during a service setup in I2D
2. F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
Parking is triggered after an admission fails in F2D
scenarios. F2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
transit from CELL_FACH state to CELL_DCH state.
after an admission fails during a service setup in F2D
3. P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH: Whether RB
Parking is triggered after an admission fails in P2D
scenarios. P2D scenarios refer to scenarios where UEs
transit from CELL_PCH state to CELL_DCH state.
after an admission fails during a service setup in P2D
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value: I2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:
1, F2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:1,
P2D_CAC_RB_PARKING_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
RRCCac BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: RRC connection admission control (CAC)
Choice 0 UCELL 020101 on mode. When this parameter is set to LOOSE_CAC,
ALGOS Control RRC connection admission adopts a loose admission
WITCH threshold. When this parameter is set to
MOD STRICT_CAC, the RRC admission threshold equals
UCELL the RAB admission threshold plus the RRC admission
ALGOS threshold offset for the corresponding service.
WITCH GUI Value Range: LOOSE_CAC, STRICT_CAC
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: LOOSE_CAC, STRICT_CAC
Default Value: LOOSE_CAC
RRCCac BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: RRC connection admission control (CAC)
Choice 0 UCELL 020101 on mode. When this parameter is set to LOOSE_CAC,
ALGOS Control RRC connection admission adopts a loose admission
WITCH threshold. When this parameter is set to
MOD STRICT_CAC, the RRC admission threshold equals
UCELL the RAB admission threshold plus the RRC admission
ALGOS threshold offset for the corresponding service.
WITCH GUI Value Range: LOOSE_CAC, STRICT_CAC
Unit: None
RRCCe BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: RRC connection admission control (CAC)
CodeCa 0 UCELL 020101 on mode. When this parameter is set to LOOSE_CAC,
cChoice ALGOS Control the RRC credit and code admission threshold is 100%.
WITCH When this parameter is set to STRICT_CAC,
MOD "DlRRCCeCodeResvSf" and "UlRRCCeResvSf" in
UCELL the "ADD UCELLCAC" command take effect.
ALGOS "DlRRCCeCodeResvSf" indicates the RRC downlink
WITCH credit and channel code admission threshold, and
"UlRRCCeResvSf" indicates the RRC uplink credit
admission threshold.
GUI Value Range: LOOSE_CAC, STRICT_CAC
Unit: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
RRCCe BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: RRC connection admission control (CAC)
CodeCa 0 UCELL 020101 on mode. When this parameter is set to LOOSE_CAC,
cChoice ALGOS Control the RRC credit and code admission threshold is 100%.
WITCH When this parameter is set to STRICT_CAC,
MOD "DlRRCCeCodeResvSf" and "UlRRCCeResvSf" in
UCELL the "ADD UCELLCAC" command take effect.
ALGOS "DlRRCCeCodeResvSf" indicates the RRC downlink
WITCH credit and channel code admission threshold, and
"UlRRCCeResvSf" indicates the RRC uplink credit
admission threshold.
GUI Value Range: LOOSE_CAC, STRICT_CAC
Unit: None
DPCHM BTS390 SET WRFD- DPCH Meaning: Whether to enable the DPCH maximum
AXTXP 0, ULOCE 150235 Maximu transmit power restriction algorithm. When this switch
WRRES BTS390 LLALG m is turned on, the NodeB configures the maximum
TRSW 0 PARA Power transmit power of the associated DPCH based on
WCDM LST Restricti whether data is transmitted on the associated DPCH
A, ULOCE on for HSDPA services. When this switch is turned off,
BTS590 LLALG the maximum transmit power of the associated DPCH
0, PARA for HSDPA services is set to the default value.
BTS590 GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0
WCDM Unit: None
A Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
RADIO BTS390 SET WRFD- DPCH Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the DPCH
QUALI 0, ULOCE 171204 Power power control algorithm based on radio quality. If this
TYDPC BTS390 LLALG Control switch is turned on, the DPCH power control
HPCSW 0 PARA Based algorithm based on radio quality is enabled. If this
WCDM LST on switch is turned off, the DPCH power control
A, ULOCE Radio algorithm based on radio quality is disabled.
BTS590 LLALG Quality GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0, PARA
BTS590 Unit: None
0 Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
WCDM Default Value: OFF(OFF)
A

WCDMA RAN

nd
DPCHT BTS390 SET WRFD- DPCH Meaning: Indicates whether to enable DPCH TPC
PCPOA 0, ULOCE 181207 TPC power adjustment. If this parameter is set to ON, the
DJSW BTS390 LLALG Power NodeB optimizes downlink DPCH TPC transmit
0 PARA Adjustm power for HSDPA UEs whose SRBs are carried over
WCDM LST ent the DCH based on downlink non-HSPA power load of
A, ULOCE the cell. If this parameter is set to OFF, the downlink
BTS590 LLALG DPCH TPC transmit power configured on the RNC
0, PARA applies for these UEs.
BTS590 GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
0
WCDM Unit: None
A Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
ACKPO BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Power offset for the ACK messages over the
1forSH 0 UCELL 0106100 Power HS-DPCCH compared with uplink DPCCH when
O HSDPC 4 Control Minimum inter-TTI interval of the UE is set to 1 and
CH the UE is in multi-RLS state. For details about this
MOD parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214. This parameter is an
UCELL advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
HSDPC contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
CH support.
GUI Value Range: PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15,
PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
PO_24/15, PO_30/15
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 5/15, 6/15, 8/15, 9/15, 12/15,
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15
Default Value: PO_24/15
ACKPO BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: Power offset for the ACK messages over the
1forSH 0 UCELL 0106100 Power HS-DPCCH compared with uplink DPCCH when
O HSDPC 4 Control Minimum inter-TTI interval of the UE is set to 1 and
CH the UE is in multi-RLS state. For details about this
MOD parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214. This parameter is an
UCELL advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
HSDPC contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
CH support.
PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
PO_24/15, PO_30/15
Unit: None
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

WCDMA RAN

nd
NACKP BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

O1forS 0 UCELL 0106100 Power Power offset for the NACK messages over the HS-
HO HSDPC 4 Control DPCCH compared with uplink DPCCH when
CH Minimum inter-TTI interval of the UE is set to 1 and
MOD the UE is in multi-RLS state. For details about this
UCELL parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
HSDPC This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
CH this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
PO_24/15, PO_30/15
Unit: None
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15
NACKP BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

O1forS 0 UCELL 0106100 Power Power offset for the NACK messages over the HS-
HO HSDPC 4 Control DPCCH compared with uplink DPCCH when
CH Minimum inter-TTI interval of the UE is set to 1 and
MOD the UE is in multi-RLS state. For details about this
UCELL parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
HSDPC This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
CH this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
PO_24/15, PO_30/15
Unit: None
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

WCDMA RAN

nd
CQIPOf BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: HS-DPCCH CQI transmit power offset
orSHO 0 UCELL 010610 Introduc from the UL DPCCH when the UE is in the multi-
HSDPC tion RLS state under soft handover state. For details about
CH Package this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
MOD GUI Value Range: PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15,
UCELL PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
HSDPC PO_24/15, PO_30/15
CH Unit: None
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15
CQIPOf BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: HS-DPCCH CQI transmit power offset
orSHO 0 UCELL 010610 Introduc from the UL DPCCH when the UE is in the multi-
HSDPC tion RLS state under soft handover state. For details about
CH Package this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
MOD GUI Value Range: PO_5/15, PO_6/15, PO_8/15,
UCELL PO_9/15, PO_12/15, PO_15/15, PO_19/15,
HSDPC PO_24/15, PO_30/15
CH Unit: None
15/15, 19/15, 24/15, 30/15

WCDMA RAN

nd
DraSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ch2 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
MALG WRFD- Channel DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
OSWIT 0106140 Configu ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
CH 3 ration decides the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state
Control transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
WRFD- (DCCC)
010510 URA_PCH to CELL_DCH based on the obtained
HSUPA valid Ec/No value. If the Ec/No value is greater than
WRFD- 2ms TTI the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the
010688
3.4/6.8/1 "SET UFRC" command, the BE services are set up on
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 the E-DCH. Otherwise, the BE services are set up on
150207 Kbps the DCH.
WRFD- RRC 2.
010652 Connect DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
WRFD- ion and CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
150209 Radio immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
Access "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
WRFD- Bearer P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B.
150250 Establis
WRFD- 3.
hment
020101 DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
and
: Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE
WRFD- Release
is switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
150223 Downlin weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD- k the BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
140104 Enhance channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas.
d When this switch is turned on, the BE service of the
WRFD- CELL_F
010202 UE is switched from HSUPA channels to R99
ACH channels in weak coverage areas. Note: When the
WRFD- 4C- Ec/No in the RACH measurement report from the UE
150227 HSDPA is less than or equal to the value of
WRFD- SRB "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
010612 over command, the UE is in the weak coverage area.
WRFD- HSDPA 4. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
010701 DB- Whether BE services can be switched over from
WRFD- HSDPA HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage in
010636 connected mode. When this switch is turned on, BE
3C-
services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
WRFD- HSDPA
due to insufficient coverage. If the coverage recovers
160214 Admissi after the UE moves to the cell center and the
WRFD- on throughput is high, the BE services can be transferred
010696 Control to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is reported, the UE
WRFD- MC- is in connected mode under weak coverage.
010699 HSDPA 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH: Whether to
+MIMO trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH is
Enhance configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
d established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Combin does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed interface if no CCCH is configured over the Iur

Services interface. When this switch is turned on, the D2F
UE procedure is triggered regardless of the existence of
State in the CCCH over the Iur interface.
Connect 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH: Whether
ed Mode the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined service
(CELL- supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
DCH, increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This
CELL- switch is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS
PCH, BE combined service supports event-4A-triggered
URA- DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate is 0
PCH, kbit/s. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
CELL- service in the CS+PS BE combined service does not
FACH) support event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate increasing
DB- when its data rate is 0 kbit/s.
HSDPA 7. DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
+MIMO Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
HSUPA combined service supports DCCC data rate increasing
Introduc on both the uplink and the downlink when an event
tion 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. ON: This
Package switch is turned on. The PS BE service supports
DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink and the
Uplink downlink when event 4A is reported on the uplink or
Enhance downlink. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
d service does not support DCCC data rate increasing
CELL_F on both the uplink and the downlink when event 4A is
ACH reported on the uplink or downlink.
SRB 8.
over DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
HSUPA CH: Whether the following two functions can be
Load- enabled: (1) If the current rate of the PS BE service is
based 0 kbit/s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate
Intellige increasing fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the
nt State RNC does not release the PS BE service after a timer
Transiti set by the "ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen"
on parameter in the "SET UCOIFTIMER" command
DC- expires. (2) A UE processing a CS+PS BE combined
HSDPA service immediately transits to the CELL_FACH state
if the CS service is released and the PS BE service has
DC- no data transmission. ON: This switch is turned on.
HSDPA The preceding functions can be enabled. OFF: This
+MIMO switch is turned off. The preceding functions are
disabled.
9. DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the
DCH data rate for a UE that has experienced a
coverage-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback

WCDMA RAN

nd
when the UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does

not meet the E-DCH allocation requirement. When
this parameter is set to ON, the implementation is
allowed but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the implementation
is prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH
channel switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is
fixed at the value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.For a UE
that has experienced an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-
DCH channel fallback during a service setup, when
the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under
the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off,
the RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or
the cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH.
10. DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed.
11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing a CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH (D2F) state transition. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-
CS connection before performing a D2F state
transition. If so, the RNC does not perform the state
transition. If not, the RNC performs the state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing the state transition.
12. DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the PS-inactivity-based
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition
algorithm. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated. When this switch is turned off,

WCDMA RAN

nd
this algorithm is not activated. This algorithm works

as follows:After a UE enters the CELL_DCH state,
this algorithm triggers a D2P state transition upon
detecting that the UE does not process any uplink or
downlink service during a certain period of time,
which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer"
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"
command.
13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent
state transition algorithm. When this switch is set to
ON and the
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command.
14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
does not take effect. When this switch is turned on,
The algorithm takes effect. Operations of the
algorithm: 1. Access mode: The algorithm also
considers coverage and loads to determine whether the
downlink SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH when
a UE transits from the idle, CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state during an RRC connection setup, RAB setup, or
RAB modification or when a CELL_DCH UE
experiences an incoming inter-RAT handover or an
incoming combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE accesses a
cell, the algorithm determines whether to deliver
periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.

WCDMA RAN

nd
15.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: Whether the throughput measurement-based state
transition algorithm for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
with BE services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the algorithm
triggering throughput measurement-based state
transitions on UEs with BE services from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off and this algorithm does
not take effect.
16. DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether UEs with BE services in the CELL_DCH
state are preferentially transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state based on the throughput
measurement.
1: This switch is turned on and the throughput
measurement-based state transition algorithm
preferentially triggers D2F state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
0: This switch is turned off and the throughput
preferentially triggers D2P state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
17.
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH: Whether the downlink SRBs of SRB over
HSDPA UEs fall back to the DCH when these UEs
trigger radio link reestablishments. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC first switches downlink SRBs
of SRB over HSDPA UEs to the DCH when sending
the Cell Update Confirm message and then performs
radio link reestablishments if these UEs have triggered
radio link reestablishments. When this switch is
turned off, the downlink SRBs of SRB over HSDPA
UEs remain on the HSDPA channel if these UEs have
triggered radio link reestablishments.
18.
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH: Whether to set up RRC connections on the
FACH when NodeB resources become unavailable.
When this switch is set to OFF, RRC connections are
not set up on the FACH when NodeB resources
become unavailable. When this switch is set to ON,
RRC connections are set up on the FACH when
NodeB resources become unavailable.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19. DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
Whether the low activity bit rate threshold is
adaptively adjusted based on the cell status. When this
switch is turned on and the cell is congested, the low
activity bit rate threshold specified by
[UDCCC:LittleRateThd] is considered D0. If the cell
is not congested, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect. When this switch is turned off,
the adaptive adjustment function does not take effect.
20.
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
: Whether the bearer channel type and initial access
rate of PS BE services are adaptively adjusted based
on the cell status during the setup of CS+PS BE
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
the cell is congested, the initial access rate type of CS
+PS BE combined services specified by
[UFRC:BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs] is considered
DCH0K during the setup of CS+PS BE combined
services. If the cell is not congested, the adaptive
adjustment function does not take effect. When this
switch is turned off, the adaptive adjustment function
21.
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
channel for carrying SRBs during an RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure is limited.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers channel
to an HSPA channel immediately after the RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. Channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried over the
DCH after the RB reconfiguration DRD procedure.
22. DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH: Whether
Layer 2 measurement control is released after a
D2P/F2P state transition. When this switch is turned
on, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
off, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
not released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:
Whether to start the coverage-based CQI PO
adjustment function.
1: When this switch is turned on, the CQI PO is re-
adjusted for those users who are in weak coverage
area and whose uplink is carried over R99 channels
with PS BE services carried over HSDPA and who are
enabled with features involving DC/3C/4C/DB/
MIMO.
0: When this switch is turned off, the coverage-based
CQI PO adjustment function does not take effect.
Criterion for weak coverage: If RSCP is reported and
the reported RSCP is less than or equal to the value of
RscpThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If RSCP is not reported, Ec/N0 is used for
coverage decision.
If Ec/N0 is less than or equal to the value of
EcN0ThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If neither RSCP nor Ec/N0 is reported, the
coverage is not weak.
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
24.
DRA_BASE_LOAD_MULTI_LINK_CONTROL_S
WITCH:Whether the load-based dynamic multi-link
control function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC dynamically
adds or deletes intra-frequency links based on the
downlink load of a cell.
0: This switch is turned off. The load-based dynamic
multi-link control function does not take effect.
25. DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:
Whether to forbid the D2P state transition for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2P state transition is
forbidden for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The D2P state transition is
allowed for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
26. DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the web page browsing delay
optimization function for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is enabled for EFACH and
ERACH UEs. After identifying the web page
browsing services, the RNC moves the UE to the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH state if the UE is on the EFACH. Data

transmission is supported during the state
transmission.
0: This switch is turned off. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is disabled for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
27.
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:Whether
cell-level event 4A/4B thresholds for DCCC take
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell-level event 4A/4B
thresholds apply, regardless of the RabIndex of PS
DCH channels.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC-level event 4A/4B
thresholds take effect. That is, settings of
"Event4aThd" and "Event4bThd" under the "ADD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" or "MOD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" command apply. In these
settings, the RabIndex of PS DCH channels is
considered.
28.
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWITC
H:Switch controlling the enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions
1: This switch is turned on. When the
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under
the DraSwitch2 parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on,
and a UE is in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC
identifies HTTPS services through the TCP port 443
and other services over specified ports, and quickly
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state. During the
state transition, the RNC does not suspend RLC data
transmission of this UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions does not take
effect.
29.
DRA_DIFF_SERVICE_ON_LOWACTIV_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the low-activity service
differentiation function.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies the
UE performing low-activity services based on the
server IP address and port or the IMEITAC, and
configures the state transition policy and F2D state

WCDMA RAN

nd
transition threshold to provide differentiated low-

activity services.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
implement differentiated low-activity services for UEs
performing low-activity services.
30. DRA_CSPS_RATEUP_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the PS BE rate increment in the CS
+PS combined service scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC limits the PS BE
rate increment in the CS+PS combined service
scenario only within the time period specified by
[UDCCC:CsPsBeDcccProhTimer].
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not limit
the PS BE rate increment in the CS+PS combined
service scenario.
31.
DRA_BASE_COVER_SRB_E2D_RRC_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based SRB E2D algorithm
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines
whether the E-DCH carries the SRB based on the
coverage for the UE during the RRC connection setup
phase.
determine whether the E-DCH carries the SRB based
on the coverage for the UE during the RRC
connection setup phase.
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH,
TCH, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH,
WITCH, DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH,
H,
DRA_DIFF_SERVICE_ON_LOWACTIV_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_RATEUP_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_SRB_E2D_RRC_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
WITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
H,
Default Value:
ITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:1,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0, DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
0, DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
0,
CH:0, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
:0,
TCH:0, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
0, DRA_CSPS_RATEUP_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_SRB_E2D_RRC_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch2 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
MALG WRFD- Channel DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
OSWIT 010699 Configu ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
CH ration decides the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state
WRFD- Control
010688 transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
(DCCC) URA_PCH to CELL_DCH based on the obtained
WRFD-
DC- valid Ec/No value. If the Ec/No value is greater than
150207
HSDPA the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the
WRFD- +MIMO "SET UFRC" command, the BE services are set up on
010652 the E-DCH. Otherwise, the BE services are set up on
Downlin
WRFD- k the DCH.
150209 Enhance 2.
WRFD- d DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
150250 CELL_F CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
ACH immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
WRFD-
4C- "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
020101
HSDPA P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B.
WRFD-
150223 SRB 3.
over DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
WRFD- : Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE
010696 HSDPA
is switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
WRFD- DB- weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off,
010202 HSDPA the BE service of the UE is not switched from HSUPA
WRFD- 3C- channels to R99 channels in weak coverage areas.
150227 HSDPA When this switch is turned on, the BE service of the
UE is switched from HSUPA channels to R99
WRFD- Admissi channels in weak coverage areas. Note: When the
010612 on Ec/No in the RACH measurement report from the UE
WRFD- Control is less than or equal to the value of
010636 MC- "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
WRFD- HSDPA command, the UE is in the weak coverage area.
160214 +MIMO 4. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
WRFD- DC- Whether BE services can be switched over from
140104 HSDPA HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage in
UE connected mode. When this switch is turned on, BE
WRFD-
State in services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
010701
Connect due to insufficient coverage. If the coverage recovers
ed Mode after the UE moves to the cell center and the
(CELL- throughput is high, the BE services can be transferred
DCH, to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is reported, the UE
CELL- is in connected mode under weak coverage.
PCH, 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH: Whether to
URA- trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH is
PCH, configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
CELL- established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
FACH) does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur

WCDMA RAN

nd
DB- interface if no CCCH is configured over the Iur

HSDPA interface. When this switch is turned on, the D2F
+MIMO procedure is triggered regardless of the existence of
HSUPA the CCCH over the Iur interface.
Introduc 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH: Whether
tion the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined service
Package supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
SRB increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This
over switch is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS
HSUPA BE combined service supports event-4A-triggered
DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate is 0
Load- kbit/s. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
based service in the CS+PS BE combined service does not
Intellige support event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate increasing
nt State when its data rate is 0 kbit/s.
Transiti
on 7. DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
Enhance combined service supports DCCC data rate increasing
d on both the uplink and the downlink when an event
Combin 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. ON: This
ed switch is turned on. The PS BE service supports
Services DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink and the
Uplink downlink when event 4A is reported on the uplink or
Enhance downlink. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
d service does not support DCCC data rate increasing
CELL_F on both the uplink and the downlink when event 4A is
ACH reported on the uplink or downlink.
8.
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled: (1) If the current rate of the PS BE service is
0 kbit/s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate
increasing fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the
RNC does not release the PS BE service after a timer
set by the "ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen"
parameter in the "SET UCOIFTIMER" command
expires. (2) A UE processing a CS+PS BE combined
service immediately transits to the CELL_FACH state
if the CS service is released and the PS BE service has
no data transmission. ON: This switch is turned on.
The preceding functions can be enabled. OFF: This
switch is turned off. The preceding functions are
disabled.
9. DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the
DCH data rate for a UE that has experienced a
coverage-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback

WCDMA RAN

nd
when the UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does

not meet the E-DCH allocation requirement. When
this parameter is set to ON, the implementation is
allowed but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the implementation
is prohibited. In addition, before DCH-to-E-DCH
channel switching, the DCH data rate of the UE is
fixed at the value of the "UlBeTraffInitBitrate"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command.For a UE
that has experienced an Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-
DCH channel fallback during a service setup, when
the DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under
the "DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off,
the RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or
the cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH.
10. DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition function and allow the
FACH to transmit the remaining data when a UE is
browsing web pages. Upon detecting that a UE in the
CELL_FACH state is browsing web pages, the RNC
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state when this
switch is turned on. In addition, the RNC allows the
FACH to continue to transmit data until the state
transition is completed.
11.
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing a CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH (D2F) state transition. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC checks whether there is an Iu-
CS connection before performing a D2F state
transition. If so, the RNC does not perform the state
transition. If not, the RNC performs the state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not check whether there is an Iu-CS connection
before performing the state transition.
12. DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the PS-inactivity-based
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition
algorithm. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated. When this switch is turned off,

WCDMA RAN

nd
this algorithm is not activated. This algorithm works

as follows:After a UE enters the CELL_DCH state,
this algorithm triggers a D2P state transition upon
detecting that the UE does not process any uplink or
downlink service during a certain period of time,
which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer"
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"
command.
13.
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent
state transition algorithm. When this switch is set to
ON and the
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command.
14.
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
does not take effect. When this switch is turned on,
The algorithm takes effect. Operations of the
algorithm: 1. Access mode: The algorithm also
considers coverage and loads to determine whether the
downlink SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH when
a UE transits from the idle, CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state during an RRC connection setup, RAB setup, or
RAB modification or when a CELL_DCH UE
experiences an incoming inter-RAT handover or an
incoming combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE accesses a
cell, the algorithm determines whether to deliver
periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.

WCDMA RAN

nd
15.
CH: Whether the throughput measurement-based state
transition algorithm for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
with BE services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the algorithm
triggering throughput measurement-based state
transitions on UEs with BE services from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off and this algorithm does
not take effect.
16. DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether UEs with BE services in the CELL_DCH
state are preferentially transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state based on the throughput
measurement.
1: This switch is turned on and the throughput
preferentially triggers D2F state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
0: This switch is turned off and the throughput
preferentially triggers D2P state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
17.
WITCH: Whether the downlink SRBs of SRB over
HSDPA UEs fall back to the DCH when these UEs
trigger radio link reestablishments. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC first switches downlink SRBs
of SRB over HSDPA UEs to the DCH when sending
the Cell Update Confirm message and then performs
radio link reestablishments if these UEs have triggered
radio link reestablishments. When this switch is
turned off, the downlink SRBs of SRB over HSDPA
UEs remain on the HSDPA channel if these UEs have
triggered radio link reestablishments.
18.
TCH: Whether to set up RRC connections on the
FACH when NodeB resources become unavailable.
When this switch is set to OFF, RRC connections are
not set up on the FACH when NodeB resources
become unavailable. When this switch is set to ON,
RRC connections are set up on the FACH when
NodeB resources become unavailable.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19. DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
Whether the low activity bit rate threshold is
adaptively adjusted based on the cell status. When this
switch is turned on and the cell is congested, the low
activity bit rate threshold specified by
[UDCCC:LittleRateThd] is considered D0. If the cell
is not congested, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect. When this switch is turned off,
the adaptive adjustment function does not take effect.
20.
: Whether the bearer channel type and initial access
rate of PS BE services are adaptively adjusted based
on the cell status during the setup of CS+PS BE
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
the cell is congested, the initial access rate type of CS
+PS BE combined services specified by
[UFRC:BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs] is considered
DCH0K during the setup of CS+PS BE combined
services. If the cell is not congested, the adaptive
adjustment function does not take effect. When this
switch is turned off, the adaptive adjustment function
21.
TCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
channel for carrying SRBs during an RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure is limited.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers channel
to an HSPA channel immediately after the RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. Channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried over the
DCH after the RB reconfiguration DRD procedure.
22. DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH: Whether
Layer 2 measurement control is released after a
on, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
off, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
not released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:
Whether to start the coverage-based CQI PO
adjustment function.
1: When this switch is turned on, the CQI PO is re-
adjusted for those users who are in weak coverage
area and whose uplink is carried over R99 channels
with PS BE services carried over HSDPA and who are
enabled with features involving DC/3C/4C/DB/
MIMO.
0: When this switch is turned off, the coverage-based
CQI PO adjustment function does not take effect.
Criterion for weak coverage: If RSCP is reported and
the reported RSCP is less than or equal to the value of
RscpThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If RSCP is not reported, Ec/N0 is used for
coverage decision.
If Ec/N0 is less than or equal to the value of
EcN0ThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If neither RSCP nor Ec/N0 is reported, the
coverage is not weak.
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
24.
WITCH:Whether the load-based dynamic multi-link
control function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC dynamically
adds or deletes intra-frequency links based on the
downlink load of a cell.
0: This switch is turned off. The load-based dynamic
multi-link control function does not take effect.
25. DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:
Whether to forbid the D2P state transition for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2P state transition is
forbidden for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The D2P state transition is
allowed for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
26. DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the web page browsing delay
optimization function for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is enabled for EFACH and
ERACH UEs. After identifying the web page
browsing services, the RNC moves the UE to the

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH state if the UE is on the EFACH. Data

transmission is supported during the state
transmission.
0: This switch is turned off. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is disabled for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
27.
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:Whether
cell-level event 4A/4B thresholds for DCCC take
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell-level event 4A/4B
thresholds apply, regardless of the RabIndex of PS
DCH channels.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC-level event 4A/4B
thresholds take effect. That is, settings of
"Event4aThd" and "Event4bThd" under the "ADD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" or "MOD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" command apply. In these
settings, the RabIndex of PS DCH channels is
considered.
28.
H:Switch controlling the enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions
1: This switch is turned on. When the
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under
the DraSwitch2 parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on,
and a UE is in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC
identifies HTTPS services through the TCP port 443
and other services over specified ports, and quickly
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state. During the
state transition, the RNC does not suspend RLC data
transmission of this UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions does not take
effect.
29.
Whether to enable the low-activity service
differentiation function.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies the
UE performing low-activity services based on the
server IP address and port or the IMEITAC, and
configures the state transition policy and F2D state

WCDMA RAN

nd
transition threshold to provide differentiated low-

activity services.
implement differentiated low-activity services for UEs
performing low-activity services.
30. DRA_CSPS_RATEUP_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the PS BE rate increment in the CS
+PS combined service scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC limits the PS BE
rate increment in the CS+PS combined service
scenario only within the time period specified by
[UDCCC:CsPsBeDcccProhTimer].
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not limit
the PS BE rate increment in the CS+PS combined
service scenario.
31.
DRA_BASE_COVER_SRB_E2D_RRC_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based SRB E2D algorithm
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC determines
whether the E-DCH carries the SRB based on the
coverage for the UE during the RRC connection setup
phase.
determine whether the E-DCH carries the SRB based
on the coverage for the UE during the RRC
connection setup phase.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
TCH, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
WITCH, DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
H,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
CH,
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
WITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
H,
Default Value:
ITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:1,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:0,
CH:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
0, DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
0, DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:0,
CH:0,
0,
CH:0, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
:0,
TCH:0, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
0, DRA_CSPS_RATEUP_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_SRB_E2D_RRC_SWITCH:0
AdapSte BSC690 SET WRFD- Load- Meaning: Switch for state transition based on the IP
TrsParO 0 UADAP 160214 based packet sending interval and session size. When this
nDataTr ALGOS Intellige switch is set to ON, the RNC automatically calculates
sSW WITCH nt State load based state transition parameters based on the IP
Transiti packet sending interval and session size.
on GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
AdapSte BSC691 SET WRFD- Load- Meaning: Switch for state transition based on the IP
TrsParO 0 UADAP 160214 based packet sending interval and session size. When this
nDataTr ALGOS Intellige switch is set to ON, the RNC automatically calculates
sSW WITCH nt State load based state transition parameters based on the IP
Transiti packet sending interval and session size.
on GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterFre BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

qR99Ps 0 UINTE 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DE RFREQ cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
cN0 HOCOV Handov is used as the measurement quantity for inter-
er Based frequency handovers of PS non-HSPA services, the
on UE reports event 2D if the measured Ec/No value is
Coverag lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC
e sends a signaling message to instruct the UE to start
the compressed mode and the inter-frequency
measurement.
Events 2D and 2F are used to start and stop the
compressed mode, respectively. The larger the value
of this parameter, the easier it will be to start the
compressed mode. The smaller the value of this
parameter, the more difficult it is to stop the
compressed mode. To reduce the probability of
frequently starting and stopping the compressed mode,
increase the difference between the event 2D
threshold and event 2F threshold.
GUI Value Range: -24~0
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24~0
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UINTE 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DE RFREQ cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
cN0 HOCOV Handov is used as the measurement quantity for inter-
er Based frequency handovers of PS non-HSPA services, the
on UE reports event 2D if the measured Ec/No value is
Coverag lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC
e sends a signaling message to instruct the UE to start
the compressed mode and the inter-frequency
measurement.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd

qHThd2 0 UINTE 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DEcN0 RFREQ cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
HOCOV Handov as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency
er Based handovers of HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D
on if the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of
Coverag this parameter. Then, the RNC sends a signaling
e message to instruct the UE to start the compressed
mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

qHThd2 0 UINTE 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DEcN0 RFREQ cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
HOCOV Handov as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency
er Based handovers of HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D
on if the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of
Coverag this parameter. Then, the RNC sends a signaling
e message to instruct the UE to start the compressed
mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterFre BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter Meaning:

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FE NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
cN0 REQHO Handov is used as the measurement quantity for inter-
COV er Based frequency handovers of PS non-HSPA services, the
MOD on UE reports event 2F if the measured Ec/No value is
UCELLI Coverag higher than the value of this parameter. Then, the
NTERF e RNC sends a signaling message to instruct the UE to
REQHO stop the compressed mode and the inter-frequency
COV measurement.
of this parameter, the more difficult it is to stop the
parameter, the easier it is to stop the compressed
mode. To reduce the probability of frequently starting
and stopping the compressed mode, increase the
difference between the event 2D threshold and event
2F threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FE NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
MOD on UE reports event 2F if the measured Ec/No value is
COV measurement.
2F threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

WCDMA RAN

nd

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
FEcN0 NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
REQHO Handov as the measurement quantity for inter-frequency
COV er Based handovers of HSPA services, the UE reports event 2F
MOD on if the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value
UCELLI Coverag of this parameter. Then, the RNC sends a signaling
NTERF e message to instruct the UE to stop the compressed
REQHO mode and the inter-frequency measurement.
COV Events 2D and 2F are used to start and stop the
2F threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
FEcN0 NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
MOD on if the measured Ec/No value is higher than the value
2F threshold.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -12

WCDMA RAN

nd

qMeasTi 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Length of the timer for the inter-frequency
me NTERF WRFD- cy Hard measurement.
REQHO 020304 Handov
COV er Based If the inter-frequency handover is not performed
WRFD- on before this timer expires, the inter-frequency
MOD 021200 measurement is stopped and the compression mode is
UCELLI Coverag
e disabled (if enabled before). The value 0 indicates that
NTERF this timer is not to be started.
REQHO Inter
COV Frequen This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of
cy Hard the inter-frequency measurement state (compression
Handov mode) due to unavailability of a target cell that meets
er Based the handover criteria.
on DL GUI Value Range: 0~512
QoS Unit: s
HCS Actual Value Range: 0~512
(Hierarc
hical Default Value: 60
Cell
Structur
e)

qMeasTi 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Length of the timer for the inter-frequency
me NTERF WRFD- cy Hard measurement.
REQHO 020304 Handov
COV er Based If the inter-frequency handover is not performed
WRFD- on before this timer expires, the inter-frequency
MOD 021200 measurement is stopped and the compression mode is
UCELLI Coverag
e disabled (if enabled before). The value 0 indicates that
NTERF this timer is not to be started.
REQHO Inter
COV Frequen This parameter is used to prevent the long duration of
cy Hard the inter-frequency measurement state (compression
Handov mode) due to unavailability of a target cell that meets
er Based the handover criteria.
on DL GUI Value Range: 0~512
QoS Unit: s
HCS Actual Value Range: 0~512
(Hierarc
hical Default Value: 60
Cell
Structur
e)

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DE NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
MOD on UE reports event 2D if the measured Ec/No value is
UCELLI Coverag lower than the value of this parameter. Then, the RNC
NTERF e sends a signaling message to instruct the UE to start
REQHO the compressed mode and the inter-frequency
COV measurement.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DE NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When Ec/No
MOD on UE reports event 2D if the measured Ec/No value is
COV measurement.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DEcN0 NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
COV er Based handovers of HSPA services, the UE reports event 2D
MOD on if the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of
UCELLI Coverag this parameter. Then, the RNC sends a signaling
NTERF e message to instruct the UE to start the compressed
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen Ec/No threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DEcN0 NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When Ec/No is used
MOD on if the measured Ec/No value is lower than the value of
Unit: dB
Default Value: -14

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DR NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When RSCP
SCP REQHO Handov is used as the measurement quantity for inter-
MOD on UE reports event 2D if the measured RSCP value is
COV measurement.
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Default Value: -95

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
Thd2DR NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When RSCP
MOD on UE reports event 2D if the measured RSCP value is
COV measurement.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95

WCDMA RAN

nd

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DRSCP NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When RSCP is used
MOD on if the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of triggering the inter-frequency
DRSCP NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When RSCP is used
MOD on if the measured RSCP value is lower than the value of
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -95

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FR NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When RSCP
MOD on UE reports event 2F if the measured RSCP value is
COV measurement.
2F threshold.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92

WCDMA RAN

nd

qR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
Thd2FR NTERF cy Hard measurement for PS non-HSPA services. When RSCP
MOD on UE reports event 2F if the measured RSCP value is
COV measurement.
2F threshold.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92

WCDMA RAN

nd

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
FRSCP NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When RSCP is used
MOD on if the measured RSCP value is higher than the value
2F threshold.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92

qHThd2 0 UCELLI 020302 Frequen RSCP threshold of stopping the inter-frequency
FRSCP NTERF cy Hard measurement for HSPA services. When RSCP is used
MOD on if the measured RSCP value is higher than the value
2F threshold.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -92

WCDMA RAN

nd
InterRA BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning:

TR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for
Thd2DE NTERR Handov PS domain non-HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as
cN0 ATHOC er Based the measurement quantity.
OV on
Coverag If the measured Ec/N0 value is lower than this
MOD threshold, the UE reports event 2D. Then, the RNC
UCELLI e
sends the signaling to enable the compressed mode
NTERR and start inter-RAT measurements.
ATHOC
OV Event 2D and event 2F are used to enable and disable
the compressed mode respectively. To enable the
compressed mode earlier, increase the threshold of
triggering event 2D; otherwise, decrease the threshold
of triggering event 2D. To prevent the frequent
enabling and disabling of the compressed mode,
increase the difference between the thresholds of
triggering event 2D and event 2F.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15

TR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurement for
Thd2DE NTERR Handov PS domain non-HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as
cN0 ATHOC er Based the measurement quantity.
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15

WCDMA RAN

nd

THThd2 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurements for
DEcN0 NTERR Handov HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
ATHOC er Based measurement quantity.
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15

THThd2 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of triggering inter-RAT measurements for
DEcN0 NTERR Handov HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -15

WCDMA RAN

nd

TR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS
Thd2FE NTERR Handov domain non-HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
cN0 ATHOC er Based measurement quantity.
OV on
Coverag If the measured Ec/N0 value is greater than this
MOD threshold, the UE reports event 2F. Then, the RNC
UCELLI e
sends the signaling to disable the compressed mode
NTERR and stop inter-RAT measurements.
ATHOC
the compressed mode respectively. To disable the
compressed mode earlier, reduce the threshold of
triggering event 2F; otherwise, increase the threshold
of triggering event 2F. To prevent the frequent
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

TR99Ps 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurement for PS
Thd2FE NTERR Handov domain non-HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
cN0 ATHOC er Based measurement quantity.
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

WCDMA RAN

nd

THThd2 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurements for
FEcN0 NTERR Handov HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

THThd2 0 UCELLI 020303 RAT Threshold of stopping inter-RAT measurements for
FEcN0 NTERR Handov HSPA services when Ec/N0 is used as the
OV on
UCELLI e
ATHOC
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

WCDMA RAN

nd

TMeasT 0 UCELLI 020309 RAT Length of a timer for inter-RAT measurements.
ime NTERR WRFD- Handov
ATHOC er Based After the inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-
020303 RAT handover is performed when this timer expires,
OV on DL
WRFD- QoS the inter-RAT measurement is stopped. In addition,
MOD 020305 the compressed mode (if activated) should be
UCELLI Inter- deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT
NTERR WRFD- RAT
020306 measurement timer is not started.
ATHOC Handov
OV er Based GUI Value Range: 0~512
on Unit: s
Coverag Actual Value Range: 0~512
e
Default Value: 60
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd

TMeasT 0 UCELLI 020309 RAT Length of a timer for inter-RAT measurements.
ime NTERR WRFD- Handov
ATHOC er Based After the inter-RAT measurement starts, if no inter-
020303 RAT handover is performed when this timer expires,
OV on DL
WRFD- QoS the inter-RAT measurement is stopped. In addition,
MOD 020305 the compressed mode (if activated) should be
UCELLI Inter- deactivated. The value 0 indicates that the inter-RAT
NTERR WRFD- RAT
020306 measurement timer is not started.
ATHOC Handov
OV er Based GUI Value Range: 0~512
on Unit: s
Coverag Actual Value Range: 0~512
e
Default Value: 60
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
Inter-
RAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch 0 UCORR 021101 c Dynamic resource allocation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1. DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
0106140
CH ration active queue management algorithm is used for the
3
Control RNC.
WRFD- (DCCC) 2.
050405
HSUPA DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
WRFD- 2ms TTI H: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic
0106140 adjustment algorithm for admission CE-based BE
4 Overboo
king on services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
WRFD- ATM feature. This parameter is valid when
050408 Transmi DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITC
WRFD- ssion H(DraSwitch) is set to ON.
010690 HSUPA 3.
WRFD- 2ms/ DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
010202 10ms : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
TTI algorithm is supported for admission CE-based BE
WRFD- services.
010612 Handov
er 4.
WRFD-
Overboo DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
011502
king on When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD- IP algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies to
010636 Transmi the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
WRFD- ssion parameter is valid when
0106101 TTI DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(
0 Switch DraSwitch) is set to ON.
WRFD- for BE 5.
0106111 Services DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
1 Based When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
on algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE
WRFD-
Coverag services.
0106120
e 6. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
8
UE When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
State in algorithm for differentiation-based BE services
Connect applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature.
ed Mode This parameter is valid when
(CELL- DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraS
DCH, witch) is set to ON.
CELL-
7. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
PCH,
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
URA-
algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE
PCH,
services.
CELL-
FACH) 8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
HSUPA dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is
Introduc used for the RNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 9. DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Package When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for
Active HSDPA services in AM mode.
Queue 10. DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
Manage the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that
ment carrying HSDPA services can be changed to
(AQM) CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
SRB carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
over PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
HSUPA simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the switch
HSDPA PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
Flow on simultaneously.
Control
11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
HSDPA switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA.
State The DCCC switch must be also on before this switch
Transiti takes effect.
on
12. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
HSUPA the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that
DCCC carrying HSUPA services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
carried over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
on simultaneously.
13. DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of
the algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed
services. When this parameter is set to ON, the service
priority weight of the subscriber whose key
parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol
Type) match the specified ones can be adjusted. In this
way, the QoS is improved.
14. DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited among
the CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and
URA_PCH states when they are processing PS BE
services.
15. DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited
between the CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states
when they are processing real-time PS services.
16. DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high
speed services drops considerably and the TX power
is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set

WCDMA RAN

nd
restrictions on low data rate transmission formats

based on the transmission quality, thus lowering traffic
speed and TX power. When the switch is on, the R99
downlink flow control function is enabled.
17. DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics
is supported over the DCH.
18. DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice
service type (including VoIP and CS over HSPA) is
supported when the service is initially established.
19. DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice
supported.
20.
DRA_DCH_THROU_DCCC_ENH_SWITCH:Wheth
er the RNC-level enhanced throughput-based DCCC
function takes effect for R99 PS BE services.
1: This switch is turned on. The enhanced function is
enabled, the throughput-based DCCC function and the
traffic-based DCCC function become ineffective, and
the RNC adjusts the uplink and downlink rate based
on the throughput of R99 PS BE services.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function is
disabled, and the throughput-based DCCC function
and the traffic-based DCCC function take effect.
21. DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit channel retries for CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on,
channel retries are prohibited for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned off, channel
retries are allowed for CS and PS combined services.
22.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the fast state transition algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting fast state transition and then quickly
transits the UEs from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
23. DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-
DCH state transition specific to UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting smart
PCH-to-DCH state transition and then transits the UEs
from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
24.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether initial TTI selection is allowed for
differentiated BE services based on fairness
0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is selected
according to the original algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. In the dynamic TTI
adjustment algorithm for differentiated BE services
based on fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth, or consumed CE
resources are congested.
25.
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITC
H: Whether to activate the coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to BE services. When this
switch is turned on and conditions on 2 ms TTI
specific to BE services have been met, the RNC
determines uplink coverage wideness of specific cells
based on the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs during
RRC connection. If the uplink coverage of the cells is
weak, the RNC allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE services
as their initial TTI.
26. DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state
transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When
this switch is turned on, a UE can directly move from
the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state. When this
switch is turned off, a UE must move from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH
state.
27.
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether to validate the initial selection function for
load-based happy bit delay condition. This function
can be used to improve the HSUPA throughput per
UE.The alternative happy bit delay condition
(specified by the AltHBDelaycnd parameter in the
ADD UTYPRABHSPA command) is selected when
the following conditions are met: This switch is turned
on, the HSUPA UE initially accesses the cell, and the
cell uplink load is not limited.The happy bit delay
time (specified by the HBDelaycnd parameter in the
any of the preceding three conditions is not met.
GUI Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
H,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH,
DRA_DCH_THROU_DCCC_ENH_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Default Value: DRA_AQM_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
:1,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
0, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:1,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:1,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:0,
DRA_DCH_THROU_DCCC_ENH_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
H:0, DRA_F2U_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ch 0 UCORR 021101 c Dynamic resource allocation switch group.
MALG WRFD- Channel
OSWIT Configu 1. DRA_AQM_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
0106140
CH ration active queue management algorithm is used for the
3
Control RNC.
WRFD- (DCCC) 2.
050405
HSUPA DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITC
WRFD- 2ms TTI H: When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic
0106140 adjustment algorithm for admission CE-based BE
4 Overboo
king on services applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2
WRFD- ATM feature. This parameter is valid when
050408 Transmi DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITC
WRFD- ssion H(DraSwitch) is set to ON.
010690 HSUPA 3.
WRFD- 2ms/ DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
010202 10ms : When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
TTI algorithm is supported for admission CE-based BE
WRFD- services.
010612 Handov
er 4.
WRFD-
Overboo DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
011502
king on When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
WRFD- IP algorithm for coverage-based BE services applies to
010636 Transmi the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature. This
WRFD- ssion parameter is valid when
0106101 TTI DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(
0 Switch DraSwitch) is set to ON.
WRFD- for BE 5.
0106111 Services DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
1 Based When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
on algorithm is supported for coverage-based BE
WRFD-
Coverag services.
0106120
e 6. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
8
UE When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
State in algorithm for differentiation-based BE services
Connect applies to the UE with the UL enhanced L2 feature.
ed Mode This parameter is valid when
(CELL- DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH(DraS
DCH, witch) is set to ON.
CELL-
7. DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
PCH,
When the switch is on, the TTI dynamic adjustment
URA-
algorithm is supported for differentiation-based BE
PCH,
services.
CELL-
FACH) 8. DRA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the switch is on, the
HSUPA dynamic channel reconfiguration control algorithm is
Introduc used for the RNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 9. DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Package When the switch is on, flow control is enabled for
Active HSDPA services in AM mode.
Queue 10. DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
Manage the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that
ment carrying HSDPA services can be changed to
(AQM) CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
SRB carried over the HS-DSCH, the switch
over PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
HSUPA simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the HS-DSCH, the switch
HSDPA PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
Flow on simultaneously.
Control
11. DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH: When the
HSDPA switch is on, the DCCC algorithm is used for HSUPA.
State The DCCC switch must be also on before this switch
Transiti takes effect.
on
12. DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
HSUPA the switch is on, the status of the UE RRC that
DCCC carrying HSUPA services can be changed to
CELL_FACH at the RNC. If a PS BE service is
carried over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be on
simultaneously. If a PS real-time service is carried
over the E-DCH, the switch
PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH should be
on simultaneously.
13. DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH: Switch of
the algorithm for increasing the quality of subscribed
services. When this parameter is set to ON, the service
priority weight of the subscriber whose key
parameters (IP Address, IP Port, and IP Protocol
Type) match the specified ones can be adjusted. In this
way, the QoS is improved.
14. DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited among
the CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, and
URA_PCH states when they are processing PS BE
services.
15. DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, UEs can be transited
between the CELL_DCH and CELL_FACH states
when they are processing real-time PS services.
16. DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:
Under a poor radio environment, the QoS of high
speed services drops considerably and the TX power
is overly high. In this case, the RNC can set

WCDMA RAN

nd
restrictions on low data rate transmission formats

based on the transmission quality, thus lowering traffic
speed and TX power. When the switch is on, the R99
downlink flow control function is enabled.
17. DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the DCCC based on traffic statistics
is supported over the DCH.
18. DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI selection based on the voice
supported when the service is initially established.
19. DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH: when the
switch is on, the TTI adjustment based on the voice
supported.
20.
DRA_DCH_THROU_DCCC_ENH_SWITCH:Wheth
er the RNC-level enhanced throughput-based DCCC
function takes effect for R99 PS BE services.
1: This switch is turned on. The enhanced function is
enabled, the throughput-based DCCC function and the
traffic-based DCCC function become ineffective, and
the RNC adjusts the uplink and downlink rate based
on the throughput of R99 PS BE services.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function is
disabled, and the throughput-based DCCC function
and the traffic-based DCCC function take effect.
21. DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit channel retries for CS and PS
combined services. When this switch is turned on,
channel retries are prohibited for CS and PS combined
services. When this switch is turned off, channel
retries are allowed for CS and PS combined services.
22.
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the fast state transition algorithm.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC identifies UEs
supporting fast state transition and then quickly
transits the UEs from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH.
23. DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for smart PCH-to-
DCH state transition specific to UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC identifies UEs supporting smart
PCH-to-DCH state transition and then transits the UEs
from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
24.
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether initial TTI selection is allowed for
differentiated BE services based on fairness
0: This switch is turned off. The TTI is selected
according to the original algorithm.
1: This switch is turned on. In the dynamic TTI
adjustment algorithm for differentiated BE services
based on fairness, HSUPA UEs use 10-ms TTI if the
RTWP, occupied Iub bandwidth, or consumed CE
resources are congested.
25.
H: Whether to activate the coverage-based initial TTI
selection algorithm specific to BE services. When this
switch is turned on and conditions on 2 ms TTI
specific to BE services have been met, the RNC
determines uplink coverage wideness of specific cells
based on the Ec/N0 values reported by UEs during
RRC connection. If the uplink coverage of the cells is
weak, the RNC allocates a 10 ms TTI to BE services
as their initial TTI.
26. DRA_F2U_SWITCH: Whether to enable state
transition from CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.When
this switch is turned on, a UE can directly move from
the CELL_FACH to URA_PCH state. When this
switch is turned off, a UE must move from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH and then to URA_PCH
state.
27.
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:
Whether to validate the initial selection function for
load-based happy bit delay condition. This function
can be used to improve the HSUPA throughput per
UE.The alternative happy bit delay condition
(specified by the AltHBDelaycnd parameter in the
the following conditions are met: This switch is turned
on, the HSUPA UE initially accesses the cell, and the
cell uplink load is not limited.The happy bit delay
time (specified by the HBDelaycnd parameter in the
any of the preceding three conditions is not met.
GUI Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DRA_AQM_SWITCH,
H,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, DRA_F2U_SWITCH,
Default Value: DRA_AQM_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
DRA_BASE_ADM_CE_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH
:1,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:
0, DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_L2_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:1,
DRA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSDPA_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSDPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_HSUPA_DCCC_SWITCH:1,
DRA_HSUPA_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_IP_SERVICE_QOS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:1,
DRA_PS_NON_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_R99_DL_FLOW_CONTROL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_SAVE_CE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_VOICE_TTI_RECFG_SWITCH:0,
DRA_DCH_THROU_DCCC_ENH_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_NO_PERIOD_RETRY_SWITCH:0,
DRA_SMART_FAST_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PCH_UE_SMART_P2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0,
H:0, DRA_F2U_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_LOAD_HBD_INIT_SEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co- PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 carrier GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario. When
160103 Dynami this switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection can be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
011600 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
WRFD- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
SRB
020503 and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
over
WRFD- HSDPA redirection cannot be triggered.
010202 2.
Termina
WRFD- l Black PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
020129 List WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on UMTS-to-
WRFD- SRNS LTE handovers or redirections continues taking effect
140218 Relocati after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this switch is set
on with to on, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers
WRFD-
Cell/UR or redirections still takes effect. If the switch is set to
020701
A off, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers or
Update redirections does not take effect.
TFO/ 3.
TrFO PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SWI
TCH: Whether the measurement caused by service-
Outer
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
Loop
timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
Power
in the following scenario: a measurement control
Control
message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-
UE based handovers or redirections;
State in "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a non-
Connect zero value. When this switch is set to ON, the
ed Mode measurement caused by a service-based UMTS-to-
(CELL- LTE handovers or redirections can be timely triggered
DCH, after the Iu-CS connection is released in the following
CELL- scenario: a measurement control message fails to be
PCH, sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
URA- redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
PCH, to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to OFF,
CELL- the measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
FACH) connection is released.
Service-
Based

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 4.
Service PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
Redirect WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
ion from the UE is performing measurement for service-based
UMTS UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
to LTE compressed mode. When this switch is set to ON, the
Service- channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
Based OFF, the channel retry is allowed.
PS 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
Handov Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
er from CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
UMTS UE contains IEs with System specific capability
to LTE update requirement set to GERAN and E-UTRA.
AMR/W These IEs indicate that UEs need to report their
B-AMR capability to access the GERAN and E-UTRA
Speech networks. When this switch is set to ON, the UE
Rates CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
Control SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE contains the
IEs with System specific capability update
requirement set to GERAN and E-UTRA. When this
switch is set to OFF, the UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message
sent by RNC to the UE does not contain such IEs.
6.
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the MAC-
ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to ON, the RNC does not repetitively delete the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to
OFF, the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect

WCDMA RAN

nd
8.
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not consider
the DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to
OFF, the RNC considers the DRD policy when
selecting inter-frequency blind handover neighboring
cells.
9.
PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Switch for handling multiple rate
adjustments mistakenly initiated due to abnormal
processing of response messages for Iub bandwidth
applications during adaptive multi rate control
(AMRC). When this switch is set to ON, if the RNC
applies for the Iub bandwidth resources for multiple
NodeBs during AMRC, only one rate adjustment is
initiated after receipt of the Iub bandwidth response
messages. When this switch is set to OFF, multiple
rate adjustments are mistakenly initiated in the
preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs parameter setting checks
during static relocation for AMR services. 1: When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC checks whether the
attribute of the AMR service is correct and whether
the rate set corresponding to the IuUP version is
correct during an incoming AMR static relocation. If
not, the RNC returns a static relocation failure
message. 0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
does not check parameter settings during incoming
static relocation for AMR services.
11. PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the order of intra-frequency
neighboring cells and the order of inter-frequency
neighboring cells of a cell. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC arranges neighboring cells of a cell on a
basis of five cells every 3s, that is, the RNC
preferentially arranges neighboring cells in ascending
order of neighboring cell priorities (Nprio). If the
neighboring cells have the same priority, the RNC
arranges neighboring cells in ascending order of cell
ID. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not
optimize the order of neighboring cells of a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on service-
based LTE measurement if the previous service-based
measurement control release is not triggered by
measurement control expiry. The duration of the
penalty is set by the "U2LServMcTimeOutPunish-
Time" parameter. 1: When this switch is set to ON, the
RNC imposes penalty on service-based LTE
measurement only when the previous service-based
LTE measurement control release is triggered by
measurement control expiry. 0: When this switch is set
to OFF, the RNC imposes penalty on all types of
service-based LTE measurement control release.
13. PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE
services to the initial access rate during an HSUPA
reconfiguration not triggered by DCCC or HSPA retry
when the HSUPA DCCC switch is set to on. BE is
short for best effort and DCCC is short for dynamic
channel configuration control. When this switch is set
to ON, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE services
to a smaller value between the current rate and the
maximum rate supported by the target cell. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC sets the uplink rate of
PS BE services to the initial access rate.
14.
PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_MEA
S: Whether a UE that is performing an LTE
measurement can use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 1: This switch is turned on.
The UE cannot use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 0: This switch is turned off.
The UE can use the periodic DRD algorithm to adjust
its channel type.
15.
PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST_
SWITCH: Whether to use the whitelist or blacklist
policy for the A-GPS MR function.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the whitelist policy
is used for A-GPS MR, that is, the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_DISABLED_SWITCH
under the "SpecUserFunctionSwitch3" parameter in
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes
ineffective and the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_ENABLED_SWITCH
becomes effective.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the blacklist policy

the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes effective
and the
becomes ineffective.
16. PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether SRBs can be carried over HSDPA if a UE
processing PS services returns to the CELL_DCH
state after a D2P state transition when the optimized
H2D algorithm is used for SRB over HSDPA. D2P
refers to the state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
1: When this switch is set to ON, SRBs can be carried
over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, SRBs cannot be
carried over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
17.
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH:
Whether the measured SIR and RTT in Iub MRs are
reported over the extended interface on the user plane.
1: When this switch is turned on, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are reported through the
extended interface on the user plane.
0: When this switch is turned off, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are not reported through the
18.PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC optimizes the mechanism for
sending traffic measurement control messages to UEs
in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
additional traffic measurement control messages to the
UEs that are performing cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state or successfully transit to the
CELL_FACH state if measurement control parameters
remain unchanged on the UEs. When Push To Talk
(PTT) services are running, the switch does not take
effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends additional
traffic measurement control messages to the UEs that
are performing cell reselection in the CELL_FACH
state or successfully transit to the CELL_FACH state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19.PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing on abnormal MAC-d flows contained in
the RELOCATION REQUEST message during the
combined cell update and SRNS relocation initiated
by UEs complying with Release 5 or Release 6 in
non-CELL_DCH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
compatibility processing.
perform compatibility processing.
20.PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs whose best cell is a DRNC cell can
report MRs.
1: When this switch is set to ON, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell can report MRs.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell cannot report MRs.
21.
PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC delivers A-GPS
measurement control messages to UEs that are
undergoing an incoming relocation if these UEs are in
the MR A-GPS blacklist. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC does not deliver MR A-GPS
OFF, the RNC delivers MR A-GPS measurement
control messages to UEs that are undergoing an
incoming relocation if these UEs are in the MR A-
GPS blacklist.
22.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC considers the number of
High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) users to determine
the transmission channel for PS services when UEs
performing CS+PS combined services experience a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. In the case of insufficient
HSPA users, the RNC chooses to transmit PS services
over the DCH.
considers the number of HSPA users to determine the
transmission channel for PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC carries the transport format indicator
(TFI) information of UEs having experienced AMRC
rate reduction.
1: This switch is turned on and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message carries the TFI information of
those UEs.
0: This switch is turned off and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message does not carry the TFI
information of those UEs.
24.
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWI
TCH: Whether the AMRC uplink rate adjustment
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC performs the
following operations:
If L3 receives a confirmation about TFC CTRL
message from the L2 RLC layer, the RNC starts the
TFC CTRL FAIL (TRANSPORT FORMAT
COMBINATION CONTROL FAILURE) message
waiting timer. If the RNC has not received the TFC
CTRL FAIL message before the timer expires, the
RNC considers the UE uplink rate adjustment
successful when the timer expires. If L3 does not
receive a confirmation about TFC CTRL message
from the L2 RLC layer or the UE responds with the
TFC CTRL FAIL message, the RNC considers the UE
uplink rate adjustment failed.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE does not
respond with a TFC CTRL FAIL message and the
uplink rate adjustment timer expires, the RNC
considers the rate adjustment successful by default.
25.
PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWI
TCH: Whether the Rate Control ACK message sent
by the RNC carries the local maximum downlink rate
or the local current downlink rate in AMR services
when the protocol CR0125 takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the Rate Control ACK
message sent by the RNC to the CN carries the local
maximum downlink rate.
0: This switch is turned off and the Rate Control ACK
current downlink rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the DRNC sends a service area identifier-
based (SAI-based) location report to the CN during a
UE relocation process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report only after a UE relocation
process completes, even though the RNC has received
an SAI-based location request from the CN during the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report if requested during the UE
relocation process.
27.
PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT
_SW: Method of calculating the ratio of measurement-
based directed retry (MBDR) UEs in outgoing inter-
RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, the
ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT handovers
is decided based on the comparison between a random
number and the maximum percentage of MBDR UEs
in outgoing handovers. When this switch is turned off,
the ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT
handovers is decided by the maximum percentage of
MBDR UEs in outgoing handovers.
28. PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC clears the power control-based
measurement control of E-DCH after a handover of a
UE that does not perform HSUPA BE services is
complete. E-DCH power control-based measurement
control includes measurement control for the
following two algorithms: adaptive adjustment of the
target number of small retransmissions by HSUPA
UEs and adaptive adjustment of power offset of the
HSUPA data channel. When the algorithm for
adaptive adjustment of the target number of small
retransmissions by HSUPA UEs or that for adaptive
adjustment of power offset of the HSUPA data
channel is enabled, it is recommended that this switch
be turned on.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the power
control-based measurement control of E-DCH after a
handover of a UE that does not perform HSUPA BE
services is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the power control-based measurement control of E-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH after a handover of a UE that does not perform

HSUPA BE services is complete.
29.
PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWIT
CH: Whether the inter-frequency measurement control
message carries the IE "AdjacentFrequencyIndex"
when the UE performs the inter-frequency
neighboring cell measurement on neighboring
frequencies without starting the compressed mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency
measurement control message can carry the IE
"AdjacentFrequencyIndex".
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency
measurement control message cannot carry the IE
30.
PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC resends a transport format
set (TFS) when the TFs used by each transport
channel change whereas the TFS does not change.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC resends a
TFS. 0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does
not resend a TFS.
31.
PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC processes the SIR error event
during directed retry decision (DRD) in an RB setup
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not process the SIR error event, preventing RB
setup failures due to frequent adjustments of the outer
loop power control (OLPC) status. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC processes the SIR error event.
32.
PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH: Whether to consider the cell capability
contained in the message sent by the DRNC when
configuring the channels at the cross-Iur F2D state
transition phase.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC configures the
channels based on the intersection set of the cell
capability configured on the SRNC and the cell
capability contained in the message sent by the DRNC
at the cross-Iur F2D state transition phase.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC configures the
channels only based on the cell capability configured

WCDMA RAN

nd
on the SRNC at the cross-Iur F2D state transition

phase.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
GING,
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,
SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWITC
H, PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
H,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,
SWITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
WITCH
Default Value:
GING:
0,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_ME
AS:
1,PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
:
0,PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OP
T_SW:
0,PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co- PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 carrier GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control cannot be triggered in the preceding scenario. When
160103 Dynami this switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection can be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
010202 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
WRFD- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
020129 SRB
over and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
WRFD- redirection cannot be triggered.
HSDPA
140218 2.
Termina
WRFD- PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
l Black
020701 WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on UMTS-to-
List
LTE handovers or redirections continues taking effect
SRNS after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this switch is set
Relocati to on, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers
on with or redirections still takes effect. If the switch is set to
Cell/UR off, the existing penalty on UMT-to-LTE handovers or
A redirections does not take effect.
Update
3.
UE PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SWI
State in TCH: Whether the measurement caused by service-
Connect based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
ed Mode timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
(CELL- in the following scenario: a measurement control
DCH, message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-
CELL- based handovers or redirections;
PCH, "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a non-
URA- zero value. When this switch is set to ON, the
PCH, measurement caused by a service-based UMTS-to-
CELL- LTE handovers or redirections can be timely triggered
FACH) after the Iu-CS connection is released in the following
Service- scenario: a measurement control message fails to be
Based sent for UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
PS redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
Service to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to OFF,
Redirect the measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
ion from connection is released.
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Service- 4.
Based PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
PS WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
Handov the UE is performing measurement for service-based
er from UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
UMTS compressed mode. When this switch is set to ON, the
to LTE channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
AMR/W OFF, the channel retry is allowed.
B-AMR 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
Speech Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
Rates CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
Control UE contains IEs with System specific capability
update requirement set to GERAN and E-UTRA.
These IEs indicate that UEs need to report their
capability to access the GERAN and E-UTRA
networks. When this switch is set to ON, the UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE contains the
IEs with System specific capability update
requirement set to GERAN and E-UTRA. When this
switch is set to OFF, the UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message
sent by RNC to the UE does not contain such IEs.
6.
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to ON, the RNC does not repetitively delete the MAC-
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to
OFF, the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect

WCDMA RAN

nd
8.
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not consider
the DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to
OFF, the RNC considers the DRD policy when
selecting inter-frequency blind handover neighboring
cells.
9.
WITCH: Switch for handling multiple rate
adjustments mistakenly initiated due to abnormal
processing of response messages for Iub bandwidth
applications during adaptive multi rate control
(AMRC). When this switch is set to ON, if the RNC
applies for the Iub bandwidth resources for multiple
NodeBs during AMRC, only one rate adjustment is
initiated after receipt of the Iub bandwidth response
messages. When this switch is set to OFF, multiple
rate adjustments are mistakenly initiated in the
preceding scenario.
10.
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs parameter setting checks
during static relocation for AMR services. 1: When
this switch is set to ON, the RNC checks whether the
attribute of the AMR service is correct and whether
the rate set corresponding to the IuUP version is
correct during an incoming AMR static relocation. If
not, the RNC returns a static relocation failure
message. 0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
does not check parameter settings during incoming
static relocation for AMR services.
11. PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the order of intra-frequency
neighboring cells and the order of inter-frequency
neighboring cells of a cell. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC arranges neighboring cells of a cell on a
basis of five cells every 3s, that is, the RNC
preferentially arranges neighboring cells in ascending
order of neighboring cell priorities (Nprio). If the
neighboring cells have the same priority, the RNC
arranges neighboring cells in ascending order of cell
ID. When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC does not
optimize the order of neighboring cells of a cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
12.
H: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on service-
based LTE measurement if the previous service-based
measurement control release is not triggered by
measurement control expiry. The duration of the
penalty is set by the "U2LServMcTimeOutPunish-
Time" parameter. 1: When this switch is set to ON, the
RNC imposes penalty on service-based LTE
measurement only when the previous service-based
LTE measurement control release is triggered by
measurement control expiry. 0: When this switch is set
to OFF, the RNC imposes penalty on all types of
service-based LTE measurement control release.
13. PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE
services to the initial access rate during an HSUPA
reconfiguration not triggered by DCCC or HSPA retry
when the HSUPA DCCC switch is set to on. BE is
short for best effort and DCCC is short for dynamic
channel configuration control. When this switch is set
to ON, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE services
to a smaller value between the current rate and the
maximum rate supported by the target cell. When this
switch is set to OFF, the RNC sets the uplink rate of
PS BE services to the initial access rate.
14.
S: Whether a UE that is performing an LTE
measurement can use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 1: This switch is turned on.
The UE cannot use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 0: This switch is turned off.
The UE can use the periodic DRD algorithm to adjust
its channel type.
15.
SWITCH: Whether to use the whitelist or blacklist
policy for the A-GPS MR function.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the whitelist policy
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes
ineffective and the
becomes effective.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the blacklist policy

the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes effective
and the
becomes ineffective.
16. PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether SRBs can be carried over HSDPA if a UE
processing PS services returns to the CELL_DCH
state after a D2P state transition when the optimized
H2D algorithm is used for SRB over HSDPA. D2P
refers to the state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
1: When this switch is set to ON, SRBs can be carried
over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, SRBs cannot be
carried over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
17.
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH:
Whether the measured SIR and RTT in Iub MRs are
reported over the extended interface on the user plane.
1: When this switch is turned on, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are reported through the
0: When this switch is turned off, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are not reported through the
18.PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC optimizes the mechanism for
sending traffic measurement control messages to UEs
in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
additional traffic measurement control messages to the
UEs that are performing cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state or successfully transit to the
CELL_FACH state if measurement control parameters
remain unchanged on the UEs. When Push To Talk
(PTT) services are running, the switch does not take
effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends additional
traffic measurement control messages to the UEs that
are performing cell reselection in the CELL_FACH
state or successfully transit to the CELL_FACH state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19.PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing on abnormal MAC-d flows contained in
the RELOCATION REQUEST message during the
combined cell update and SRNS relocation initiated
by UEs complying with Release 5 or Release 6 in
non-CELL_DCH state.
compatibility processing.
perform compatibility processing.
20.PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs whose best cell is a DRNC cell can
report MRs.
1: When this switch is set to ON, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell can report MRs.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell cannot report MRs.
21.
ITCH: Whether the RNC delivers A-GPS
ON, the RNC does not deliver MR A-GPS
OFF, the RNC delivers MR A-GPS measurement
control messages to UEs that are undergoing an
incoming relocation if these UEs are in the MR A-
GPS blacklist.
22.
ITCH: Whether the RNC considers the number of
High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) users to determine
the transmission channel for PS services when UEs
performing CS+PS combined services experience a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. In the case of insufficient
HSPA users, the RNC chooses to transmit PS services
over the DCH.
considers the number of HSPA users to determine the
transmission channel for PS services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
23. PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC carries the transport format indicator
(TFI) information of UEs having experienced AMRC
rate reduction.
1: This switch is turned on and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message carries the TFI information of
those UEs.
0: This switch is turned off and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message does not carry the TFI
information of those UEs.
24.
TCH: Whether the AMRC uplink rate adjustment
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC performs the
following operations:
If L3 receives a confirmation about TFC CTRL
message from the L2 RLC layer, the RNC starts the
TFC CTRL FAIL (TRANSPORT FORMAT
COMBINATION CONTROL FAILURE) message
waiting timer. If the RNC has not received the TFC
CTRL FAIL message before the timer expires, the
RNC considers the UE uplink rate adjustment
successful when the timer expires. If L3 does not
receive a confirmation about TFC CTRL message
from the L2 RLC layer or the UE responds with the
TFC CTRL FAIL message, the RNC considers the UE
uplink rate adjustment failed.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE does not
respond with a TFC CTRL FAIL message and the
uplink rate adjustment timer expires, the RNC
considers the rate adjustment successful by default.
25.
TCH: Whether the Rate Control ACK message sent
by the RNC carries the local maximum downlink rate
or the local current downlink rate in AMR services
when the protocol CR0125 takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the Rate Control ACK
maximum downlink rate.
0: This switch is turned off and the Rate Control ACK
current downlink rate.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
H: Whether the DRNC sends a service area identifier-
based (SAI-based) location report to the CN during a
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report only after a UE relocation
process completes, even though the RNC has received
an SAI-based location request from the CN during the
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends an SAI-
based location report if requested during the UE
relocation process.
27.
_SW: Method of calculating the ratio of measurement-
based directed retry (MBDR) UEs in outgoing inter-
RAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, the
ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT handovers
is decided based on the comparison between a random
number and the maximum percentage of MBDR UEs
in outgoing handovers. When this switch is turned off,
the ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT
handovers is decided by the maximum percentage of
MBDR UEs in outgoing handovers.
28. PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC clears the power control-based
measurement control of E-DCH after a handover of a
UE that does not perform HSUPA BE services is
complete. E-DCH power control-based measurement
control includes measurement control for the
following two algorithms: adaptive adjustment of the
target number of small retransmissions by HSUPA
UEs and adaptive adjustment of power offset of the
HSUPA data channel. When the algorithm for
adaptive adjustment of the target number of small
retransmissions by HSUPA UEs or that for adaptive
adjustment of power offset of the HSUPA data
channel is enabled, it is recommended that this switch
be turned on.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the power
control-based measurement control of E-DCH after a
handover of a UE that does not perform HSUPA BE
services is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the power control-based measurement control of E-

WCDMA RAN

nd
DCH after a handover of a UE that does not perform

HSUPA BE services is complete.
29.
CH: Whether the inter-frequency measurement control
message carries the IE "AdjacentFrequencyIndex"
when the UE performs the inter-frequency
neighboring cell measurement on neighboring
frequencies without starting the compressed mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency
measurement control message can carry the IE
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency
measurement control message cannot carry the IE
30.
WITCH:Whether the RNC resends a transport format
set (TFS) when the TFs used by each transport
channel change whereas the TFS does not change.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC resends a
TFS. 0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does
not resend a TFS.
31.
H: Whether the RNC processes the SIR error event
during directed retry decision (DRD) in an RB setup
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not process the SIR error event, preventing RB
setup failures due to frequent adjustments of the outer
loop power control (OLPC) status. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC processes the SIR error event.
32.
WITCH: Whether to consider the cell capability
contained in the message sent by the DRNC when
configuring the channels at the cross-Iur F2D state
transition phase.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC configures the
channels based on the intersection set of the cell
capability configured on the SRNC and the cell
capability contained in the message sent by the DRNC
at the cross-Iur F2D state transition phase.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC configures the
channels only based on the cell capability configured

WCDMA RAN

nd
on the SRNC at the cross-Iur F2D state transition

phase.
GUI Value Range:
GING,
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H, PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,
SWITCH,
H,
H, PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH, PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
H,
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
S,
SWITCH,
H,
H,
PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
TCH,
H,
_SW,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
WITCH
Default Value:
GING:
0,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_ME
AS:
1,PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST
_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
:
0,PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SW
ITCH:
0,PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OP
T_SW:
0,PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 010507 Negotiat 1.
tch1 MPARA WRFD- ion at PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWI
020803 Admissi TCH: Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-
on based HSUPA scheduling. When this switch is turned
WRFD- Control
020802 on, the algorithm is used. When this switch is turned
A-GPS off, the algorithm is not used.
WRFD- Based
020801 2. PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
LCS
the algorithm of channel retry optimization takes
WRFD- OTDOA effect. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm
021400 Based takes effect and channel retries are triggered in all
WRFD- LCS scenarios where the preconditions are met. However,
020203 Cell ID turning on this switch may increase the CPU usage.
WRFD- + RTT When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not
020129 Function take effect.
Based 3. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
LCS Static relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined
0106090
3 Direct services. When "PsBeProcType" is set to
Signalin CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If this switch is
WRFD-
g turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE combined
0106090
Connect services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
2
ion Re- RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates
WRFD- establish the static relocation procedure. If this switch is turned
0106140 ment off, such UEs cannot initiate static relocation.
3 (DSCR)
4.
WRFD- Inter PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWI
020134 RNC TCH: Whether to optimize the throughput
WRFD- Soft measurement control parameters when
010202 Handov PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWI
er TCH of the "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET
WRFD-
020701 Service- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on.
Based When this switch is turned on, the E-DCH throughput
WRFD- PS is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for event
021101 Service 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered,
WRFD- Redirect hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
0213110 ion from event 4B is triggered last for one measurement period.
3 UMTS When this switch is turned off, the E-DCH throughput
WRFD- to LTE is measured every 300 ms. The hysteresis for event
0206050 Combin 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered,
2 ation of hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
Two CS event 4B is triggered last for eight measurement
WRFD- periods.
020503 Services
and One 5. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
WRFD- PS Switch for choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment
010610 Service scheme for AMR services. When this switch is turned
WRFD- (Except off, the RNC adjusts the BLER coefficient based on
010612 for Two load reshuffling (LDR) or overload control (OLC)

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- AMR status. When this switch is turned on, the RNC adjusts
020400 Speech the BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and
WRFD- Services actual uplink service load reported by the NodeB.
020303 ) 6. PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
WRFD- Combin Timer after which the rate of PS BE services whose
010712 ation of uplink and downlink channel types are both DCHs
One CS will be adjusted to the low-activity rate. When this
Service switch is turned off, the value is equal to
and One MAX(BeE2FStateTransTimer,
PS BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this switch is turned
Service on, the value is equal to BeD2FStateTransTimer.
HSUPA When a BE service rate reduces to the DCCC rate
2ms TTI threshold, the low-activity rate, as substitution to a
D2F transition, is used for the BE service because
Push to state transition has not been enabled or the UE
Talk processing CS services cannot transit to the
UE CELL_FACH state. The timer value and measurement
State in controls for low-activity rate adjustment use the
Connect corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
ed Mode transitions.
(CELL- 7. PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
DCH, Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
CELL- DCH after a UE that has the PS BE service performs a
PCH, CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state
URA- transition triggered by a CS service setup. When this
PCH, switch is turned off, the PS BE service is limited to 8
CELL- kbit/s on the DCH after the UE performs a P2D state
FACH) transition. When this switch is turned on, the PS BE
AMR/W service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
B-AMR performs a P2D state transition.
Speech 8. PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
Rates Whether the RNC releases all resources for a UE
Control when the FACH is congested. When this switch is
Dynami turned on, the RNC releases all resources for a UE if
c the following conditions are met: The UE performs a
Channel CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition. The
Configu FACH is congested. The UE is processing a non-real-
ration time PS service that has a traffic volume of 0 bytes.
Control 9. PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: This
(DCCC) parameter controls whether the RNC performs other
MOCN intelligent access control processes for a UE, such as
Mobility DRD, channel fallback, and preemption, after the
Manage CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH access process fails.
ment When this switch is turned on, after the CELL_PCH
to CELL_DCH access process fails, the RNC
SRNS performs other intelligent access control processes for
Relocati
on with

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hard a UE if enabled. When this switch is turned off, the

Handov UE stays in the CELL_PCH state.
er 10. PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a
Outer PTT user can perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
Loop (D2F for short) state transition when Iur CCH is
Power disabled during a soft handover over the Iur interface.
Control Assume that this switch is turned on. If the DRNC cell
HSDPA serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the
Introduc SRNC cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered.
tion When this switch is turned off, the original flow keeps
Package unchanged.
HSUPA 11. PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
Introduc Whether the low-activity rate algorithm can be used
tion on a UE that uses DCHs in only the uplink or
Package downlink. When this switch is turned on, the low-
activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that uses
DRD DCHs in only the uplink or downlink. When this
Introduc switch is turned off, the low-activity rate algorithm
tion can be used on the UE that uses DCHs in both the
Package uplink and downlink.
Inter- 12.
RAT PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
Handov WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
er Based reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
on to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
Coverag channel for carrying SRBs during an RB setup DRD
e procedure is limited. When this switch is turned off,
Adaptiv channel reconfiguration is not triggered and the SRBs
e are carried on the DCH after the RB setup DRD
Configu procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
ration of triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs to
Traffic switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel
Channel immediately after the RB setup DRD procedure.
Power 13. PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
offset the traffic and throughput are measured during a state
for transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F
HSUPA for short) when PTT services are carried on HSPA
channels. When this switch is turned off, the traffic
and throughput will not be measured during the D2F
state transition triggered by PTT services. When this
switch is turned on, the traffic and throughput will be
measured during the D2F state transition, which
prevents the UE from transiting to CELL_FACH if the
UE has data to transmit. In this case, if data
transmission occurs during the D2F state transition,
the RNC stops the D2F state transition.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14. PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the algorithm for optimizing the method of
saving the information about neighboring cells of a
cell under the DRNC during a handover over Iur is
enabled so that the CPU load on the SPUb board
becomes normal. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm is disabled and the RNC saves the
information about neighboring cells in the original
way. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm is
enabled.
15.
PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_SW
ITCH: Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a
low level after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for short). When this switch is
turned off, the channel for carrying the PS BE service
and the PS BE service rate are not limited after the UE
transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this
switch is turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8
kbit/s or 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE transits
from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH.
16.
PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the
algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users is enabled. When this
switch is turned off, the delay timer does not start.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the
delay timer after the algorithm for fairness-based
handovers for differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used
to establish or modify a throughput measurement. The
handover from HSUPPA 2 ms TTI users to 10 ms
HSUPPA TTI users cannot be triggered when the
delay timer is running.
17.
PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC considers CE resource
congestion status of the target cell for admitting
HSUPA UEs when determining whether HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not consider CE resource
congestion status of the target cell when determining
whether the HSUPA services support 2 ms TTI. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC considers CE
resource congestion status of the target cell when
determining whether the HSUPA services support 2
ms TTI. If the CE resources are congested, only
HSUPA 10 ms TTI UEs are admitted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18. PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the FP data frames that
contain the information element (IE) "Sir Target" to
the NodeB after service setup or reconfiguration
succeeds and the NodeB then adjusts inner loop power
control based on the configured target SIR value and
actual target SIR value. When this switch is turned
off, the FP data frames do not contain the IE "Sir
Target". When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
FP data frames that contain the IE "Sir Target" to the
NodeB for up to four times at an interval of 1s.
19.
PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS
services during a decision for state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (F2P).
allow the UE to set up the CS service and continues
performing the decision for F2P state transition if a
UE initiates a CS service during a decision for F2P
state transition. When this switch is turned on, if a UE
initiates a CS service during a decision for F2P state
transition, the RNC stops performing the decision for
F2P state transition and allows the UE to set up the CS
service.
20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA
PS services after a CS service setup triggers an F2D
state transition. When this switch is turned off, the
maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is limited
after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state
transition. When this switch is turned on, the
maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is
unlimited after a CS service setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
21. PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
TTI reconfiguration optimization switch. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC updates the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm
after the handover is complete and prohibits this
algorithm from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2
ms to 10 ms in the following 5s. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not update the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm if
the parameter does not change after a handover is
complete. In this case, the RNC triggers this algorithm
upon receiving a TTI measurement report.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
Whether to allow periodic access retry for UEs in
compressed mode to the (directed retry decision)
DRD-capable cell when candidate cells for periodic
retry include the current cell and neighboring DRD
cells. When this switch is turned off, periodic access
retry for UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-
capable cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
on, periodic access retry for UEs in compressed mode
to the DRD-capable cell is allowed.
23.
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable normal outer loop power control
after D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover
with E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned
off, normal outer loop power control is disabled after
D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with
E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned on,
normal outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with E2D
channel fallback.
24. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation for CS+PS BE combined services.
When this switch is turned on and the relocation
policies for CS and PS services are different, the
serving RNC (SRNC) releases the PS services and
then triggers a combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation for the CS services. When this switch is
turned off, the combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation is not optimized.
25.
PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWITC
H: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers
information about the intra circle roaming (ICR)
license of the cells under the DRNC, and the operator
group and the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC over proprietary information
elements (IEs). When this switch is turned on, the
DRNC transfers information about the ICR license of
the cells under the DRNC, and the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring GSM cells to
the SRNC over the private IEs in the Radio Link
Setup Response or Radio Link Addition Response
message. Upon reception of this information, the
SRNC selects appropriate neighboring GSM cells as
the target cells for inter-RAT handovers. When this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is set to OFF, the DRNC does not transfer the

preceding information, and the SRNC does not
consider the preceding information when initiating
inter-RAT handovers.
26. PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers
according to the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report after inter-RAT handovers fail.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC still processes
the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT
handovers after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not process the
coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE.
27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an
inter-RAT handover towards the neighboring GSM
cell whose operator is the same as the UE's operator.
This increases the inter-RAT handover success rate.
28. PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether
to delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised
by Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this
switch is turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is not delayed. When this switch is turned on,
adjusting the uplink voice service rate is delayed.
Before a UE sends the first valid voice frame, the
RNC does not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This
avoids mute voices on some UEs.
29.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH:
Scope of UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC is delayed. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm for delaying adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC can be enabled on all UEs. When this switch
is turned on, the scope of UEs is set by running the
"ADD UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN
must support CS IMEI query.
30. PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
Whether to allow state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH and a location measurement control
message to be sent to the UE when the RNC receives
a RANAP Location Reporting Control message from
the CN and the
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH switch is
turned off. When this switch is turned off, state

WCDMA RAN

nd
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not

allowed and the RNC does not send a location
measurement control message to the UE. When the
switch is turned on, state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is allowed and the RNC
sends a location measurement control message to the
UE after state transition is successful.
31.
PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC prohibits the PS RB
reconfiguration triggered by an uplink or downlink
event 4A measurement report if the status is congested
as indicated by Combined Service Power Resource
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC allows the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by
an event 4A measurement report. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC prohibits the PS RB
Congest State.
32. PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities
by protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN
frequency bands supported by a UE have the same E-
UTRAN measurement capability. When this switch is
turned on, the E-UTRAN measurement capability
carried in the IE "UE-RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3"
applies to all UTRAN frequency bands supported by
the UE. When this switch is turned off, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the
frequency band serving the UE.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWI
TCH, PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT,
PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND,
PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
WITCH, PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,
,
TCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
TCH,
CH,
H,
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
0,PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_
SWITCH:0,PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITC
H:
1,PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH
:1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Rate Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 010507 Negotiat 1.
tch1 MPARA WRFD- ion at PERFENH_HSUPA_LOC_BASED_SCHEDUL_SWI
020803 Admissi TCH: Whether to use the algorithm of UE location-
on based HSUPA scheduling. When this switch is turned
WRFD- Control
020802 on, the algorithm is used. When this switch is turned
A-GPS off, the algorithm is not used.
WRFD- Based
2. PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
020801 LCS
the algorithm of channel retry optimization takes
WRFD- OTDOA effect. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm
021400 Based takes effect and channel retries are triggered in all
LCS scenarios where the preconditions are met. However,
WRFD-
020203 Cell ID turning on this switch may increase the CPU usage.
+ RTT When this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not
WRFD- take effect.
Function
020129
Based 3. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
WRFD- LCS Static relocation policy for CS and PS BE combined
0106090 Direct services. When "PsBeProcType" is set to
3 Signalin CORRM_SRNSR_PSBE_DSCR: If this switch is
WRFD- g turned on, UEs engaged in CS and PS BE combined
0106090 Connect services can initiate static relocation. In this case, the
2 ion Re- RNC releases the PS BE services and then originates
establish the static relocation procedure. If this switch is turned
WRFD-
ment off, such UEs cannot initiate static relocation.
0106113
(DSCR)
7 4.
Inter PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_SWI
WRFD- RNC TCH: Whether to optimize the throughput
0106140 Soft measurement control parameters when
3 Handov PC_HSUPA_DATA_CH_PO_ADAPTIVE_ADJ_SWI
WRFD- er TCH of the "PcSwitch" parameter in the "SET
020134 Service- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on.
WRFD- Based When this switch is turned on, the E-DCH throughput
010202 PS is measured every 2400 ms. The hysteresis for event
Service 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered,
WRFD- hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
Redirect
020701 event 4B is triggered last for one measurement period.
ion from
WRFD- UMTS When this switch is turned off, the E-DCH throughput
021101 to LTE is measured every 300 ms. The hysteresis for event
WRFD- Combin 4A, suspending time after event 4A is triggered,
0213110 ation of hysteresis for event 4B, and suspending time after
3 Two CS event 4B is triggered last for eight measurement
Services periods.
WRFD-
and One 5. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
0206050
PS Switch for choosing the BLER coefficient adjustment
2
Service scheme for AMR services. When this switch is turned
WRFD- (Except off, the RNC adjusts the BLER coefficient based on
020503 for Two load reshuffling (LDR) or overload control (OLC)

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- AMR status. When this switch is turned on, the RNC adjusts
010610 Speech the BLER coefficient based on the cell RTWP and
WRFD- Services actual uplink service load reported by the NodeB.
010612 ) 6. PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
WRFD- Combin Timer after which the rate of PS BE services whose
020400 ation of uplink and downlink channel types are both DCHs
One CS will be adjusted to the low-activity rate. When this
WRFD- Service switch is turned off, the value is equal to
020303 and One MAX(BeE2FStateTransTimer,
WRFD- PS BeD2FStateTransTimer). When this switch is turned
010712 Service on, the value is equal to BeD2FStateTransTimer.
HSUPA When a BE service rate reduces to the DCCC rate
2ms TTI threshold, the low-activity rate, as substitution to a
D2F transition, is used for the BE service because
Push to state transition has not been enabled or the UE
Talk processing CS services cannot transit to the
UE CELL_FACH state. The timer value and measurement
State in controls for low-activity rate adjustment use the
Connect corresponding parameter values involved in the D2F
ed Mode transitions.
(CELL- 7. PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
DCH, Whether a PS BE service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the
CELL- DCH after a UE that has the PS BE service performs a
PCH, CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL-DCH (P2D) state
URA- transition triggered by a CS service setup. When this
PCH, switch is turned off, the PS BE service is limited to 8
CELL- kbit/s on the DCH after the UE performs a P2D state
FACH) transition. When this switch is turned on, the PS BE
AMR/W service is limited to 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE
B-AMR performs a P2D state transition.
Speech 8. PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
Rates Whether the RNC releases all resources for a UE
Control when the FACH is congested. When this switch is
Dynami turned on, the RNC releases all resources for a UE if
c the following conditions are met: The UE performs a
Channel CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition. The
Configu FACH is congested. The UE is processing a non-real-
ration time PS service that has a traffic volume of 0 bytes.
Control 9. PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH: This
(DCCC) parameter controls whether the RNC performs other
MOCN intelligent access control processes for a UE, such as
Mobility DRD, channel fallback, and preemption, after the
Manage CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH access process fails.
ment When this switch is turned on, after the CELL_PCH
to CELL_DCH access process fails, the RNC
SRNS performs other intelligent access control processes for
Relocati
on with

WCDMA RAN

nd
Hard a UE if enabled. When this switch is turned off, the

Handov UE stays in the CELL_PCH state.
er 10. PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH: Whether a
Outer PTT user can perform a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
Loop (D2F for short) state transition when Iur CCH is
Power disabled during a soft handover over the Iur interface.
Control Assume that this switch is turned on. If the DRNC cell
HSDPA serves as the best cell, DSCR is triggered. If the
Introduc SRNC cell serves as the best cell, D2F is triggered.
tion When this switch is turned off, the original flow keeps
Package unchanged.
HSUPA 11. PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
Introduc Whether the low-activity rate algorithm can be used
tion on a UE that uses DCHs in only the uplink or
Package downlink. When this switch is turned on, the low-
activity rate algorithm can be used on the UE that uses
DRD DCHs in only the uplink or downlink. When this
Introduc switch is turned off, the low-activity rate algorithm
tion can be used on the UE that uses DCHs in both the
Package uplink and downlink.
Inter- 12.
RAT PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_S
Handov WITCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
er Based reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
on to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
Coverag channel for carrying SRBs during an RB setup DRD
e procedure is limited. When this switch is turned off,
Adaptiv channel reconfiguration is not triggered and the SRBs
e are carried on the DCH after the RB setup DRD
Configu procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
ration of triggers channel reconfiguration for the SRBs to
Traffic switch from the DCH to an HSPA channel
Channel immediately after the RB setup DRD procedure.
Power 13. PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
offset the traffic and throughput are measured during a state
for transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F
HSUPA for short) when PTT services are carried on HSPA
channels. When this switch is turned off, the traffic
and throughput will not be measured during the D2F
state transition triggered by PTT services. When this
switch is turned on, the traffic and throughput will be
measured during the D2F state transition, which
prevents the UE from transiting to CELL_FACH if the
UE has data to transmit. In this case, if data
transmission occurs during the D2F state transition,
the RNC stops the D2F state transition.

WCDMA RAN

nd
14. PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the algorithm for optimizing the method of
saving the information about neighboring cells of a
cell under the DRNC during a handover over Iur is
enabled so that the CPU load of the CP subsystem
becomes normal. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm is disabled and the RNC saves the
information about neighboring cells in the original
way. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm is
enabled.
15.
ITCH: Whether the PS BE service rate is limited to a
low level after the UE transits from CELL_PCH to
CELL_DCH (P2D for short). When this switch is
turned off, the channel for carrying the PS BE service
and the PS BE service rate are not limited after the UE
transits from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH. When this
switch is turned on, the PE BE service is limited to 8
kbit/s or 0 kbit/s on the DCH after the UE transits
from CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH.
16.
: Whether the RNC starts a delay timer when the
algorithm for fairness-based handovers for
differentiated HSUPA TTI users is enabled. When this
switch is turned off, the delay timer does not start.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC starts the
delay timer after the algorithm for fairness-based
handovers for differentiated HSUPA TTI users us used
to establish or modify a throughput measurement. The
handover from HSUPPA 2 ms TTI users to 10 ms
HSUPPA TTI users cannot be triggered when the
delay timer is running.
17.
TCH: Whether the RNC considers CE resource
congestion status of the target cell for admitting
HSUPA UEs when determining whether HSUPA
services support 2 ms TTI. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not consider CE resource
congestion status of the target cell when determining
whether the HSUPA services support 2 ms TTI. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC considers CE
resource congestion status of the target cell when
determining whether the HSUPA services support 2
ms TTI. If the CE resources are congested, only
HSUPA 10 ms TTI UEs are admitted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18. PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the FP data frames that
contain the information element (IE) "Sir Target" to
the NodeB after service setup or reconfiguration
succeeds and the NodeB then adjusts inner loop power
control based on the configured target SIR value and
actual target SIR value. When this switch is turned
off, the FP data frames do not contain the IE "Sir
Target". When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends
FP data frames that contain the IE "Sir Target" to the
NodeB for up to four times at an interval of 1s.
19.
CH: Whether the RNC allows a UE to set up CS
services during a decision for state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH (F2P).
allow the UE to set up the CS service and continues
performing the decision for F2P state transition if a
UE initiates a CS service during a decision for F2P
state transition. When this switch is turned on, if a UE
initiates a CS service during a decision for F2P state
transition, the RNC stops performing the decision for
F2P state transition and allows the UE to set up the CS
service.
20.
PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether to limit the maximum data rate for HSDPA
PS services after a CS service setup triggers an F2D
state transition. When this switch is turned off, the
maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is limited
after a CS service setup triggers an F2D state
transition. When this switch is turned on, the
maximum data rate for HSDPA PS services is
unlimited after a CS service setup triggers an F2D
state transition.
21. PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
TTI reconfiguration optimization switch. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC updates the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm
after the handover is complete and prohibits this
algorithm from triggering dynamic TTI shifts from 2
ms to 10 ms in the following 5s. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not update the throughput
measurement control parameter for this algorithm if
the parameter does not change after a handover is
complete. In this case, the RNC triggers this algorithm
upon receiving a TTI measurement report.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22.
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
Whether to allow periodic access retry for UEs in
compressed mode to the (directed retry decision)
DRD-capable cell when candidate cells for periodic
retry include the current cell and neighboring DRD
cells. When this switch is turned off, periodic access
retry for UEs in compressed mode to the DRD-
capable cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
on, periodic access retry for UEs in compressed mode
to the DRD-capable cell is allowed.
23.
PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable normal outer loop power control
after D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover
with E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned
off, normal outer loop power control is disabled after
D2E reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with
E2D channel fallback. When this switch is turned on,
normal outer loop power control is enabled after D2E
reconfiguration in case of PS hard handover with E2D
channel fallback.
24. PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the combined hard handover and
SRNS relocation for CS+PS BE combined services.
When this switch is turned on and the relocation
policies for CS and PS services are different, the
serving RNC (SRNC) releases the PS services and
then triggers a combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation for the CS services. When this switch is
turned off, the combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation is not optimized.
25.
H: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) transfers
information about the intra circle roaming (ICR)
license of the cells under the DRNC, and the operator
group and the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring
GSM cells to the SRNC over proprietary information
elements (IEs). When this switch is turned on, the
DRNC transfers information about the ICR license of
the cells under the DRNC, and the operator group and
the inter-RAT cell type for neighboring GSM cells to
the SRNC over the private IEs in the Radio Link
Setup Response or Radio Link Addition Response
message. Upon reception of this information, the
SRNC selects appropriate neighboring GSM cells as
the target cells for inter-RAT handovers. When this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is set to OFF, the DRNC does not transfer the

preceding information, and the SRNC does not
consider the preceding information when initiating
inter-RAT handovers.
26. PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC initiates inter-RAT handovers
according to the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic
measurement report after inter-RAT handovers fail.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC still processes
the coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE and initiates inter-RAT
handovers after inter-RAT handovers fail. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not process the
coverage-based inter-RAT periodic measurement
report reported by the UE.
27.
PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC initiates an
inter-RAT handover towards the neighboring GSM
cell whose operator is the same as the UE's operator.
This increases the inter-RAT handover success rate.
28. PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH: Whether
to delay adjusting the uplink voice service rate raised
by Adaptive Multi-Rate Control (AMRC). When this
switch is turned off, adjusting the uplink voice service
rate is not delayed. When this switch is turned on,
adjusting the uplink voice service rate is delayed.
Before a UE sends the first valid voice frame, the
RNC does not adjust the AMR rate for the UE. This
avoids mute voices on some UEs.
29.
PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITCH:
Scope of UEs on which adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC is delayed. When this switch is turned off, the
algorithm for delaying adjusting the uplink rate using
AMRC can be enabled on all UEs. When this switch
is turned on, the scope of UEs is set by running the
"ADD UIMEITAC" command. In this case, the CN
must support CS IMEI query.
30. PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
Whether to allow state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH and a location measurement control
message to be sent to the UE when the RNC receives
a RANAP Location Reporting Control message from
the CN and the
DRA_PS_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWITCH switch is
turned off. When this switch is turned off, state

WCDMA RAN

nd
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is not

allowed and the RNC does not send a location
measurement control message to the UE. When the
switch is turned on, state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH is allowed and the RNC
sends a location measurement control message to the
UE after state transition is successful.
31.
H: Whether the RNC prohibits the PS RB
Congest State. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC allows the PS RB reconfiguration triggered by
an event 4A measurement report. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC prohibits the PS RB
Congest State.
32. PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:
Whether to parse E-UTRAN measurement capabilities
by protocols. As specified by protocols, all UTRAN
frequency bands supported by a UE have the same E-
UTRAN measurement capability. When this switch is
turned on, the E-UTRAN measurement capability
carried in the IE "UE-RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3"
applies to all UTRAN frequency bands supported by
the UE. When this switch is turned off, the E-UTRAN
measurement capability carried in the IE "UE-
RadioAccessCapabBandFDD3" applies only to the
frequency band serving the UE.
GUI Value Range:
TCH, PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH, PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
,
TCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
TCH,
CH,
H,
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH,
Default Value:
TCH:0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSUPA_PO_THROU_MEAS_OPT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUSTOPT:
0,PERFENH_LITTLE_RATE_TIMER_AMEND:
1,PERFENH_CS_TRIG_PS_P2D_ZERO_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACH_CONG_D2IDLE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_P2D_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PTT_IUR_D2F_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SRB_FAST_HRETRY_AFTER_DRD_
SWITCH:0,PERFENH_PTT_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_IUR_DB_TICK_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_P2D_LIMIT_ON_DCH_LOWRATE_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_BASE_RES_BE_TTI_DELAY_SWITC
H:
1,PERFENH_BASE_ADM_CE_TTI2MS_LIMIT_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_SIRTAR_RESEND_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_F2P_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_CS_PS_F2H_RATE_LIMIT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TTI_MC_UPDATE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HRETRY_OPT_WITH_CM_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_CHL_CHG_OLPC_OPT_SWITCH
:1,PERFENH_IUR_CSPS_COMB_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_GSMOPGRP_TRANSTOSRNC_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_RETRY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_ICR_GSMNCELL_FILTER_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_DELAY_UE_COMP_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_SMLC_D2F_ALLOW_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSPS_NO_RATEUP_IN_CONJ_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
Handov rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
er Based adjustment requests from the core network. When
on AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
Coverag CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
e under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
Inter- UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
RAT the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
Handov to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
er Based adjustment fails.
on 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
Coverag RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
e DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
AMR/W when the measurement-based DRD function is
B-AMR enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
Speech retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Rates modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Control When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out DRD cells using high
frequency bands when all the following conditions are
met: The location-based multi-band DRD algorithm,
the blind-handover-based DRD coverage decision
function, or the virtual grid-based multi-band DRD
algorithm takes effect; The current cell is in a low
frequency band; The RSCP value cannot be measured
or cannot be obtained through measurements or its
measurement reports expire. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells using
high frequency bands. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not filter out DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_SWI
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition

from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-

WCDMA RAN

nd
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-

MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_S
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not

good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the time delay for triggering handovers based on

periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWI
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
message indicating that a cell does not support
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on

the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH,
TCH, PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
Kbps
020103 handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
RRC
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD-
Establis 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
150232
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803 Inter
the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- Frequen
not take effect.
020302 cy Load
Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Fast (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
Return is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
WRFD-
from before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
020701
UMTS switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
to LTE speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter performed.
RNC 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Soft configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
Handov message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
er (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
Multiba on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
nd RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Direct rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Retry maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
Based off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
on UE RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
Location data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
mode.
UE
State in

WCDMA RAN

nd
Connect 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

ed Mode MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
(CELL- When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
DCH, measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
CELL- "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
PCH, switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
URA- control message, the RNC defines the information
PCH, element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
CELL- "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
FACH) 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Logical "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Channel measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
Manage CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
ment UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
Measure unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
ment measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Based turned on.
Direct
Retry 6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
A-GPS the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
Based switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
LCS does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Inter core network. When this switch is turned on and
Frequen AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends the core network a
cy Hard rate adjustment failure message after receiving rate
Handov adjustment requests from the core network. When
er Based AMRC is enabled, it is good practice to select
on CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
Coverag under the "CsSwitch" parameter in the "SET
e UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to ensure that
Inter- the RNC responds a rate adjustment failure message
RAT to the core network when the TrFO-based rate
Handov adjustment fails.
er Based 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
on RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
Coverag DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
e when the measurement-based DRD function is
AMR/W enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
B-AMR retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
Speech modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Rates When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
Control perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurement-

WCDMA RAN

nd
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC

filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters out DRD cells using high
frequency bands when all the following conditions are
met: The location-based multi-band DRD algorithm,
the blind-handover-based DRD coverage decision
function, or the virtual grid-based multi-band DRD
algorithm takes effect; The current cell is in a low
frequency band; The RSCP value cannot be measured
or cannot be obtained through measurements or its
measurement reports expire. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells using
high frequency bands. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not filter out DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm

WCDMA RAN

nd
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition

from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does
not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-

WCDMA RAN

nd
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-

MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the
RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is

WCDMA RAN

nd
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not

good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when

WCDMA RAN

nd
the time delay for triggering handovers based on

periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)
for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on

the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.

WCDMA RAN

nd
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource
insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
WRFD- (OLPC) template takes effect.
CS
0206050
Fallback 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
1
Guarant this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
WRFD- ee for takes effect.
010202 LTE
Emerge 6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
ncy When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
0204000
Calls measurement control template takes effect.
3
SRNS 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Relocati After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
020402
on (UE an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
WRFD- attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
Not
020400 When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Involved
WRFD- ) this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
010636 UE 8.
State in PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
Connect When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
ed Mode HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
(CELL- carried on DCHs, and the original parameter
DCH, "SrbChlType"("SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA") is
CELL- invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
PCH, HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be
URA- carried on HSUPA channels when the original
PCH, parameter "SrbChlType" is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
CELL- By default, this switch is turned off.
FACH) 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Inter When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
System rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
Redirect enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Measure is disabled. By default, this switch is turned off.
ment 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
Based When this switch is turned on, the CELL_PCH to
Direct CELL_DCH cell update confirm message
Retry simplification algorithm takes effect. When this
DRD switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
Introduc By default, this switch is turned off.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 11.
Package PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
SRB : This check box controls whether the RNC considers
over the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
HSUPA radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
SIRTarget value used after radio link reconfiguration
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the mechanism to
avoid pingpong RRC redirections caused by services
and Iur-g load. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
turned off by default.
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16.
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the

single-threaded download rate.
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
message from the CN.
22.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces

WCDMA RAN

nd
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,

the DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AM
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
the target cell. When this switch is turned off,
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is

disabled.
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRB
ONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMR
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
Disuse Statement:In later versions,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH
under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch" parameter will be
replaced by the "InterRATCovPenaltyTime"

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameter in the "SET UINTERRATHOCOV" and

"ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV" commands.
Therefore, it is not recommended that the bit field be
used.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,
,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH,
H,
CH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH,
END,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- HSDPA Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 0106100 Power 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH: When this
tch MPARA 4 Control switch is turned on, the procedure specific to AMR
WRFD- Emerge service establishment takes effect.
021104 ncy Call
2. PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
WRFD- HSUPA switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect.
0106140 2ms/
10ms 3. PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
4
TTI switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect.
WRFD-
Handov 4. PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
140102
er switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
WRFD- (OLPC) template takes effect.
CS
0206050
Fallback 5. PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When
1
Guarant this switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template
WRFD- ee for takes effect.
010202 LTE
Emerge 6. PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
WRFD-
ncy When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
0204000
Calls measurement control template takes effect.
3
SRNS 7. PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
WRFD-
Relocati After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
020402
on (UE an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
WRFD- attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
Not
020400 When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
Involved
WRFD- ) this switch is turned off, the period is 30s.
010636 UE 8.
State in PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
Connect When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
ed Mode HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
(CELL- carried on DCHs, and the original parameter
DCH, "SrbChlType"("SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA") is
CELL- invalid. When this switch is turned off, SRBs for
PCH, HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services can be
URA- carried on HSUPA channels when the original
PCH, parameter "SrbChlType" is set to HSUPA or HSPA.
CELL- By default, this switch is turned off.
FACH) 9. PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Inter When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-
System rate improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is
Redirect enabled. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
Measure is disabled. By default, this switch is turned off.
ment 10. PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
Based When this switch is turned on, the CELL_PCH to
Direct CELL_DCH cell update confirm message
Retry simplification algorithm takes effect. When this
DRD switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take effect.
Introduc By default, this switch is turned off.

WCDMA RAN

nd
tion 11.
Package PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
SRB : This check box controls whether the RNC considers
over the converged SIRTarget value that is used before
HSUPA radio link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the
check box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial
to the NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC
selects a more appropriate value from the initial
and the converged SIRTarget value used before radio
link reconfiguration. Then the RNC sends the selected
value to the NodeB. Setting of this check box takes
effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected.
12. PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the mechanism to
avoid pingpong RRC redirections caused by services
and Iur-g load. The switch is set to OFF by default.
13. PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also
referred to as H2F state transition). When the switch is
turned on, the optimized H2F state transition
algorithm is enabled, and event 4A measurement of
traffic volume or throughput is added to the state
transition procedure. The added event 4A
measurement prevents an H2F state transition when
data is being transmitted.
14. PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When
the switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-
to-CELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is
triggered for a PS service, the PS service can be set up
on HSPA channels after the state transition. When the
switch is turned off, PS services can be set up only on
DCHs after a P2D state transition. This switch is
turned off by default.
15. PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16.
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement
control message. When this switch is turned on, the
uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message from RNC includes the Tx interruption after
trigger IE for UEs that are in the CELL_FACH or
enhanced CELL_FACH state and processing PS BE
services. The value of this IE can be changed by
running the "SET UUESTATETRANS" command.
17.
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different
uplink bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99
services. When serving a large number of users, the
system cannot guarantee that all users can access the
network with the highest service bearer supported by
UEs. This switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the
cell capability reported through the NodeB private
interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications.
When this switch is turned off, the optimization
process is disabled.
18.
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services
When this switch is turned off, the optimized
algorithm does not take effect. The original
mechanism is implemented.
When this switch is turned on, the optimized
algorithm takes effect. After HSUPA services are
configured or reconfigured with 10 ms TTI due to
network resource (admission CEs, RTWP, consumed
Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs) congestion or
insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot change to use
2 ms TTI if no data needs to be transmitted.
19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the

single-threaded download rate.
20. PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
Switch for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to
CS services based on the best cell's uplink load status.
When this switch is turned on, the outer loop power
control algorithm uses the target BLER set by the
OMU board if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR
or OLC. If the status is neither LDR nor OLC, this
algorithm uses this target BLER after being divided by
five.
21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the
sending of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message
containing AGPS information when an emergency call
is made. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
delays the sending of this message until the
emergency call is successfully set up. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC sends this message upon
receiving a LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL
22.
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to
use the value of "CQIReF" and the value of
"CQIFbCk" that are for UEs having only one RLS.
The two parameters can be set by running the "SET
UHSDPCCH" and "ADD UCELLHSDPCCH"
commands. When this switch is turned off, the UE
does not use the values of the two parameters that are
for UEs having only one RLS. When this switch is
turned on, the UE uses the values of the two
parameters that are for UEs having only one RLS.
23.
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
When this switch is turned on, static relocation request
messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCipher-
ing.
24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when

WCDMA RAN

nd
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off,

DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if
do not arrive in time. When this switch is turned on,
DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH are triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not
arrive in time.
25.
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power, CE, and code resource
usage. If power, CE, or code resources in a cell
become congested, the RNC determines that the cell
experiences resource congestion. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the resource status of
such a cell based on power resource usage only.
26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are
ranked by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,
and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as
the target cell. When this switch is turned off,
candidate cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuan-
tity for MBDR.
27.
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision
on intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not make a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
setup.
28. PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
UEs located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned off, this algorithm is

disabled.
29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit PS services of UEs
involved in LTE-to-UMTS CS fallback. When this
switch is turned on: If a UE involved in a LTE-to-
UMTS CS fallback is processing a non-real-time PS
service, the channel type and initial data rate for the
PS service are determined by the
"NRTInitRateforL2U" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command during service admission. If the UE is
processing a real-time PS service, the UE follows the
standard access procedure. If the access attempt fails
and the "PreemptAlgoSwitch" in the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt radio resources of existing UEs in the
UMTS cell. When this switch is turned off, the UE
follows the standard access procedure for the PS
service.
30.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated single-
signaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if
the HSDPA service has been set up and there are
signaling and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel.
32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10
ms to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work.
Disuse Statement:In later versions,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH
under the "PerfEnhanceSwitch" parameter will be
replaced by the "InterRATCovPenaltyTime"

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameter in the "SET UINTERRATHOCOV" and

"ADD UCELLINTERRATHOCOV" commands.
Therefore, it is not recommended that the bit field be
used.
GUI Value Range:
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
,
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
ONDCH,
ONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_
SWITCH:0,
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST:
1,PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_A
MEND:
1,PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSR
BONDCH:
0,PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM
RONDCH:
0,PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMI
T:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1) PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2) ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3) MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
following conditions are met:
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4)
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then reenters
RNC the service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
Inter
reenters the service area.
RNC
Cell 5) UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
Combin
received from HSDPA UEs.
ation of
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. If the TACs added through
Service the MML command ADD UIMEITAC contain the
and TAC of this UE, and the TAC_FUNC parameter is set
Three to HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, the RNC normally
PS releases the connections when it detects the failed
Services CRC. If either of the preceding conditions is not met,
the RNC abnormally releases the connections when it
detects the failed CRC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally
releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6) RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs the
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7) P2D_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the

state when the following conditions are met:
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" command prevails.
8) AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS RAB setup in a
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "cell reselection" during the CS RAB
setup.
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC rolls back the
CS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the CS
RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,
which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The CS
service setup fails.
9) SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether the RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL)
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10) RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after

the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a
RADIO LINK FAILURE INDICATION message and
the timer used to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE
INDICATION message from the NodeB expires.
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-
establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11) CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12) PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
active link re-establishment.
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13) UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. Note:
After this switch is turned on, you are advised to
select RRC_CONN_CU_DSCR_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command to prevent the
RRC connect setup success rate from decrease.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the
RRC connection.
14) RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services

and the last radio link fails, the RNC waits for the
radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15) RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16) RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17) RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18) RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and

RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
requests in the measurement of the two preceding
performance counters.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19) F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its
three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RRC connection is
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
0: This switch is turned off. The RRC connection is
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20) CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21) SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22) P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
reconfigured in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23) RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust
the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24) CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC re-initiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not re-
initiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC re-initiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not buffer
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26) IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release

message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27) RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not initiate
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28) F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH
state (F2P for short)
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
the DIRECT TRANSFER message.
29) SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs compatibility processing
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30) GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
number of call drops when releasing PS services.
31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32) UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH,
UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 021101 c 1) PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
tch RLSWI WRFD- Channel
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
TCH 010510 Configu
network when no response is received after a paging
ration
WRFD- message is sent.
Control
010651 (DCCC) 1: This switch is turned on. The paging message is
WRFD- sent for a maximum of 5 times.
3.4/6.8/1
140103 3.6/27.2 0: This switch is turned off. The paging message is
WRFD- Kbps sent for a maximum of 10 times.
040100 RRC 2) ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
WRFD- Connect Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
010507 ion and Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
Radio during a soft handover.
WRFD-
Access
140226 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
Bearer
WRFD- Establis UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
020500 hment RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
and following conditions are met:
WRFD-
010301 Release -The RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the
HSDPA ACTIVE SET UPDATE message.
WRFD-
0106150 over Iur -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
2 signaling radio bearer (SRB2) is disconnected or the
Call
NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
WRFD- Reestabl
synchronization.
010801 ishment
WRFD- Flow
reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
010802 Control
conditions are met.
WRFD- Rate 3) MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
011402 Negotiat Reestablishment During Meas Control)
WRFD- ion at
Admissi Whether to trigger RL reestablishment during
0106150 measurement control.
4 on
Control 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
Fast
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
Return
following conditions are met:
from
UMTS -The RNC has sent a MEASUREMENT CONTROL
to LTE message to the UE.
Enhance -The RNC detects that downlink transmission on
d Fast SRB2 is disconnected when the UE state is stable.
Dorman 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
cy reestablish the RL for the UE when the preceding
Paging conditions are met.
UE in 4)
Idle, FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CELL_P CH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC

URA_P connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
CH SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the
State UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
(Type 1) reentering a service area. When this switch is turned
Combin on, the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a
ation of UE in the preceding scenario. This solves the problem
One CS that a network becomes inaccessible when such a UE
Service reenters a service area.
and Two 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC directly releases
PS the RRC connection after receiving the CELL
Services UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Intra Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then reenters
RNC the service area.
Cell 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
Update CELL UPDATE message received from the Enhanced
Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves and then
Inter
reenters the service area.
RNC
Cell 5) UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH.
Update Whether the RNC normally releases connections
Encrypti when it detects failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
on on RB SETUP COMPLETE or RB
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE messages
Combin
received from HSDPA UEs.
ation of
One CS 1: This switch is turned on. If the TACs added through
Service the MML command ADD UIMEITAC contain the
and TAC of this UE, and the TAC_FUNC parameter is set
Three to HSDPA_RB_Setup_Cmp_CRC, the RNC normally
PS releases the connections when it detects the failed
Services CRC. If either of the preceding conditions is not met,
the RNC abnormally releases the connections when it
detects the failed CRC.
releases the connections when it detects the failed
CRC.
6) RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC performs the directed retry decision
(DRD) when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or "
paging response" during UEs' state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs the
DRD in the preceding scenario.
perform the DRD in the preceding scenario.
7) P2D_SWITCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC switches a UE from the

state when the following conditions are met:
The UE sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "uplink data transmission" or
"paging response."
The number of UEs on the FACH reaches the upper
limit or the UE is to set up a CS service but the
common channel is congested.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC switches the UE
from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not switch
the UE from the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
the CELL_DCH state in the preceding scenario.
This parameter can be set in both the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" and "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" commands. The value of
this parameter in the "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" command prevails.
8) AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS RAB setup in a
state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "cell reselection" during the CS RAB
setup.
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC rolls back the
CS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
procedure.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the CS
RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB
ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,
which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The CS
service setup fails.
9) SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when it detects an SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for
decreasing the number of UE call drops
RL when it detects the SRB reset.
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset.
10) RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether active link re-establishment is allowed after

the radio link fails
1: This switch is turned on. Active link re-
establishment is allowed after the RNC receives a
0: This switch is turned off. Active link re-
establishment is not allowed after the RNC receives a
11) CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
when SRBs of a CS service reset or all its RLs are out
of synchronization.
RL in the preceding scenario.
reestablish an RL in the preceding scenario.
12) PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
Whether PS services can trigger active link re-
establishment
1: This switch is turned on. PS services can trigger
0: This switch is turned off. PS services cannot trigger
13) UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
when it receives a CELL UPDATE message carrying
SRB reset information.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release
the RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. Note:
After this switch is turned on, you are advised to
select RRC_CONN_CU_DSCR_SWITCH under the
"CellConnAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLCONNALGOPARA" command to prevent the
RRC connect setup success rate from decrease.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC releases the
RRC connection.
14) RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
Switch for the radio link restoration timer

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If there are CS services

radio link to restore before the timer T313 expires.
0: This switch is turned off. If there are CS services
radio link to restore before the original timer expires.
15) RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
Whether to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast
dormancy-capable UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state transition is
enabled for the fast dormancy-capable UEs..
0: This switch is turned off. The state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for the
fast dormancy-capable UEs
16) RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
Whether the RB release due to SCRI during RB
reconfiguration is calculated as a call drop
1: This switch is turned on. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is not calculated as a call
drop.
0: This switch is turned off. The RB release due to
SCRI during reconfiguration is calculated as a call
drop.
17) RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE.
established RRC connection when the UE retransmits
RRC connection setup requests.
0: This switch is turned off. When the UE retransmits
the RRC connection setup request to access the same
cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection setup
requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection.
It is recommended that this parameter be set to its
default value and the parameter value be not changed.
If you need to change the value of this parameter, ask
for assistance from Huawei technical support
personnel.
18) RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
Whether the RNC counts the number of retransmitted
RRC connection setup requests in the measurement of

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and

RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC counts the
number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not count
the number of retransmitted RRC connection setup
19) F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a
UE if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its
three failed attempts at the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH.
released with the cause "User Inactive" after the UE
fails in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH for three times. The connection release is
measured in the VS.RAB.Rel.PS.F2DNoRsp counter.
not released after the UE fails in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and
the UE remains in the CELL_FACH state.
20) CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
Whether a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
preferentially performs a state transition from
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH before initiating a CS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first performs a
CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS service.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE first performs a
CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS service.
21) SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
Whether the relocation command sent from a UMTS
network to an unencrypted GSM network carries the
UEA0 encryption information element (IE) when a
UE complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed
over from the GSM network to the UMTS network.
1: This switch is turned on. The relocation command
does not carry any encryption IE.
0: This switch is turned off. The relocation command
carries the UEA0 encryption IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22) P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
Whether to reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol
User plane (GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH
state performs a cell update.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is not
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U is
23) RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not adjust
the activation time for encryption parameters as long
as the difference between the activation times
specified in an RB SETUP COMPLETE message and
in the corresponding RB SETUP message is smaller
than 200 connection frame numbers (CFNs).
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC always adjusts
the activation time for encryption parameters based on
an RB SETUP COMPLETE message, regardless of
the preceding difference.
24) CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC re-initiates CS services upon
receiving a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
in which only the CS allocation/retention priority
(CARP) is changed.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not re-
initiate CS services, which prevents CS call drops.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC re-initiates CS
services, which results in CS call drops.
25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup and then forwards the
message to a UE after the RAB setup.
the TMSI REALLOCATION COMMAND message
received during the RAB setup. The RNC directly
forwards the message to a UE.
26) IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether an UCP subsystem sends a PS service release

message to an Iu-PS interface board in case of a faulty
IP path, a faulty Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) link, or a reset on the Iu interface
1: This switch is turned on. The UCP subsystem sends
the PS service release message to the Iu-PS interface
board.
0: This switch is turned off. The UCP subsystem does
not send any PS service release message to the Iu-PS
interface board.
27) RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC initiates radio link (RL)
reestablishment during a radio bearer (RB)
reconfiguration when the RNC detects that a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a UE are out
of synchronization
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC initiates RL
reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not initiate
RL reestablishment during the RB reconfiguration.
28) F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER
message received from the CN and sends a PAGING
message after the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message from a
UE moving from the CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH
state (F2P for short)
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends the
PAGING message to the UE.
the DIRECT TRANSFER message.
29) SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
upon receiving a Signalling Connection Release
Indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data Session End" when CS+PS
combined services are performed.
compatibility processing. It sends an RB RELEASE
message containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message.
30) GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection.
measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario.
number of call drops when releasing PS services.
31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset
indicator information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
contain the MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two
preceding messages.
32) UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH(UL
Integrity Compatibility Optimization Switch)
Reserved switch for security mode compatibility
handling. The bit field value is not internally used in
this version.
GUI Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
CH,
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH,
P2D_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value: PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWI
TCH:0,UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH:0,P2D_SWITCH:
0,AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH:
0,RL_RESTORE_SWITCH:
0,RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH:
1,RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_RECONN_SWITCH:
0,RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH:
1,F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH:
0,CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH:
0,SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH:
0,P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH:
1,RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH:
1,CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH:
0,IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH:
0,SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH:
0,IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H:1,UL_INTEG_ALGO_COMPAT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 020203 RNC 1)DRNC_DCH_RCV_CELL_RESEL_MSG_DSCR_
tch2 RLSWI WRFD- Soft SWITCH
TCH 020303 Handov
er 1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving a cell
WRFD- update message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state,
010510 Inter-
the DRNC releases the RRC connection with the
RAT
WRFD- cause value "directed signaling connection re-
Handov
020309 establishment".
er Based
WRFD- on 0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving a cell
010801 Coverag update message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state,
WRFD- e the DRNC performs the migration procedure.
0106150 3.4/6.8/1 2)MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH(Optimiz
2 3.6/27.2 e the Measurement of MultiRAB Setup Attempts)
WRFD- Kbps Whether to modify the method for measuring the
0106150 RRC VS.MultiRAB.AttEstab.CSPS and
3 Connect VS.MultiRAB.AttEstab.PSPS counters.
ion and
WRFD- 1: This switch is set to on. These counters' measuring
Radio
010802 methods are optimized so that these two counters also
Access
WRFD- Bearer include the number of failed multi-RAB setups.
0106150 Establis 0: This switch is set to off. These counters' measuring
1 hment methods remain unchanged.
WRFD- and
3)PCH_UE_SRB_RESET_DSCR_SWITCH
020304 Release
Inter- Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
WRFD- with the cause value "directed signaling connection
020302 RAT
Handov re-establishment" upon receiving a CELL UPDATE
WRFD- message where the value of the "am-RLC-
er Based
0106150 ErrorIndicationRb2-3or4" IE is TRUE from the UE in
on DL
4 the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
QoS
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases such a
Intra
0106150 UE's RRC connection with the cause value "directed
RNC
5 signaling connection re-establishment" in the
Cell
Update preceding scenario to enable the UE to re-access the
network as soon as possible.
Combin
ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiates an
One CS abnormal RRC release process in the preceding
Service scenario.
and Two 4)DRNC_CELL_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITC
PS H
Services
Whether to perform the time offset compensation for
Combin the activation timer after the DRNC sends an RNSAP
ation of RL RECFG COMMIT message to the NodeB.
Three
PS 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC performs the
Services time offset compensation for the activation timer.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC does not

RNC performs the time offset compensation for the
Cell activation timer.
Update 5)RAB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Combin Whether to change the cause value "Request
ation of information not available" in a RAB ASSIGNMENT
Two PS FAILURE message.
Services
1: This switch is turned on. The cause value "Request
Inter information not available" is changed. When a cell-
Frequen resource-related UE admission failure occurs due to a
cy Hard request procedure error, Non-Iub-bandwidth
Handov congestion error, or compressed mode configuration
er Based failure, the cause value "Request information not
on DL available" in a RAB ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
QoS message is changed to "Unspecified Failure." In other
Inter cases, the cause value "Request information not
Frequen available" is changed to "No Radio Resources
cy Hard Available in Target cell."
Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The cause value is
er Based unchanged.
on 6)PSPS_SETUP_REL_DEF_SWITCH
Coverag
e Whether to optimize calculations for counters related
to combined PS services.
Combin
ation of 1: This switch is turned on. When x PS services are in
One CS progress, the recorded number of RAB assignment
Service attempts and the recorded number of RAB
and assignments will be x minus 1. In addition, when these
Three services are normally or abnormally released at the
PS same time, the recorded number will be x minus 1.
Services 0: This switch is turned off. When x (x = 2, 3, or 4) PS
services are in progress, the recorded number of RAB
Combin
assignment attempts and the recorded number of
ation of
successful RAB assignments will be x. In addition,
Four PS
when these services are normally or abnormally
Services
released at the same time, the recorded number will be
x.
7)RRC_CON_REQ_TIMES_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC keeps the number of repeatedly
transmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
messages below the value of the N300 parameter in
the SET UIDLEMODETIMER command.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not keep
the number of repeatedly transmitted RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST messages below the value
of N300.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC keeps the

number of repeatedly transmitted RRC
of N300.
8)SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to the CN when a cell update
procedure is initiated during a security mode control
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC continues with
the security mode control procedure after processing
the CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends a
SECURITY MODE REJECT message to the CN
before processing the CELL UPDATE message.
9)HHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the following counters
during outgoing inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers:
VS.HHO.AttMultiBandOut.PS,
VS.HHO.AttMultiBandOut.CS,
VS.HHO.SuccMultiBandOut.PS, and
VS.HHO.SuccMultiBandOut.CS.
measure the preceding performance counters during
outgoing inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers.
preceding performance counters during outgoing
inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers.
10)IRATHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.UEGen and
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.Abort counters in Directed
Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
scenarios. The two counters are related to inter-RAT
handovers.
measure the performance counters in DSCR scenarios.
performance counters in DSCR scenarios.
11)RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
In the CELL_FACH state, if a cell update procedure is
initiated during a service establishment procedure, the
cause value of the cell update reported by the UE is
cell reselection and the CELL UPDATE message sent

WCDMA RAN

nd
by the UE contains the information element (IE)

Reconfiguration Status Indicator. In addition, the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message sent by the RNC
contains "Physical channel information elements."
According to 3GPP technical specifications, the UE
encounters incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration
if the RNC sends "Physical channel information
elements" to the UE before receiving an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message from the UE. As a result, the
RNC fails to complete the cell update procedure and
service establishment fails. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC contains "Physical channel
information elements" in a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message when a UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message with the Reconfiguration Status
Indicator IE in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not contain
the Physical channel information elements in the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
0: This switch is turned off. This switch is turned off.
The RNC contains the Physical channel information
elements in the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
12)RNTI_ENH_ALLOC_AlGO_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhanced RNTI allocation
algorithm. This switch is turned off by default.
1: This switch is turned on. The number segment for
the RNTI may be limited. This causes the UE access
success rate to decrease.
0: This switch is turned off. One RNTI may be
allocated to two different UEs, leading to RNTI
conflicts. This causes the call drop rate to increase.
13)DRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the combined
incoming inter-Iur handovers procedure. This switch
is turned on by default.
1: This switch is turned on. During a combined
incoming inter-Iur handover procedure, the signaling
and SCCP are processed by the same signaling
subsystem, and load sharing is implemented between
signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During a combined
is processed by the signaling subsystem that carries
the serving cell.
14)EFACH_CU_COMMON_HRNTI_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends a CELL UPDATE

CONFIRM message on the common HS-DSCH Radio
Network temporary identity (H-RNTI) and includes a
C-RNTI and H-RNTI in this message after receiving a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "re-
entering service area" or "RLC unrecoverable error"
from a UE when the E-FACH feature has been
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message on the common H-
RNTI and includes the C-RNTI and H-RNTI after
receiving a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "re-entering service area" or "RLC
unrecoverable error."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message on the dedicated H-
RNTI and does not include the C-RNTI and H-RNTI
in the message after receiving the CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "re-entering service
area" or "RLC unrecoverable error."
15)PSCS_CALLDROP_FIX_SWITCH
Whether to add the missed measurement scenarios to
the call drop rate specific to CS+PS combined
services. This switch is turned on by default.
1: The switch is turned on. In this case, the missed
measurement scenarios of the call drop rate specific to
CS+PS combined services will be added.
0: The switch is turned off. In this case, the missed
CS+PS combined services will not be added.
16)CSABNREL_DUETO_PSREL_FIX_SWITCH
the counter providing the number of abnormally
released CS services due to released PS services. This
switch is turned on by default.
measurement scenarios of the counter providing the
number of abnormally released CS services due to
released PS services will be added. This improves the
call drop rate specific to CS+PS combined services.
released PS services will not be added.
GUI Value Range:
DRNC_DCH_RCV_CELL_RESEL_MSG_DSCR_S

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH, MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH,
PCH_UE_SRB_RESET_DSCR_SWITCH,
DRNC_CELL_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH,
RAB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
PSPS_SETUP_REL_DEF_SWITCH,
RRC_CON_REQ_TIMES_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
HHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
IRATHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNTI_ENH_ALLOC_AlGO_SWITCH,
DRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,
EFACH_CU_COMMON_HRNTI_SWITCH,
PSCS_CALLDROP_FIX_SWITCH,
CSABNREL_DUETO_PSREL_FIX_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_SRB_RESET_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_CELL_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
:0,RAB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,PSPS_SETUP_REL_DEF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CON_REQ_TIMES_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H:0,SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNTI_ENH_ALLOC_AlGO_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,EFACH_CU_COMMON_HRNTI_SWITCH:
1,PSCS_CALLDROP_FIX_SWITCH:
1,CSABNREL_DUETO_PSREL_FIX_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 020203 RNC 1)DRNC_DCH_RCV_CELL_RESEL_MSG_DSCR_
tch2 RLSWI WRFD- Soft SWITCH
TCH 020303 Handov
er 1: This switch is turned on. Upon receiving a cell
WRFD- update message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state,
010510 Inter-
the DRNC releases the RRC connection with the
RAT
WRFD- cause value "directed signaling connection re-
Handov
020309 establishment".
er Based
WRFD- on 0: This switch is turned off. Upon receiving a cell
010801 Coverag update message from a UE in the CELL_DCH state,
WRFD- e the DRNC performs the migration procedure.
0106150 3.4/6.8/1 2)MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH(Optimiz
2 3.6/27.2 e the Measurement of MultiRAB Setup Attempts)
WRFD- Kbps Whether to modify the method for measuring the
0106150 RRC VS.MultiRAB.AttEstab.CSPS and
3 Connect VS.MultiRAB.AttEstab.PSPS counters.
ion and
WRFD- 1: This switch is set to on. These counters' measuring
Radio
010802 methods are optimized so that these two counters also
Access
WRFD- Bearer include the number of failed multi-RAB setups.
0106150 Establis 0: This switch is set to off. These counters' measuring
1 hment methods remain unchanged.
WRFD- and
3)PCH_UE_SRB_RESET_DSCR_SWITCH
020304 Release
Inter- Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
WRFD- with the cause value "directed signaling connection
020302 RAT
Handov re-establishment" upon receiving a CELL UPDATE
WRFD- message where the value of the "am-RLC-
er Based
0106150 ErrorIndicationRb2-3or4" IE is TRUE from the UE in
on DL
4 the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
QoS
WRFD- 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases such a
Intra
0106150 UE's RRC connection with the cause value "directed
RNC
5 signaling connection re-establishment" in the
Cell
Update preceding scenario to enable the UE to re-access the
network as soon as possible.
Combin
ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC initiates an
One CS abnormal RRC release process in the preceding
Service scenario.
and Two 4)DRNC_CELL_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITC
PS H
Services
Whether to perform the time offset compensation for
Combin the activation timer after the DRNC sends an RNSAP
ation of RL RECFG COMMIT message to the NodeB.
Three
PS 1: This switch is turned on. The DRNC performs the
Services time offset compensation for the activation timer.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Inter 0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC does not

RNC performs the time offset compensation for the
Cell activation timer.
Update 5)RAB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Combin Whether to change the cause value "Request
ation of information not available" in a RAB ASSIGNMENT
Two PS FAILURE message.
Services
1: This switch is turned on. The cause value "Request
Inter information not available" is changed. When a cell-
Frequen resource-related UE admission failure occurs due to a
cy Hard request procedure error, Non-Iub-bandwidth
Handov congestion error, or compressed mode configuration
er Based failure, the cause value "Request information not
on DL available" in a RAB ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
QoS message is changed to "Unspecified Failure." In other
Inter cases, the cause value "Request information not
Frequen available" is changed to "No Radio Resources
cy Hard Available in Target cell."
Handov 0: This switch is turned off. The cause value is
er Based unchanged.
on 6)PSPS_SETUP_REL_DEF_SWITCH
Coverag
e Whether to optimize calculations for counters related
to combined PS services.
Combin
ation of 1: This switch is turned on. When x PS services are in
One CS progress, the recorded number of RAB assignment
Service attempts and the recorded number of RAB
and assignments will be x minus 1. In addition, when these
Three services are normally or abnormally released at the
PS same time, the recorded number will be x minus 1.
Services 0: This switch is turned off. When x (x = 2, 3, or 4) PS
services are in progress, the recorded number of RAB
Combin
assignment attempts and the recorded number of
ation of
successful RAB assignments will be x. In addition,
Four PS
when these services are normally or abnormally
Services
released at the same time, the recorded number will be
x.
7)RRC_CON_REQ_TIMES_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC keeps the number of repeatedly
transmitted RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
messages below the value of the N300 parameter in
the SET UIDLEMODETIMER command.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not keep
the number of repeatedly transmitted RRC
of N300.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC keeps the

number of repeatedly transmitted RRC
of N300.
8)SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a SECURITY MODE
REJECT message to the CN when a cell update
procedure is initiated during a security mode control
procedure.
the security mode control procedure after processing
the CELL UPDATE message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends a
SECURITY MODE REJECT message to the CN
before processing the CELL UPDATE message.
9)HHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the following counters
during outgoing inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers:
VS.HHO.AttMultiBandOut.PS,
VS.HHO.AttMultiBandOut.CS,
VS.HHO.SuccMultiBandOut.PS, and
VS.HHO.SuccMultiBandOut.CS.
measure the preceding performance counters during
outgoing inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers.
preceding performance counters during outgoing
inter-RNC intra-band hard handovers.
10)IRATHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.UEGen and
VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.Abort counters in Directed
Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
scenarios. The two counters are related to inter-RAT
handovers.
measure the performance counters in DSCR scenarios.
performance counters in DSCR scenarios.
11)RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
In the CELL_FACH state, if a cell update procedure is
initiated during a service establishment procedure, the
cause value of the cell update reported by the UE is
cell reselection and the CELL UPDATE message sent

WCDMA RAN

nd
by the UE contains the information element (IE)

Reconfiguration Status Indicator. In addition, the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message sent by the RNC
contains "Physical channel information elements."
According to 3GPP technical specifications, the UE
encounters incompatible simultaneous reconfiguration
if the RNC sends "Physical channel information
elements" to the UE before receiving an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message from the UE. As a result, the
RNC fails to complete the cell update procedure and
service establishment fails. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC contains "Physical channel
information elements" in a CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message when a UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message with the Reconfiguration Status
Indicator IE in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not contain
the Physical channel information elements in the
CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
0: This switch is turned off. This switch is turned off.
The RNC contains the Physical channel information
elements in the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
12)RNTI_ENH_ALLOC_AlGO_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhanced RNTI allocation
algorithm. This switch is turned off by default.
1: This switch is turned on. The number segment for
the RNTI may be limited. This causes the UE access
success rate to decrease.
0: This switch is turned off. One RNTI may be
allocated to two different UEs, leading to RNTI
conflicts. This causes the call drop rate to increase.
13)DRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the combined
incoming inter-Iur handovers procedure. This switch
is turned on by default.
1: This switch is turned on. During a combined
and SCCP are processed by the same signaling
subsystem, and load sharing is implemented between
signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During a combined
is processed by the signaling subsystem that carries
the serving cell.
14)EFACH_CU_COMMON_HRNTI_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sends a CELL UPDATE

CONFIRM message on the common HS-DSCH Radio
Network temporary identity (H-RNTI) and includes a
C-RNTI and H-RNTI in this message after receiving a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "re-
entering service area" or "RLC unrecoverable error"
from a UE when the E-FACH feature has been
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message on the common H-
RNTI and includes the C-RNTI and H-RNTI after
receiving a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "re-entering service area" or "RLC
unrecoverable error."
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the CELL
UPDATE CONFIRM message on the dedicated H-
RNTI and does not include the C-RNTI and H-RNTI
in the message after receiving the CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "re-entering service
area" or "RLC unrecoverable error."
15)PSCS_CALLDROP_FIX_SWITCH
the call drop rate specific to CS+PS combined
services. This switch is turned on by default.
CS+PS combined services will be added.
CS+PS combined services will not be added.
16)CSABNREL_DUETO_PSREL_FIX_SWITCH
the counter providing the number of abnormally
released CS services due to released PS services. This
switch is turned on by default.
released PS services will be added. This improves the
call drop rate specific to CS+PS combined services.
released PS services will not be added.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH, MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,MULTIRAB_ATTESTAB_DEF_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_SRB_RESET_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_CELL_CODE_CONFLICT_OPT_SWITCH
:0,RAB_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH:
0,PSPS_SETUP_REL_DEF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CON_REQ_TIMES_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H:0,SECU_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,HHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_CU_CROSS_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:
0,RNTI_ENH_ALLOC_AlGO_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
1,EFACH_CU_COMMON_HRNTI_SWITCH:
1,PSCS_CALLDROP_FIX_SWITCH:
1,CSABNREL_DUETO_PSREL_FIX_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITC
tch4 RLSWI H(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related
procedure succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged
mode (AM) or the size of the RLC PDU changes in
AM; the RLC entity is not reestablished for the TRB.
As a result, data transmission fails on the user plane,
and the TRB is reset. This parameter specifies whether
the RNC reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that
use AM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RLC entity is
reestablished for the TRB in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is not
2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM
TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE.
Services are interrupted. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that
use UM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. If the TRB has been
established for the UE, RL reestablishment is not
performed in the preceding scenario even if its trigger
conditions are met.
0: This switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is
performed in the preceding scenario when its trigger
conditions are met.
3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC RL
Reestablishment Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC receives a complete message from
the UE during radio link (RL) reestablishment over
the Iur interface.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a

complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not receive
a complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH
Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-
entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAN processes the
cell update procedure during a state transition from
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAN determines that
the cell update procedure is abnormally triggered and
therefore does not process the procedure. As a result,
the cell update procedure times out, and the UE's
connection is abnormally released, increasing the call
drop rate.
5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message in UM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a UE that is
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
BEARER RECONFIGURATION message in AM to a
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to
the CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that
cannot receive this message in UM can now correctly
receive this message.

WCDMA RAN

nd

BEARER RECONFIGURATION message in UM to a
the CELL_FACH state.
7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
UE that is transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to
the CELL_DCH state. Therefore, those UEs that
the CELL_DCH state.
8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations, as
scheduled at 3:00 early in the morning or triggered
due to an internal process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations, as scheduled at 3:00 early in the
morning or triggered due to an internal process. That
is, the RNC does not include the number of UEs that
are processing a signaling procedure into the
measurement of the two counters.
0: This switch is turned off. When performing smooth
operations, as scheduled at 3:00 early in the morning
or triggered due to an internal process, the RNC
includes the number of UEs that are processing
signaling procedures into the measurement of the two
counters and repeats the measurement after their
signaling procedures are complete.
9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the SRNS
relocation and incoming Inter-RAT handover
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. During an SRNS

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure, the signaling and SCCP are processed by

the same signaling subsystem, and load sharing is
implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS
procedure, the signaling is processed by the signaling
subsystem that carries the serving cell.
10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page
UEs When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to UEs in
the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends paging
messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH
states when these UEs are releasing their connections
in the CS or PS domain.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not send
paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain.
11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup.
1: This switch is set to on. The CPC is configured in
an optimized way during RL setup. That is, if the RL
activation time is carried, the RNC forwards the RL
activation time to the NodeB during RL setup. If the
RL activation time is not carried, the RNC changes
the Enabling Delay to 128.
0: This switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured
in an optimized way. That is, the RNC neither
forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB during
RL setup nor changes the Enabling Delay.
12) D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P)
Whether to release the RRC connection after an L2
deactivation failure during the D2P state transition.
This switch is set to off by default.
released after an L2 deactivation failure.
not released after an L2 deactivation failure. The UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
stays in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, and the

dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch)
Whether special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their
RRC CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell
is enabled with E-FACH.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC retransmits the
last RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the E-
FACH if special users do not respond to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on the FACH. If the
UE returns an RRC CONNECTION SETUP CMP
message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH state during
data transmission.
0: This switch is set to off. No special processing is
performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D)
Whether the RNC discards a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message
received from a UE during P2D state transitions when
the value of the "RRC transaction identifier" IE in the
message is incorrect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
message and waits for the UE's response.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the
P2D state transition procedure.
15)
AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWIT
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled)
Whether the RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures
in the scenario where the narrowband AMRC function
takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not perform
rollback after 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services
experience hard handover failures in the preceding
scenario.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC performs
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes only to the RLs on the E-DCH
for UEs in the CELL_DCH state during UE-not-
involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved
relocations.
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update)
Whether the RNC supports the concurrence of the
compressed mode (CM) procedure and the cell update
procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC rolls back the
CM procedure and then processes the cell update
message.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not support
the concurrence of the CM procedure and the cell
update procedure.
18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
reconfiguration re-initiated by the SRNC over the Iur
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
(which carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs)
over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is set to on. the radio link
interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is set to off, the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives the preceding
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
message over the Iur interface.
19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface

messages in an optimized way.
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC allocates
TransIDs independently to each NodeB to prevent the
message out-of-order problem caused by NodeBs'
responses carrying the same TransID.
0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates a set of
TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs.
20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot
correctly configure the parameters related to the
enhanced L2 feature, and consequently call drops
occur.
21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
Radio link (RL) reestablishment optimization switch
for the scenario where the following functions are
enabled: RB fast setup function for RB setups
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs, and
hard handover fast reconfiguration.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC determines
whether a new RL is synchronized and whether the
CELL UPDATE message carries the reconfiguration
tag. If the RL is not synchronized and the CELL
UPDATE message does not carry the reconfiguration
tag, the RL is reestablished.
When this switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of
RL reestablishment remain unchanged.
22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch)
Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect
in multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC releases the connections of the UEs using a

WCDMA RAN

nd
certain international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)

after receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN.
0: This switch is set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC does not release the connections of the UEs
using a certain IMSI after receiving a COMMON ID
23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize the Priority Queue-Info-to-Modify
IE in RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE Messages over Iur)
Whether the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in
the Priority Queue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field
will remain unchanged after the reconfiguration.
1: This switch is set to on. the RADIO LINK
RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message over the
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the Priority Queue-Info-to-
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after
the reconfiguration. In this case, the DRNC can
successfully reinitiate a relocation process after a UE
of Release 6 and earlier versions whose SRB is carried
on an HSDPA channel is relocated to the DRNC.
0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface does not carry the Priority Queue-Info-to-
Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate and
DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after
being relocated to the DRNC.
24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SW
ITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change
During URA Update)
Whether paging is performed when the location area
code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of the target
cell differs from that of the source cell during a
UTRAN registration area (URA) update.
1: This switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in
the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is set to off. Paging is performed in the
preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimi
ze CS Paging During Cell Update)
Whether the RNC optimizes CS paging that occurs
during a cell update procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC resends a paging
message to the UE after the paging and cell update are
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not resend a
paging message to the UE after the paging and cell
update are processed.
26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(S
RVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an
SRVCC incoming relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CS CK during an
SRVCC incoming relocation. This prevents relocation
failures caused by incorrect CKs.
0: This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CK of the last released
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the
last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation
fails.
27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent
by the cell broadcast center (CBC) server.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC correctly
processes the messages whose size is greater than 32
Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC cannot correctly
process the messages whose size is greater than
32Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(
Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process
Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to off, the original

processing method is used.
29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for
Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers)
Whether the optimized integrity protection function is
enabled for incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handovers.
1: This switch is set to on. The integrity protection
function is immediately activated for SRB0 to SRB4
after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is
complete.
0: This switch is set to off. The integrity protection
function is activated only for SRB2 after the incoming
L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. The
integrity protection for other SRBs (SRB0, SRB1,
SRB3, and SRB4) is activated only after the UE sends
a message.
30)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize CS Paging During RRC Procedures)
Whether the UE will be paged again when an TMSI-
based CS paging procedure occurs in parallel with an
RRC connection setup procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the TMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will be paged
again.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the TMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will not be
paged again.
31)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services)
Whether the rate optimization policy is applied in the
scenario where the radio link (RL) for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB.
1: This switch is set to on. The rate optimization
policy is applied in the scenario where the RL for
HSPA services changes inside the NodeB.
0: This switch is set to off. The rate optimization
policy is not applied in the scenario where the RL for
32)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the

Iur interface can be correctly processed.
1: This switch is set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface can be correctly
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface cannot be correctly
processed.
Disuse Statement:In future versions, the
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH bit field
value under the OptimizationSwitch4 parameter will
be deleted. Instead, the function of
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH will be
controlled by
L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH in
(OptimizationSwitch11, SET URRCTRLSWITCH).
GUI Value Range:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_S
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWIT
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH,
TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH,
IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH,
CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH,
D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH,
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH,
CH,
RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWITC
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH,
IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH,
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH,
IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWIT
CH,
URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWIT
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH,
SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH,
CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH,
INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITCH
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITC
tch4 RLSWI H(Reestablish TRB RLC in AM for RL Reestablish)
TCH
When radio link (RL) reestablishment is triggered
during RB related procedures, the encryption
parameters configured for the RNC become
inconsistent with those configured for the UE if the
following conditions are met: The RB related
procedure succeeds; the TRB is in acknowledged
mode (AM) or the size of the RLC PDU changes in
AM; the RLC entity is not reestablished for the TRB.
As a result, data transmission fails on the user plane,
and the TRB is reset. This parameter specifies whether
the RNC reestablishes the RLC entity for TRBs that
use AM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. The RLC entity is
0: This switch is turned off. The RLC entity is not
2)RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH(Optimize RL Reestablishment for UM
TRB)
When RL reestablishment is triggered during an RB
setup procedure in unacknowledged mode (UM), the
encryption parameters for the RNC and UE cannot be
reconfigured. As a result, after the RL is reestablished,
data transmission fails on the user plane because the
encryption parameters configured for the RNC are
inconsistent with those configured for the UE.
Services are interrupted. This parameter specifies
whether the RNC reestablishes the RL for TRBs that
use UM in the preceding scenario.
1: This switch is turned on. If the TRB has been
established for the UE, RL reestablishment is not
performed in the preceding scenario even if its trigger
conditions are met.
0: This switch is turned off. RL reestablishment is
performed in the preceding scenario when its trigger
conditions are met.
3)DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH(DRNC RL
Reestablishment Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC receives a complete message from
the UE during radio link (RL) reestablishment over
the Iur interface.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC receives a

complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not receive
a complete message from the UE in the preceding
scenario.
4)URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH
Whether the RAN processes a cell update procedure
caused by cell reselection, periodic cell update, UE re-
entering service area, or an RLC unrecoverable error
during a state transition from URA_PCH to
CELL_FACH.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAN processes the
cell update procedure during a state transition from
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAN determines that
the cell update procedure is abnormally triggered and
therefore does not process the procedure. As a result,
the cell update procedure times out, and the UE's
connection is abnormally released, increasing the call
drop rate.
5)RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message in AM to a UE in the CELL_FACH state.
BEARER SETUP message in AM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that cannot
receive this message in UM can now correctly receive
this message.
BEARER SETUP message in UM to a UE in the
CELL_FACH state.
6)RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state.
the CELL_FACH state. Therefore, those UEs that

WCDMA RAN

nd

the CELL_FACH state.
7)RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH
transitioning from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
the CELL_DCH state. Therefore, those UEs that
the CELL_DCH state.
8)RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the values of the
VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC
counters when performing smooth operations, as
scheduled at 3:00 early in the morning or triggered
due to an internal process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC corrects the
values of the VS.CellDCHUEs.RNC and
VS.CellFACHUEs.RNC counters when performing
smooth operations, as scheduled at 3:00 early in the
morning or triggered due to an internal process. That
is, the RNC does not include the number of UEs that
are processing a signaling procedure into the
measurement of the two counters.
0: This switch is turned off. When performing smooth
operations, as scheduled at 3:00 early in the morning
or triggered due to an internal process, the RNC
includes the number of UEs that are processing
signaling procedures into the measurement of the two
counters and repeats the measurement after their
signaling procedures are complete.
9)TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH
Whether to enable load sharing for the SRNS
procedure.
1: This switch is turned on. During an SRNS

WCDMA RAN

nd
procedure, the signaling and SCCP are processed by

the same signaling subsystem, and load sharing is
implemented between signaling subsystems.
0: This switch is turned off. During an SRNS
procedure, the signaling is processed by the signaling
subsystem that carries the serving cell.
10)IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH(Page
UEs When UEs Release Its CS/PS Connection)
Whether the RNC sends paging messages to UEs in
the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states when these
UEs are releasing their connections in the CS or PS
domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends paging
messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and URA_PCH
states when these UEs are releasing their connections
in the CS or PS domain.
paging messages to UEs in the CELL_PCH and
URA_PCH states when these UEs are releasing their
connections in the CS or PS domain.
11)CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH(CPC
Configuration Optimization Switch During RL Setup)
Whether the CPC is configured in an optimized way
during radio link (RL) setup.
1: This switch is set to on. The CPC is configured in
an optimized way during RL setup. That is, if the RL
activation time is carried, the RNC forwards the RL
activation time to the NodeB during RL setup. If the
RL activation time is not carried, the RNC changes
the Enabling Delay to 128.
0: This switch is set to off. The CPC is not configured
in an optimized way. That is, the RNC neither
forwards the RL activation time to the NodeB during
RL setup nor changes the Enabling Delay.
12) D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimization Switch for L2 Deactivation Failure
During D2P)
Whether to release the RRC connection after an L2
deactivation failure during the D2P state transition.
This switch is set to off by default.
released after an L2 deactivation failure.
not released after an L2 deactivation failure. The UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
stays in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state, and the

dedicated channel is released.
13)EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH(E-FACH
RRC Registration Compatibility Switch)
Whether special UEs use the E-FACH to carry their
RRC CONNECTION SETUP messages when the cell
is enabled with E-FACH.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC retransmits the
last RRC CONNECTION SETUP message on the E-
FACH if special users do not respond to the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message on the FACH. If the
UE returns an RRC CONNECTION SETUP CMP
message, the UE stays in the CELL_DCH state during
data transmission.
0: This switch is set to off. No special processing is
performed on special users.
14)
P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITCH
(Discard Responses with Incorrect TRANSCIDs from
UEs During P2D)
Whether the RNC discards a RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message
received from a UE during P2D state transitions when
the value of the "RRC transaction identifier" IE in the
message is incorrect.
message and waits for the UE's response.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC rolls back the
P2D state transition procedure.
15)
CH (HHO Rollback Switch for 12.2K AMR Services
with AMRC Enabled)
Whether the RNC performs rollback after 12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services experience hard handover failures
in the scenario where the narrowband AMRC function
takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not perform
scenario.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC performs
scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16)RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC allocates RG combination indexes
to radio links (RLs) for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
during UE-not-involved relocations.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes only to the RLs on the E-DCH
for UEs in the CELL_DCH state during UE-not-
involved relocations.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC allocates RG
combination indexes to all RLs for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state during UE-not-involved
relocations.
17)SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH(Support
Concurrence of CM and Cell Update)
Whether the RNC supports the concurrence of the
compressed mode (CM) procedure and the cell update
procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC rolls back the
CM procedure and then processes the cell update
message.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not support
the concurrence of the CM procedure and the cell
update procedure.
18)DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Procedures for HSPA UEs in CM Under the DRNC)
Whether to solve the problem that the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE message
(which carries the Transmission Gap Pattern Sequence
Information and HS-DSCH FDD Information IEs)
over the Iur interface.
1: This switch is set to on. the radio link
interface is successful after the DRNC receives the
preceding RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface.
0: This switch is set to off, the radio link
interface fails after the DRNC receives the preceding
RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION PREPARE
message over the Iur interface.
19)IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
TransID Allocation for Iub Messages)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC allocates TransIDs to Iub interface

messages in an optimized way.
1: This switch is set to on. the RNC allocates
TransIDs independently to each NodeB to prevent the
message out-of-order problem caused by NodeBs'
responses carrying the same TransID.
0: This switch is set to off. the RNC allocates a set of
TransIDs to the Iub interface messages for all
NodeBs.
20)L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC correctly reconfigures the
parameters related to the enhanced L2 feature in the
following scenario: The UE has established a service
and the service uses the enhanced L2 feature; the UE
initiates a second service and the second service
experiences a cell update failure during its setup and is
rolled back.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC correctly
configures the parameters related to the enhanced L2
feature and correctly processes the service setup and
cell update rollback in the preceding scenario.
When this switch is set to off, the RNC cannot
correctly configure the parameters related to the
enhanced L2 feature, and consequently call drops
occur.
21)ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH
Radio link (RL) reestablishment optimization switch
for the scenario where the following functions are
enabled: RB fast setup function for RB setups
accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs, and
hard handover fast reconfiguration.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC determines
whether a new RL is synchronized and whether the
CELL UPDATE message carries the reconfiguration
tag. If the RL is not synchronized and the CELL
UPDATE message does not carry the reconfiguration
tag, the RL is reestablished.
When this switch is set to off, the trigger conditions of
RL reestablishment remain unchanged.
22)RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH(IMSI-based
Handover Optimization Switch)
Whether the IMSI-based handover feature takes effect
in multioperator core network (MOCN) scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC releases the connections of the UEs using a

WCDMA RAN

nd
certain international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)

after receiving a COMMON ID message from the CN.
0: This switch is set to off. In MOCN scenarios, the
RNC does not release the connections of the UEs
using a certain IMSI after receiving a COMMON ID
23)IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_S
WITCH(Optimize the Priority Queue-Info-to-Modify
IE in RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE Messages over Iur)
Whether the RADIO LINK RECONFIGURATION
PREPARE message over the Iur interface carries the
MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or DiscardTimer field in
the Priority Queue-Info-to-Modify IE when the field
will remain unchanged after the reconfiguration.
1: This switch is set to on. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface carries the MAChsGuaranteedBitRate or
DiscardTimer field in the Priority Queue-Info-to-
Modify IE when the field will remain unchanged after
the reconfiguration. In this case, the DRNC can
successfully reinitiate a relocation process after a UE
of Release 6 and earlier versions whose SRB is carried
on an HSDPA channel is relocated to the DRNC.
0: This switch is set to off. the RADIO LINK
Iur interface does not carry the Priority Queue-Info-to-
Modify IE when MAChsGuaranteedBitRate and
DiscardTimer remain unchanged after the
reconfiguration. In this case, a UE of Release 6 and
earlier versions whose SRB is carried on an HSDPA
channel fails to reinitiate a relocation process after
being relocated to the DRNC.
24)URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SW
ITCH (No Paging Switch for LAC or SAC Change
During URA Update)
Whether paging is performed when the location area
code (LAC) or service area code (SAC) of the target
cell differs from that of the source cell during a
UTRAN registration area (URA) update.
1: This switch is set to on. Paging is not performed in
0: This switch is set to off. Paging is performed in the
preceding scenario.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimi
ze CS Paging During Cell Update)
Whether the RNC optimizes CS paging that occurs
during a cell update procedure.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC resends a paging
message to the UE after the paging and cell update are
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC does not resend a
paging message to the UE after the paging and cell
update are processed.
26)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH(S
RVCC Incoming Relocation Using CS CK Switch)
Whether UEs that are processing CS+PS combined
services use the CS cipher key (CK) during an
SRVCC incoming relocation.
1: This switch is set to on. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CS CK during an
SRVCC incoming relocation. This prevents relocation
failures caused by incorrect CKs.
0: This switch is set to off. UEs that are processing CS
+PS combined services use the CK of the last released
domain during an SRVCC incoming relocation. If the
last released domain is PS, the incoming relocation
fails.
27)SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITC
H(CBC Socket Receive Data Length Control Switch)
Whether the RNC correctly processes the messages
whose size is greater than 32 kbytes and that are sent
by the cell broadcast center (CBC) server.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC correctly
processes the messages whose size is greater than 32
Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC cannot correctly
process the messages whose size is greater than
32Kbytes and that are sent by the CBC server.
28)CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH(
Preferentially Process Cell Update in Process
Overlap)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the cell
update procedure when it overlaps with other
procedures.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC
preferentially processes the cell update procedure in

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: When this switch is set to off, the original

processing method is used.
29)INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H(Integrity Protection Optimization Switch for
Incoming Inter-RAT Handovers)
Whether the optimized integrity protection function is
enabled for incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT
handovers.
1: This switch is set to on. The integrity protection
function is immediately activated for SRB0 to SRB4
after the incoming L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is
complete.
0: This switch is set to off. The integrity protection
function is activated only for SRB2 after the incoming
L2U or G2U inter-RAT handover is complete. The
integrity protection for other SRBs (SRB0, SRB1,
SRB3, and SRB4) is activated only after the UE sends
a message.
30)CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize CS Paging During RRC Procedures)
Whether the UE will be paged again when an TMSI-
based CS paging procedure occurs in parallel with an
RRC connection setup procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the TMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will be paged
again.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If the TMSI-
based CS paging procedure fails, the UE will not be
paged again.
31)INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize the Rate upon NodeB RL Change for H
Services)
Whether the rate optimization policy is applied in the
scenario where the radio link (RL) for HSPA services
changes inside the NodeB.
1: This switch is set to on. The rate optimization
policy is applied in the scenario where the RL for
0: This switch is set to off. The rate optimization
policy is not applied in the scenario where the RL for
32)DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Parameter Update Optimization Switch on RNC)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RL PARA UPT IND message over the

Iur interface can be correctly processed.
1: This switch is set to on. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface can be correctly
processed.
0: This switch is set to off. The RL PARA UPT IND
message over the Iur interface cannot be correctly
processed.
Disuse Statement:In future versions, the
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH bit field
value under the OptimizationSwitch4 parameter will
be deleted. Instead, the function of
L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH will be
controlled by
L2_ENHANCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH in
(OptimizationSwitch11, SET URRCTRLSWITCH).
GUI Value Range:
WITCH, DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H, SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
, DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
CH,
H,
SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH,
CH,
CH,
PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
,
DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_UM_TRB_RLREEST_ADJUD_OPT_
SWITCH:0,DRNC_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
1,URA2FACH_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_PROC_SWI
TCH:0,RB_SETUP_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_D2F_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_F2D_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,RRC_UE_USER_SMOOTH_OPT_SWITCH:
1,TRNC_LOAD_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IU_SIG_REL_PCH_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,CPC_OPT_FOR_RLSETUP_SWITCH:
1,D2P_L2DEACT_FAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,EFACH_RRC_REG_CMP_SWITCH:
0,P2D_TSID_ERR_UE_RSP_MSG_DISCD_SWITC
H:
0,AMRC_ON_122_AMR_HHO_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH:
0,RELOC_IN_RG_COMB_INDEX_ALLOC_SWIT
CH:0,SCM_CU_CROSS_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_HSPA_CM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRANSID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,L2_ENHENCE_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ASYN_RL_REEST_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RNC_IMSI_HO_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUR_PRIQUEUE_INFO_TO_MODIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH:
0,URA_PCH_LAC_RAC_CHG_NO_PAGING_SWI
TCH:0,PAGING_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH:
1,SOCKET_RECEIVE_DATA_CORRECT_SWITCH
:1,CU_PRI_OVERLAP_OTHER_PROC_SWITCH:
0,INTERRAT2U_INTEG_PROTECT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_PAGING_OVERLAP_RRC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INTRA_NODEB_RLCC_INIT_CAP_OPT_SWITC
H:0,DRNC_RL_PARA_UPT_OPT_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its
RRC connection release, the RNC decreases the value
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
INFORMATION message sent by the RNC to UEs in
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Optimization Switch)
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE
under the OptimizationSwitch9 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON.
Scenario 1: The pre-configuration of the compressed
mode is timed out when a UE has connections over
the Iur interface. The UE subsequently initiates a
softer handover to a cell under the DRNC. During the
softer handover, the DRNC does not send a
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
Scenario 2: During a hard handover, the NodeB
notifies the RNC of an RL failure by RL set ID. On
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
Scenario 6: When a UE still has multiple RLs over the
Iur interface after the first RL is removed by the
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
Scenario 7: The RNSAP_RL_RECFG_READY
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) The
UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is carried
on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink Enhanced
L2 feature; (2) An RB reconfiguration procedure is
initiated to reconfigure the PS service to HSDPA
channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature.
The RB reconfiguration procedure is accompanied by
a serving cell change. Note: This solution takes effect
only when the same switch is set to on for the DRNC.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure in this scenario.
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNC after finishing a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The DRNC
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The DRNC
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition prior to the CS RAB
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
relocations of CS voice services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
AMRC function is enabled in either of the following
scenarios: A UE's response to the Cell Update
Confirm message does not contain the CFN. The RB
SETUP CMP message sent by a UE performing
combined services during a DRD procedure does not
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH,
CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITCH,
UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_SW
ITCH,
CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH,
IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CHG,
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH,
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET,
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH,
CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH,
NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH,
FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH,
SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SWI
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE
under the OptimizationSwitch9 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) The
UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is carried
on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink Enhanced
L2 feature; (2) An RB reconfiguration procedure is
initiated to reconfigure the PS service to HSDPA
channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature.
The RB reconfiguration procedure is accompanied by
a serving cell change. Note: This solution takes effect
only when the same switch is set to on for the DRNC.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- UE Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH(Opt
tch7 RLSWI WRFD- Connect imize F2PU During Cell Update Triggered by Cell
TCH 140103 ed Mode Reselection)
(CELL-
DCH, Whether the RNC discards a reconfiguration complete
CELL- message in CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH/URA_PCH
PCH, state transitions after sending a CELL UPDATE
URA- CONFIRM message to the UE when the
PCH, CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state
CELL- transition occurs during a cell update procedure
FACH) triggered by cell reselection, periodic cell update, or
UE re-entering service area.
Call
Reestabl 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
ishment discards the reconfiguration complete message in the
preceding scenario(you are also advised to select
URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch7 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command).
processing remains unchanged, that is, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE's connection in the
preceding scenario.
2)F2PU_DATATRANS_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH(O
ptimize F2PU During Cell Update Triggered by UL
Data Transmission)
Whether the RNC supports the CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state transition that occurs
during cell update procedures triggered by uplink data
transmission or paging response.
switches the UE to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state through the cell update procedure(you are also
advised to select
abnormally releases the UE's connection.
3)F2P_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH(F2P Using AM
RLC)
Whether UEs performing CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state transitions use AM RLC
or UM RLC.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. UEs

performing CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH/URA_PCH
state transitions use AM RLC.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. UEs
state transitions use UM RLC.
4)FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH(Out-of-
Service Optimization Switch for CELL_FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC identifies the CELL_FACH UEs
that are in the out-of-service state.
identifies the CELL_FACH UEs that are in the out-of-
service state.
does not identify the CELL_FACH UEs that are in the
out-of-service state.
5)P2D_PREPFAIL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimization
Switch for P2D Admission Failures)
Whether the RNC triggers a P2F state transition for
the UE that has experienced an RL setup failure, RL
setup timeout, or an admission failure during a P2D
state transition, U2D state transition, P2D DRD
procedure, or U2D DRD procedure triggered by the
cell update procedure.
switches the UE to the CELL_FACH state after a P2D
state transition failure or P2D DRD failure caused by
the preceding reasons.
does not switch the UE to the CELL_FACH state
when the P2D state transition or P2D DRD procedure
fails due to the preceding reasons.
6)URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Cell Update for UEs in the URA_PCH State)
Whether the RNC processes the Cell Update messages
with the cause value "Cell reselection" or "Periodic
cell update" sent by UEs in the URA_PCH state.
initiates reconfiguration procedures to switch UEs to
the CELL_PCH state.
does not process the Cell Update message in the
preceding scenario, and consequently UE connections
are abnormally released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
7)D2F_ABNORMAL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH(F
orce UEs to CELL_FACH upon D2F State Transition
Failures)
Whether the RNC commands UEs in the CELL_DCH
state to switch to the CELL_FACH state when these
UEs experience a failure during CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions. Such failures include
timeout, SRB reset, and TRB reset.
commands UEs in the CELL_DCH state to switch to
the CELL_FACH state in the preceding scenario.
does not command UEs in the CELL_DCH state to
switch to the CELL_FACH state in the preceding
scenario.
8)RLFAIL_OR_TRBRST_D2F_RLREEST_SWITC
H(D2F Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch
for Stable UEs After RL Failures or TRB Reset)
Whether the RNC triggers a CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for UEs with stable services when all its
RLs fail and cannot recover within the period of time
specified by a restoration timer or when the TRB is
reset.
triggers a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
reconfiguration and reestablishment procedure for
UEs with stable services in the preceding scenario.
does not trigger a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
9)UE_DCH_CU_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support RL
Reestablishment Through Cell Update for UEs in the
CELL_DCH State)
Whether the RNC supports RL reestablishment
through the cell update procedure for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state.
supports RL reestablishment through the cell update
procedure for UEs in the CELL_DCH state.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The original
processing remains unchanged.
10)CS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support
RL Reestablishment During CS RB Setup)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC supports RL reestablishment during

CS RB setup.
supports RL reestablishment during CS RB setup.
does not support RL reestablishment during CS RB
setup.
11)PS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support
RL Reestablishment During PS RB Setup)
PS RB setup.
supports RL reestablishment during PS RB setup.
does not support RL reestablishment during PS RB
setup.
12)RBSETUP_RLREEST_RABSETUPCNT_CORR
ECT(Correct RAB Measurement During RL
Reestablishment in RB Setup)
Whether the counter measuring the number of RAB
setup attempts is measured in scenarios of RL
reestablishment during RB setup.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the
RNC receives an IU REL COMMAND message from
the CN in scenarios of RL reestablishment during RB
setup, the counter measuring the number of RAB
setup attempts is measured.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When the
the CN in the preceding scenario, the counter
measuring the number of RAB setup attempts is not
measured.
13)RBSETUP_UEDCHCU_RABSETUPCNT_CORR
ECT(Correct RAB Measurement in Cell Update RL
Reestablishment Scenarios During RB Setup)
Whether to correct the measurement of RAB setup
attempts in scenarios where the UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC to reestablish its RL
during RB setup.
the CN in scenarios where the UE sends a CELL

WCDMA RAN

nd
during RB setup, the counter measuring the number of

RAB setup attempts is measured.
measured.
14)PROC_FOREC_SUCC_COUNTER_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize Measurement for Forced Successes)
Whether the counters measuring successful
procedures are measured when an unsuccessful
procedure is considered successful in RL
reestablishment scenarios.
counters measuring successful procedures are
measured when an unsuccessful procedure is
considered successful in RL reestablishment
scenarios.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The counters
measuring successful procedures are not measured
when an unsuccessful procedure is considered as
successful in RL reestablishment scenarios.
15)FD_SCRI_RCV_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
the PS signaling connection release indication
message that is received from a fast dormancy UE
during an RRC procedure.
releases the UE's PS signaling connection after
finishing the RRC procedure if either of the following
conditions is met: The PS signaling connection release
indication message does not contain the cause value
"UE Requested PS Data session end", and
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH under the
"PROCESSSWITCH2" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON. The
RNC has received a PS signaling connection release
indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data session end."
does not release the UE's PS signaling connection.
16)INNER_CBC_ENCODE_OPT_SWITCH(Built-in
CBC Coding Optimization Switch)
Whether the built-in CBC uses an optimized coding
scheme.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The built-in

CBC uses an optimized coding scheme, and a correct
terminator is added to the end of the code stream.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The built-in
CBC does not use an optimized coding scheme.
17)PLMNID_OPT_IN_RELOC_RQD_SWITCH(Opt
imize PLMN ID in the Relocation Required MSG)
Whether to optimize the PLMN ID in the Relocation
Required message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The PLMN
ID in the Relocation Required message is optimized.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The PLMN
ID in the Relocation Required message is not
optimized.
18)RB_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(RB
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the
optimization in RB procedure.
preferentially processes the following optimization:
(1)The RNC does not deactivate DC-HSDPA/DB-
HSDPA for a UE when sending a NAS RB
reconfiguration message to the UE.
(2)The RNC rolls back the new configuration of RLC
when the RB reconfiguration is failed.
does not preferentially process the optimization.
19)PLATINUM_TMSI_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITC
H(Optimize the Broadcast of Platinum User TMSIs)
Whether to optimize the broadcast of the temporary
mobile subscriber identities (TMSIs) of platinum
users.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The master
RNC sends TMSI broadcast messages to the other
RNCs carrying the same logical RNC if the message
delivery to one RNC fails.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The master
RNC terminates the delivery of TMSI broadcast
messages if the message delivery to one RNC carrying
the same logical RNC fails.
20)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether a UE can use the blacklisted Fast Radio

Bearer Setup feature when the UE's IMEI TAC is
unknown.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When a UE's
IMEI TAC is unknown, the UE cannot use the
blacklisted Fast Radio Bearer Setup feature.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When a
UE's IMEI TAC is unknown, the UE can use the
21)RB_SETUP_F2D_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(O
ptimize the Overlap of RAB Setup During F2D and
Cell Update)
Whether a RAB is successfully set up during a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition when
the RAB setup procedure overlaps with a cell update
procedure triggered by cell reselection, UE re-entering
service area, periodic cell update, or an RLC
unrecoverable error.
processes the cell update procedure in the preceding
scenario, and the RAB can be successfully set up.
scenario and does not process the RAB setup.
Consequently, the RAB setup fails.
22)RESTORE_DISCARD_RAB_ASSIGN_REQ_SW
ITCH(Restore the Discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ
Message)
Whether the RNC restores a discarded RAB ASSIGN
REQ message when starting the MBDR function.
restores a discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ message
when starting the MBDR function.
does not restore a discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ
message when starting the MBDR function.
23)IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH(Iur E2D
Optimization Switch for UEs with Only SRBs)
Whether the RNC successfully performs the
processing in the following scenario for UEs that have
only SRBs and have connections over the Iur
interface:

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE initiates a PS service over HSUPA channels,

and at the same time the SRB for the UE falls back
from the E-DCH to the DCH.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC correctly
fills in the RL reconfiguration message and
successfully performs the processing in the preceding
scenario.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC incorrectly
consequently fails to perform the processing in the
preceding scenario.
24)RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH(Correct The Measurement of R99 RAB Setup
Counters)
Whether the RNC correctly measures the number of
RAB setup attempts for HSPA services in scenarios
that meet the following conditions:
(1)A HSPA RAB setup procedure overlaps with a cell
update procedure, and the RNC fails to process these
overlapped procedures. Alternatively, an RL
reestablishment procedure is triggered during HSPA
RAB setup, and the RL reestablishment procedure
fails.
(2)The RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
under the "ImprovementSwitch" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to
ON.HSPA services include HSDPA, HSUPA, and
HSDPA/HSUPA services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The number
of HSPA RAB setup attempts is measured by the
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab and
VS.HSUPA.RAB.AttEstab counters.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If
RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWITCH
under the "OptimizationSwitch8" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to OFF,
the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services are
measured into the VS.RAB.AttEstab.PSR99 counter.
If this switch is set to ON, the RAB setup attempts for
HSPA services are measured into the
Note that HSPA services include HSDPA, HSUPA,
and HSDPA/HSUPA services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITC
H(Correct CFN in SRB over HSDPA Scenarios)
Whether the RNC obtains the CFN of the HS-DSCH
that carries the SRB after the UE has switched from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
obtains the CFN of the HS-DSCH that carries the SRB
after the preceding state transition is complete.
does not obtain the CFN of the HS-DSCH that carries
the SRB after the preceding state transition is
complete.
26)CS_RAB_SETUP_DRD_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
ed DRD for CS RAB Setup)
Whether the RNC saves the Iu User Plane (IuUP)
initialization results received during a DRD procedure
in CS RAB setup.
saves the IuUP initialization results received during a
DRD procedure in CS RAB setup.
does not save the IuUP initialization results received
during a DRD procedure in CS RAB setup.
27)SERVICE_QUALITY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH(Se
rvice Quality Measurement Optimization Switch)
service quality measurement.
performs optimized processing for service quality
measurement in the following scenarios:
(1)If a UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state
initiates a service and receives data or an alerting
message in the best cell under the DRNC and if the
UE initiates a second service in another state, the
RNC optimizes the measurement of the second
service.
(2)If the RRC Connection Request message sent by a
UE contains the "CSFB Indication" IE and the UE
establishes a CS service 10 seconds after the RRC
Connection Request message, the RNC determines
that the UE is not performing redirection-based CSFB.
(3)If a UE retains PS connections after its services are
released and if the UE initiates a service again, the
RNC uses counters for UEs in the CELL_FACH or

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH state to measure the service

establishment, depending on the UE's RRC connected
mode.
does not perform optimized processing for service
quality measurement in the following scenarios:
RNC does not optimize the measurement of the
second service.
that the UE is performing redirection-based CSFB.
RNC uses counters for UEs in the idle mode to
measure the service establishment.
28)IRATHO_HO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Optimization
Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes an outgoing inter-RAT
handover procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When UEs
performing combined services experience an outgoing
inter-RAT handover failure, the number of outgoing
inter-RAT PS handover failures is not measured.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When UEs
inter-RAT PS handover failures is measured based on
a specific reason.
29)IUB_ATM_IP_RL_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Reconfiguration Optimization Switch in ATM&IP)
Whether an RL reconfiguration message sent by the
RNC during an RL reconfiguration procedure contains
ATM transport layer information in Iub over hybrid
ATM&IP transmission.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. An RL
reconfiguration message sent by the RNC during an
RL reconfiguration procedure does not contain ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
transport layer information in Iub over hybrid

message contains ATM transport layer information in
30)ACTIVE_CMCF_FAIL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Rl
Reset after active cm fail)
Whether the RNC performs radio link reestablishment
in the following scenario: (1) The
CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH under the CmpSwitch2
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command is set to ON. (2) The compressed mode has
been activated on the NodeB side, and the physical
channel reconfiguration procedure fails or times out
over the Uu interface.
performs RL reestablishment in the preceding
scenario.
does not perform RL reestablishment in the preceding
scenario.
31)PFM_PS_CELLDCHUES_PLMN_OPTI_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of DCH
user number in a cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. the RNC
optimizes the measurement of DCH user number in
the following scenario: A PS user in the CELL_FACH
state initiates a CS service and switches to the
CELL_DCH state. After a RAB is set up for the UE,
the RNC receives a message indicating that resources
are insufficient.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. the RNC
does not optimize the measurement of DCH user
number.
32)RL_REEST_TRIGGER_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(En
able Preferential Processing of RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the RL
reestablishment message.
preferentially processes the RL reestablishment
message in the following scenarios:
(1)The RL reestablishment procedure encounters an
error when overlapping with another procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
(2)The RL reestablishment during a dynamic channel

configuration control (DCCC) procedure overlaps
with an Iu release procedure.
does not preferentially process the RL reestablishment
message in the preceding scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
F2PU_DATATRANS_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH,
F2P_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH,
FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH,
P2D_PREPFAIL_OPT_SWITCH,
URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
D2F_ABNORMAL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_OR_TRBRST_D2F_RLREEST_SWITCH,
UE_DCH_CU_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
CS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBSETUP_RLREEST_RABSETUPCNT_CORREC
T,
RBSETUP_UEDCHCU_RABSETUPCNT_CORREC
T,
PROC_FOREC_SUCC_COUNTER_OPT_SWITCH,
FD_SCRI_RCV_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH,
INNER_CBC_ENCODE_OPT_SWITCH,
PLMNID_OPT_IN_RELOC_RQD_SWITCH,
RB_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
PLATINUM_TMSI_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITCH,
SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_OPT_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_F2D_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH,
RESTORE_DISCARD_RAB_ASSIGN_REQ_SWIT
CH, IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H,
SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITCH,
CS_RAB_SETUP_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
SERVICE_QUALITY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
IUB_ATM_IP_RL_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
ACTIVE_CMCF_FAIL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
PFM_PS_CELLDCHUES_PLMN_OPTI_SWITCH,
RL_REEST_TRIGGER_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
T,
T,
CH,
IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
Default Value:
F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,F2PU_DATATRANS_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,F2P_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,P2D_PREPFAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,D2F_ABNORMAL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_OR_TRBRST_D2F_RLREEST_SWITCH
:0,UE_DCH_CU_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
1,PS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
1,RBSETUP_RLREEST_RABSETUPCNT_CORRE
CT:
0,RBSETUP_UEDCHCU_RABSETUPCNT_CORRE
CT:
0,PROC_FOREC_SUCC_COUNTER_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,FD_SCRI_RCV_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INNER_CBC_ENCODE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PLMNID_OPT_IN_RELOC_RQD_SWITCH:
0,RB_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PLATINUM_TMSI_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_F2D_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RESTORE_DISCARD_RAB_ASSIGN_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,CS_RAB_SETUP_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_QUALITY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITC
H:0,IUB_ATM_IP_RL_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ACTIVE_CMCF_FAIL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PFM_PS_CELLDCHUES_PLMN_OPTI_SWITCH
:0,RL_REEST_TRIGGER_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- UE Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 010202 State in 1)F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH(Opt
tch7 RLSWI WRFD- Connect imize F2PU During Cell Update Triggered by Cell
TCH 140103 ed Mode Reselection)
(CELL-
DCH, Whether the RNC discards a reconfiguration complete
CELL- message in CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH/URA_PCH
PCH, state transitions after sending a CELL UPDATE
URA- CONFIRM message to the UE when the
PCH, CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state
CELL- transition occurs during a cell update procedure
FACH) triggered by cell reselection, periodic cell update, or
UE re-entering service area.
Call
Reestabl 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
ishment discards the reconfiguration complete message in the
preceding scenario(you are also advised to select
abnormally releases the UE's connection in the
preceding scenario.
2)F2PU_DATATRANS_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH(O
ptimize F2PU During Cell Update Triggered by UL
Data Transmission)
Whether the RNC supports the CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state transition that occurs
during cell update procedures triggered by uplink data
transmission or paging response.
switches the UE to the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state through the cell update procedure(you are also
advised to select
abnormally releases the UE's connection.
3)F2P_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH(F2P Using AM
RLC)
Whether UEs performing CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state transitions use AM RLC
or UM RLC.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. UEs

state transitions use AM RLC.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. UEs
state transitions use UM RLC.
4)FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH(Out-of-
Service Optimization Switch for CELL_FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC identifies the CELL_FACH UEs
that are in the out-of-service state.
identifies the CELL_FACH UEs that are in the out-of-
service state.
does not identify the CELL_FACH UEs that are in the
out-of-service state.
5)P2D_PREPFAIL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimization
Switch for P2D Admission Failures)
Whether the RNC triggers a P2F state transition for
the UE that has experienced an RL setup failure, RL
setup timeout, or an admission failure during a P2D
state transition, U2D state transition, P2D DRD
procedure, or U2D DRD procedure triggered by the
cell update procedure.
switches the UE to the CELL_FACH state after a P2D
state transition failure or P2D DRD failure caused by
the preceding reasons.
does not switch the UE to the CELL_FACH state
when the P2D state transition or P2D DRD procedure
fails due to the preceding reasons.
6)URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Cell Update for UEs in the URA_PCH State)
Whether the RNC processes the Cell Update messages
with the cause value "Cell reselection" or "Periodic
cell update" sent by UEs in the URA_PCH state.
initiates reconfiguration procedures to switch UEs to
the CELL_PCH state.
does not process the Cell Update message in the
preceding scenario, and consequently UE connections
are abnormally released.

WCDMA RAN

nd
7)D2F_ABNORMAL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH(F
orce UEs to CELL_FACH upon D2F State Transition
Failures)
Whether the RNC commands UEs in the CELL_DCH
state to switch to the CELL_FACH state when these
UEs experience a failure during CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH state transitions. Such failures include
timeout, SRB reset, and TRB reset.
commands UEs in the CELL_DCH state to switch to
the CELL_FACH state in the preceding scenario.
does not command UEs in the CELL_DCH state to
switch to the CELL_FACH state in the preceding
scenario.
8)RLFAIL_OR_TRBRST_D2F_RLREEST_SWITC
H(D2F Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch
for Stable UEs After RL Failures or TRB Reset)
Whether the RNC triggers a CELL_DCH-to-
CELL_FACH reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for UEs with stable services when all its
RLs fail and cannot recover within the period of time
specified by a restoration timer or when the TRB is
reset.
triggers a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
does not trigger a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
9)UE_DCH_CU_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support RL
Reestablishment Through Cell Update for UEs in the
CELL_DCH State)
Whether the RNC supports RL reestablishment
through the cell update procedure for UEs in the
CELL_DCH state.
supports RL reestablishment through the cell update
procedure for UEs in the CELL_DCH state.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The original
processing remains unchanged.
10)CS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support
RL Reestablishment During CS RB Setup)

WCDMA RAN

nd

CS RB setup.
supports RL reestablishment during CS RB setup.
does not support RL reestablishment during CS RB
setup.
11)PS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Support
RL Reestablishment During PS RB Setup)
PS RB setup.
supports RL reestablishment during PS RB setup.
does not support RL reestablishment during PS RB
setup.
12)RBSETUP_RLREEST_RABSETUPCNT_CORR
ECT(Correct RAB Measurement During RL
Reestablishment in RB Setup)
Whether the counter measuring the number of RAB
setup attempts is measured in scenarios of RL
reestablishment during RB setup.
the CN in scenarios of RL reestablishment during RB
setup, the counter measuring the number of RAB
setup attempts is measured.
measured.
13)RBSETUP_UEDCHCU_RABSETUPCNT_CORR
ECT(Correct RAB Measurement in Cell Update RL
Reestablishment Scenarios During RB Setup)
Whether to correct the measurement of RAB setup
attempts in scenarios where the UE sends a CELL
during RB setup.
the CN in scenarios where the UE sends a CELL

WCDMA RAN

nd
during RB setup, the counter measuring the number of

RAB setup attempts is measured.
measured.
14)PROC_FOREC_SUCC_COUNTER_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimize Measurement for Forced Successes)
Whether the counters measuring successful
procedures are measured when an unsuccessful
procedure is considered successful in RL
reestablishment scenarios.
counters measuring successful procedures are
measured when an unsuccessful procedure is
considered successful in RL reestablishment
scenarios.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The counters
measuring successful procedures are not measured
when an unsuccessful procedure is considered as
successful in RL reestablishment scenarios.
15)FD_SCRI_RCV_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH
the PS signaling connection release indication
message that is received from a fast dormancy UE
during an RRC procedure.
releases the UE's PS signaling connection after
finishing the RRC procedure if either of the following
conditions is met: The PS signaling connection release
indication message does not contain the cause value
"UE Requested PS Data session end", and
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH under the
"PROCESSSWITCH2" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON. The
RNC has received a PS signaling connection release
indication message with the cause value "UE
Requested PS Data session end."
does not release the UE's PS signaling connection.
16)INNER_CBC_ENCODE_OPT_SWITCH(Built-in
CBC Coding Optimization Switch)
Whether the built-in CBC uses an optimized coding
scheme.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The built-in

CBC uses an optimized coding scheme, and a correct
terminator is added to the end of the code stream.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The built-in
CBC does not use an optimized coding scheme.
17)PLMNID_OPT_IN_RELOC_RQD_SWITCH(Opt
imize PLMN ID in the Relocation Required MSG)
Whether to optimize the PLMN ID in the Relocation
Required message.
ID in the Relocation Required message is optimized.
ID in the Relocation Required message is not
optimized.
18)RB_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH(RB
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the
optimization in RB procedure.
preferentially processes the following optimization:
(1)The RNC does not deactivate DC-HSDPA/DB-
HSDPA for a UE when sending a NAS RB
reconfiguration message to the UE.
(2)The RNC rolls back the new configuration of RLC
when the RB reconfiguration is failed.
does not preferentially process the optimization.
19)PLATINUM_TMSI_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITC
H(Optimize the Broadcast of Platinum User TMSIs)
Whether to optimize the broadcast of the temporary
mobile subscriber identities (TMSIs) of platinum
users.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The master
RNC sends TMSI broadcast messages to the other
RNCs carrying the same logical RNC if the message
delivery to one RNC fails.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The master
RNC terminates the delivery of TMSI broadcast
messages if the message delivery to one RNC carrying
the same logical RNC fails.
20)SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether a UE can use the blacklisted Fast Radio

Bearer Setup feature when the UE's IMEI TAC is
unknown.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When a UE's
IMEI TAC is unknown, the UE cannot use the
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When a
UE's IMEI TAC is unknown, the UE can use the
21)RB_SETUP_F2D_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(O
ptimize the Overlap of RAB Setup During F2D and
Cell Update)
Whether a RAB is successfully set up during a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition when
the RAB setup procedure overlaps with a cell update
procedure triggered by cell reselection, UE re-entering
service area, periodic cell update, or an RLC
unrecoverable error.
scenario, and the RAB can be successfully set up.
scenario and does not process the RAB setup.
Consequently, the RAB setup fails.
22)RESTORE_DISCARD_RAB_ASSIGN_REQ_SW
ITCH(Restore the Discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ
Message)
Whether the RNC restores a discarded RAB ASSIGN
REQ message when starting the MBDR function.
restores a discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ message
when starting the MBDR function.
does not restore a discarded RAB ASSIGN REQ
message when starting the MBDR function.
23)IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH(Iur E2D
Optimization Switch for UEs with Only SRBs)
Whether the RNC successfully performs the
processing in the following scenario for UEs that have
only SRBs and have connections over the Iur
interface:

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE initiates a PS service over HSUPA channels,

and at the same time the SRB for the UE falls back
from the E-DCH to the DCH.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC correctly
successfully performs the processing in the preceding
scenario.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC incorrectly
consequently fails to perform the processing in the
preceding scenario.
24)RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWI
TCH(Correct The Measurement of R99 RAB Setup
Counters)
Whether the RNC correctly measures the number of
RAB setup attempts for HSPA services in scenarios
that meet the following conditions:
(1)A HSPA RAB setup procedure overlaps with a cell
update procedure, and the RNC fails to process these
overlapped procedures. Alternatively, an RL
reestablishment procedure is triggered during HSPA
RAB setup, and the RL reestablishment procedure
fails.
(2)The RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH
under the "ImprovementSwitch" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to
ON.HSPA services include HSDPA, HSUPA, and
HSDPA/HSUPA services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The number
of HSPA RAB setup attempts is measured by the
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. If
RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWITCH
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to OFF,
the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services are
measured into the VS.RAB.AttEstab.PSR99 counter.
If this switch is set to ON, the RAB setup attempts for
HSPA services are measured into the
Note that HSPA services include HSDPA, HSUPA,
and HSDPA/HSUPA services.

WCDMA RAN

nd
25)SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITC
H(Correct CFN in SRB over HSDPA Scenarios)
Whether the RNC obtains the CFN of the HS-DSCH
that carries the SRB after the UE has switched from
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state.
obtains the CFN of the HS-DSCH that carries the SRB
after the preceding state transition is complete.
does not obtain the CFN of the HS-DSCH that carries
the SRB after the preceding state transition is
complete.
26)CS_RAB_SETUP_DRD_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
ed DRD for CS RAB Setup)
Whether the RNC saves the Iu User Plane (IuUP)
initialization results received during a DRD procedure
in CS RAB setup.
saves the IuUP initialization results received during a
DRD procedure in CS RAB setup.
does not save the IuUP initialization results received
during a DRD procedure in CS RAB setup.
27)SERVICE_QUALITY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH(Se
rvice Quality Measurement Optimization Switch)
service quality measurement.
performs optimized processing for service quality
measurement in the following scenarios:
RNC optimizes the measurement of the second
service.
that the UE is not performing redirection-based CSFB.
RNC uses counters for UEs in the CELL_FACH or

WCDMA RAN

nd
CELL_DCH state to measure the service

establishment, depending on the UE's RRC connected
mode.
does not perform optimized processing for service
quality measurement in the following scenarios:
RNC does not optimize the measurement of the
second service.
that the UE is performing redirection-based CSFB.
RNC uses counters for UEs in the idle mode to
measure the service establishment.
28)IRATHO_HO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Outgoing Inter-RAT Handover Optimization
Switch)
Whether the RNC optimizes an outgoing inter-RAT
handover procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When UEs
inter-RAT PS handover failures is not measured.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When UEs
inter-RAT PS handover failures is measured based on
a specific reason.
29)IUB_ATM_IP_RL_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(RL
Reconfiguration Optimization Switch in ATM&IP)
Whether an RL reconfiguration message sent by the
RNC during an RL reconfiguration procedure contains
ATM transport layer information in Iub over hybrid
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. An RL
reconfiguration message sent by the RNC during an
RL reconfiguration procedure does not contain ATM

WCDMA RAN

nd
transport layer information in Iub over hybrid

message contains ATM transport layer information in
30)ACTIVE_CMCF_FAIL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Rl
Reset after active cm fail)
Whether the RNC performs radio link reestablishment
in the following scenario: (1) The
CMP_IUR_CMCF_SWITCH under the CmpSwitch2
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command is set to ON. (2) The compressed mode has
been activated on the NodeB side, and the physical
channel reconfiguration procedure fails or times out
over the Uu interface.
performs RL reestablishment in the preceding
scenario.
does not perform RL reestablishment in the preceding
scenario.
31)PFM_PS_CELLDCHUES_PLMN_OPTI_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of DCH
user number in a cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. the RNC
optimizes the measurement of DCH user number in
the following scenario: A PS user in the CELL_FACH
state initiates a CS service and switches to the
CELL_DCH state. After a RAB is set up for the UE,
the RNC receives a message indicating that resources
are insufficient.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. the RNC
does not optimize the measurement of DCH user
number.
32)RL_REEST_TRIGGER_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(En
able Preferential Processing of RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC preferentially processes the RL
reestablishment message.
preferentially processes the RL reestablishment
message in the following scenarios:
(1)The RL reestablishment procedure encounters an
error when overlapping with another procedure.

WCDMA RAN

nd
(2)The RL reestablishment during a dynamic channel

configuration control (DCCC) procedure overlaps
with an Iu release procedure.
does not preferentially process the RL reestablishment
message in the preceding scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
T,
T,
CH, IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
T,
T,
CH,
IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
Default Value:
F2PU_RESELECT_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,F2PU_DATATRANS_CU_OVERLAP_SWITCH:
0,F2P_USE_AM_RLC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_OUTOFSER_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,P2D_PREPFAIL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,URA_PCH_RESEL_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,D2F_ABNORMAL_FORCETOFACH_SWITCH:
0,RLFAIL_OR_TRBRST_D2F_RLREEST_SWITCH
:0,UE_DCH_CU_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
1,PS_RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
1,RBSETUP_RLREEST_RABSETUPCNT_CORRE
CT:
0,RBSETUP_UEDCHCU_RABSETUPCNT_CORRE
CT:
0,PROC_FOREC_SUCC_COUNTER_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,FD_SCRI_RCV_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INNER_CBC_ENCODE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PLMNID_OPT_IN_RELOC_RQD_SWITCH:
0,RB_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PLATINUM_TMSI_BROADCAST_OPT_SWITC
H:0,SPECUSER_FAST_RBCFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_F2D_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RESTORE_DISCARD_RAB_ASSIGN_REQ_SWI
TCH:0,IUR_SIG_E2D_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWIT
CH:
0,SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,CS_RAB_SETUP_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SERVICE_QUALITY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HO_OUT_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITC
H:0,IUB_ATM_IP_RL_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,ACTIVE_CMCF_FAIL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,PFM_PS_CELLDCHUES_PLMN_OPTI_SWITCH
:0,RL_REEST_TRIGGER_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
CH4 RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2 Connect
rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
ion and
WRFD- AMR-NB speech services. It is recommended that the
Radio
010101 timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
Access
UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
WRFD- Bearer
this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
140226 Establis
AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD- hment
feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103 and
handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
Release
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of
support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
One CS
WRFD- 12.2k AMR-NB speech services, leading to call drops.
Service
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304 ations CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
Fast IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
WRFD-
Return CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
020305
from information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
WRFD- UMTS IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
020306 to LTE as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
Reestabl the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
ishment CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
System (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Direct Cell Update Procedures)
Retry Whether the RNC proceeds with PS RAB setup in a
Voice state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH if
Service the same UE reports a CELL UPDATE message with
Experie the cause value "cell reselection" during the PS RAB
nce setup.
Improve 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC rolls back the
ment for PS RAB setup procedure without sending a response
Weak message to the CN. The RNC proceeds with the RAB
Receptio assignment procedure after finishing the cell update
n Ues procedure.
Inter 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC rolls back the
Frequen PS RAB setup procedure and sends a RAB

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the CN,

Handov which indicates a RAB assignment failure. The PS
er Based service setup fails.
on 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
Coverag for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
e Uplink and Downlink Transmissions)
Inter-
This switch is turned on to increase the total
RAT
throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Handov
uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
er Based
simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
on
turn off the switch.
Coverag
e 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Inter
and downlink transmissions takes effect.
Frequen
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
Handov the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
er Based and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
on DL 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
QoS Re-establishments During the Physical Channel
Inter- Reconfiguration)
RAT
1: This switch is turned on. When UE sends the RNC
Handov
a Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
er Based
Link Failure", the RNC reestablishes the radio link for
on
the UE under the following conditions:
Service
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Inter-
Reconfiguration message.
RAT
Handov The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
er Based on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
on Load the UE are out of synchronization.
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the
preceding conditions.
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
performing radio link reestablishment.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for
RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting

for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking
between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY

REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not put the
activation time information element (IE) in the hard
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC puts the
activation time IE in the hard handover configuration
message for CS services. After receiving the message,
the UE activates the configuration at the specified
activation time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15) R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs
That Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPUe resources in any subrack to UEs that
comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC preferentially
allocates DPU resources in the subrack that the UEs
access to UEs that comply with 3GPP Release 8 or
later. The RNC allocates DPU resources in other
subracks only when the amount of consumed DPU
resources in this subrack exceeds a preset threshold
for inter-subrack resource sharing.
16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for
Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and

after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Re-establishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
RL for the UE during a UMTS-to-GSM handover if
RNC detects an SRB reset or all RLs for the UE are
out of synchronization after the RNC sends the UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND or a
CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN message.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message after
sending either of the preceding messages to the UE
during a UMTS-to-GSM handover, the RNC supports
parallel handling of the UMTS-to-GSM handover and
cell update procedures.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC neither
reestablishes the RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario nor supports the parallel handling of the
UMTS-to-GSM handover and cell update procedures.
18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Re-establishments Triggered by TRB RESET)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes a
radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic

WCDMA RAN

nd
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the

following conditions:
UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
19)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Re-establishments During a PS RB Release)
RL for the UE processing CS+PS combined services
during a PS RB release procedure under the following
conditions:
The RNC detects an SRB reset, all uplink RLs for the
UE are out of synchronization upon expiration of the
RL recovery timer, or the RNC does not receive a
response from the UE after sending a RADIO
BEARER RELEASE message to the UE.
If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message with
the cause value "RL Failure", "RLC unrecoverable
error", or "re-entering service area" from the UE
processing CS+PS combined services during a PS RB
release procedure, the RNC performs parallel handing
of the PS RB release and cell update procedures.
It is recommended that this switch be turned on
together with
RB_RLREEST_AM_TRB_RLC_REEST_SWITCH
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC neither
reestablishes the RL for the UE in the preceding
scenario nor supports the parallel handing of the PS
RB release and cell update procedures.
20)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Re-establishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
The RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.

WCDMA RAN

nd
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC

sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
21)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the
counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
22)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH
Whether to reestablish the call for the UE that sends a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes the
call for the UE that sends a CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable error" in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state.
reestablish the call for the UE that sends a CELL
UPDATE message with the cause value "RLC
unrecoverable error" in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH
state.
23)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is

configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
24)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
25)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the enhanced function of call reestablishment
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
processes the CELL UPDATE message.
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message.
This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC

WCDMA RAN

nd
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"

when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,
processes the CELL UPDATE message. It is
recommended that this switch be used together with
the
in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command.
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
27)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for such
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
28)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
REQUEST or IU RELEASE COMPLETE message
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
29)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of

reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
30)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET
message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on, The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off, The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
31)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
32)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Disuse
Statement:PROCESSSWITCH4:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE
_SWITCH(SET URRCTRLSWITCH) will be
replaced with
OptimizationSwitch:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH
(SET URRCTRLPHYSWITCH) in later versions. The
configuration interface in this version supports
delivery of the settings of both
PROCESSSWITCH4:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITC
H(SET URRCTRLSWITCH) and
OptimizationSwitch:R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH
(SET URRCTRLPHYSWITCH). Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH,
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITC
H, UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWI
TCH,
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
ROR_SWITCH,
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Process BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

Switch4 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1) AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (HHO
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps Rollback Switch for 12.2k AMR-NB Services)
TCH 0106090 RRC
Connect 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC supports
2
ion and rollback caused by failed hard handovers of 12.2k
WRFD- Radio AMR speech services. It is recommended that the
010101 Access timer T312 be set to 1 second (SET
WRFD- Bearer UCONNMODETIMER: T312=1;) before turning on
140226 Establis this switch. If the timer T312 is not set to 1 second,
hment AMR noise will occur on some UEs. If the AMRC
WRFD-
and feature is enabled, the RNC supports the hard
140103
Release handover failure rollback of only for 12.2 kbit/s
WRFD- narrowband AMR services.
0204000 Combin
2 ation of 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
One CS support rollback caused by failed hard handovers of
WRFD- Service 12.2k AMR speech services, leading to call drops.
140205 and One 2) RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
WRFD- PS CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
020302 Service Switch)
WRFD- 3GPP Whether optimization of the RRC CONNECTION
020303 R9 SETUP message takes effect.
WRFD- Specific
ations 1: This switch is turned on. Optimization of the RRC
020304
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the
WRFD- Fast
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
020305 Return
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
from
WRFD- information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
UMTS
020306 IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same
to LTE
as RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message.
Call
Reestabl 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not replace
ishment the IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message.
Inter
System 3) PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Direct (Switch for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and
Retry Cell Update Procedures)
Voice During the PS service setup, the RNC undoes a
Service CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
Experie procedure when it receives a CELL UPDATE message
nce with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
Improve procedure.
ment for 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC temporarily
Weak does not send the
Receptio RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
n Ues CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
Inter the CELL UPDATE message is processed and the PS
Frequen service is set up successfully.

WCDMA RAN

nd
cy Hard 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly

Handov responds to the CN with a
er Based RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
on the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interface-
Coverag procedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
e indicating that the PS service fails to be set up.
Inter- 4) TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch
RAT for Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous
Handov uplink and downlink Transmissions)
er Based This switch is turned on to increase the total
on throughput in the uplink and downlink only when
Coverag uplink and downlink HSPA data is transmitted
e simultaneously. In other scenarios, you are advised to
Inter turn off the switch.
Frequen 1: This switch is turned on. The function of increasing
cy Hard the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
Handov and downlink transmissions takes effect.
er Based
on DL 0: This switch is turned off. The function of increasing
QoS the total throughput in the case of simultaneous uplink
and downlink transmissions does not take effect.
Inter-
RAT 5) PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Handov Re-establishments During the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration)
on 1: This switch is turned on. The UE sends the RNC a
Service Cell Update message with the cause value "Radio
Inter- Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes the radio link
RAT for the UE under the following conditions:
Handov The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
er Based Reconfiguration message.
on Load The RNC detects interrupted downlink transmission
on SRB2 or the NodeB reports that all radio links of
the UE are out of synchronization.
6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch)
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC deletes the
existing Iur radio links for the UE during the RNC
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
7) RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for

RL Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB
Setup)
1: This switch is turned on. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure:
The RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if
the RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset
timer.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or
REENTERED SERVICE AREA.
0: This switch is turned off. When the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during an RB setup D2D
procedure, the RNC does not perform an RL
reestablishment or cell update even if the trigger
conditions are met.
8)
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset)
When the RNC receives a TRB reset request from a
UE in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC cannot
respond to the UE with a confirm message if the
FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from
the UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold.
1: This switch is turned on. The UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not move
from the CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state.
This function helps to reduce the number of call drops
caused by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset
requests during FACH congestion.
9) SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL
Message Switch)
Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL message to
the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
command is turned on, testing the interworking

between the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN
needs to verify the serial number of direct transfer
messages, turn on this switch.
The RNC rather than the CS CN sends an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to a UE to obtain its IMEI. Upon
receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE message from
the UE:
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an MM
NULL message to the CS CN.
an MM NULL message to the CS CN.
10)FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH
CS paging message processing switch for UEs in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state that support fast
dormancy on the drift radio network controller
(DRNC) side.
1: This switch is turned on. The SRNC instructs these
UEs to move to the CELL_DCH state and to establish
CS services when these UEs receive a CS paging
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
paging message.
11)CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315
timer in the cell update message received by the UE
expires.
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message expires.
releases the connection of the UE when the T314/
T315 timer in the cell update message expires.
12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO)
handover configuration message for CS services.
After receiving the message, the UE immediately
activates the configuration.

WCDMA RAN

nd

message for CS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO)
handover configuration message for PS services. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates
the configuration.
message for PS services. After receiving the message,
activation time.
14)
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO)
handover configuration message across the Iur
interface. After receiving the message, the UE
immediately activates the configuration.
message across the Iur interface. After receiving the
message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time.
15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch for
Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH)
Whether the RNC queries the RLC state before and
after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B.
A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC queries the RLC
state before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event

4B. If the state query fails, the UE does not perform
the state transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE
continues with the state transition. The RNC queries
the RLC state again after the state transition is
complete and before the L2 link is deactivated. If
there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB data to be transmitted to
the UE on the RLC, the paging procedure is triggered.
0: This switch is turned off. The original state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH is used.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(S
witch for RL Re-establishments During the inter-RAT
Handover)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a inter-RAT
Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization upon
expiration of the RL Restore timer after the RNC
sends UE a HANDOVER FROM UTRAN
COMMAND message or a CELL CHANGE ORDER
FROM UTRAN message and UE fails to receive these
two messages.
17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for
RL Re-establishments Triggered by TRB RESET)
radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC detects a traffic
radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) under the
following conditions:
UE is in CELL_DCH state and UE is not in any
signaling procedure.
UE has only one PS RAB.
18)RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Re-establishments During a PS RB Release)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer

WCDMA RAN

nd
(RB) release procedure under the following

conditions:
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message.
The UE has both CS RAB and PS RAB.
The UE is in CELL_DCH state.
It is recommended that this switch be used together
with the
19)RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH(
Switch for Enhanced RL Re-establishments During an
RB setup)
radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio bearer (RB)
setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure
under the following conditions:
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message.
The UE has no response to the RNC after the RNC
sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP message.
The switch RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
And it is recommended that the
and
WITCH in the "OptimizationSwitch4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command be set to
on.
20)RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether to correct the methods for measuring the

counters related to RAB setup or reconfiguration
failures of UEs in the CELL_FACH state. The RAB
setup or reconfiguration is triggered by the F2F or
F2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The measurement methods
of these counters are corrected based on the
measurement points.
0: This switch is turned off. The measurement
methods of these counters remain unchanged.
21)PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH(RL Reestablishment Switch for PCH
UEs Experiencing RLC Unrecoverable Errors)
Whether the RNC reestablishes the radio link (RL) for
the UE in the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state after
receiving a cell update message with the cause value
"RLC unrecoverable error" from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE.
0: This switch is set to off. When a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state sends a cell update
message with the cause value "RLC unrecoverable
error", the RNC does not reestablish the RL for the
UE.
22)FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWI
TCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection.
1: This switch is turned on. If the best cell is
configured with a neighboring LTE cell and its
priority is lower than the priority of the neighboring
LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell reselection.
0: This switch is turned off. The UE does not perform
fast cell reselection.
23)UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer
is specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
parameter in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE

transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires.
0: This switch is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from the CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when
the inactivity timer expires.
24)PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during physical channel reconfiguration takes effect.
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE with a cause value of "radio link
failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering
service area" when expecting a response from the UE
to the physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
25)RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
during RB reconfiguration takes effect.
message when RB reconfiguration is in progress. The
RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from a UE
with a cause value of "radio link failure", "RLC
unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service area"
when expecting a response from the UE to the RB
reconfiguration process. In this scenario,
It is recommended that this switch be used together
with the
preferentially process the CELL UPDATE message in

WCDMA RAN

nd

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected.
26)SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH
Whether to stop RLC entities (except RLC entities
used by SRB2) for security-mode-enabled UEs whose
user signaling (except cell-related signaling) is
processed by their overflow RNCs due to load sharing
and that are in the security mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC stops RLC
UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused by the
ciphering activation time inconsistency between the
UEs and RNC.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC suspends RLC
UEs.
27)GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SW
ITCH
Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain.
1: This switch is turned on. The RAB RELEASE
carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.413.
0: This switch is turned off. The RAB RELEASE
does not carry the IE GTP PDU SN.
28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-order-
requested.
1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U DL
transmission is not reordered.
0: This switch is turned off. The GTP-U DL
transmission uses the DL GTP PDU SN carried by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message as the first
SN for reordering.
29)DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether not to immediately process a TRB RESET

message if the corresponding TRB resets when an
RRC-related process is in progress. Note that the
RRC-related process is a process that is initiated after
the UE in question has set up a service.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC processes the
message after the RRC-related process is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC immediately
processes the message, releases the RAB of the UE,
and notifies the CN that the release is an abnormal
release.
30)RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH
Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH
state transition for a UE not performing any RRC-
related process if the RNC detects a TRB reset.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC triggers a
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for such
a UE upon detecting a TRB reset.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC directly releases
the service of the UE and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release.
31)RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC reconfigures the
transport layer information and continues with data
transmission. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.413.
reconfigure the transport layer information and data
cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
ROR_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ROR_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
TCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH:
0,AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWIT
CH:0,SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH:
0,FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITC
H:0,CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH:
0,PCH_UE_RLC_UNRECOVERABLEER-
ROR_SWITCH:
0,FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH:
0,UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH:
0,SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH:
1,GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWI
TCH:1,CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH:
0,DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
Whether to use the RB fast setup function for RB
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
1: This switch is turned on. The RB fast setup function
is used for RB setups accompanied by DRDs with
changing SRBs.
0: This switch is turned off. The simultaneous setup
procedure is used for RB setups accompanied by
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.216.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
This switch is set to OFF by default.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent to UEs complying with 3GPP
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
of querying UEs' uplink data acceleration capability is
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH,
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITCH
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITCH
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH,
CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH,
PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH,
D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_SW
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
changing SRBs.
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.216.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells for inter-frequency blind handovers
on in a system information message.
WRFD- Control
020131 2.
HSUPA PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
WRFD- Time ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
010612 Division Whether to consider the percentage of HSDPA
WRFD- Scheduli guaranteed bit power (GBP) in downlink transmit
020402 ng power load calculation in a cell.
Optimiz 1: This switch is turned on. The percentage of HSDPA
ation of GBP is considered in downlink transmit power load
R99 and calculation in a cell. Besides, during neighboring cell
HSUPA selection for a measurement-based directed retry
Users (MBDR), handovers to a neighboring cell are
Fairness forbidden in either of the following situations:
HSUPA -The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
Introduc cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
tion multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold.
Package -The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
Measure cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
ment multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold.
Based 0: This switch is turned off. The percentage of
Direct HSDPA GBP is not considered in downlink transmit
Retry power load calculation in a cell. Besides, during
neighboring cell selection for an MBDR, handovers to
a neighboring cell are forbidden in either of the
following situations:
-The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold and less
than the uplink cell power threshold.
-The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold and
less than the downlink cell power threshold.
3.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or

equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
5. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
6.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWIT
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
7. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
8. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
9.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel

codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.
10.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
11.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITC
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
12. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
13. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not update the background noise value based on the

common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.
14. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
HS-DSCH Radio Network Temporary Identity
(HRNTI) optimization algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the hamming distance
between the HRNTI identifiers distributed by the
RNC is larger than or equal to 4, which effectively
avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is larger than or
equal to 1.
15.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITC
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
16. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
17.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only

on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters
in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
18.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
19. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
20. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter.
21.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.

WCDMA RAN

nd
22.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is
turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR
status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
23.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
24. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
25.
PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWIT
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to ON, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to OFF, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is only limited by the FACH UE specification.
26.
PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWIT
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and

WCDMA RAN

nd
preemption. When this switch is set to ON, the user

selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static
relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user
priority is used for LDR and preemption.
27. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
28. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
correctly maintains the LCG CE resources used by a
UE after an RRC connection setup. If the UE is
preempted, these resources are provided to the
preempting UE. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC cannot update the LCG CE resources used by a
UE in time, which leads to incorrect resource
maintenance and affects the calculation of resources
for preemption.
29.
PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWITC
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
30.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.
This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC uses the original DOFF
allocation algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE
whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to

WCDMA RAN

nd
an F2D or P2D state transition). This cannot ensure

even DOFF distribution. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses the optimized DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF
distribution.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
CH, PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
TCH,
, PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- System Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UNBMP 010401 Informat 1.
tch ARA WRFD- ion PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH(R99Cell
020101 Broadca BroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch is
sting turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
WRFD-
150222 Admissi neighboring cells for inter-frequency blind handovers
on in a system information message.
WRFD- Control
020131 2.
HSUPA PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH(O
WRFD- Time ptimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm Switch):
010612 Division Whether to consider the percentage of HSDPA
WRFD- Scheduli guaranteed bit power (GBP) in downlink transmit
020402 ng power load calculation in a cell.
Optimiz 1: This switch is turned on. The percentage of HSDPA
ation of GBP is considered in downlink transmit power load
R99 and calculation in a cell. Besides, during neighboring cell
HSUPA selection for a measurement-based directed retry
Users (MBDR), handovers to a neighboring cell are
Fairness forbidden in either of the following situations:
HSUPA -The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
Introduc cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
tion multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold.
Package -The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
Measure cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
ment multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold.
Based 0: This switch is turned off. The percentage of
Direct HSDPA GBP is not considered in downlink transmit
Retry power load calculation in a cell. Besides, during
neighboring cell selection for an MBDR, handovers to
a neighboring cell are forbidden in either of the
following situations:
-The uplink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the uplink cell power threshold and less
than the uplink cell power threshold.
-The downlink transmit power load in the neighboring
cell is greater than InterRatDlMbdrTrigThreshold
multiplied by the downlink cell power threshold and
less than the downlink cell power threshold.
3.
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results
of equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned
on, the optimized calculation results can accurately
reflect the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only
when the HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater

WCDMA RAN

nd
than 750 kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or

equal to 750 kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the
algorithm for calculating the number of equivalent
HSUPA UEs will not be optimized.
4. PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple
RLs occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a
NodeB. When this switch is turned off, all local cell
groups consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy
more than one local cell group, no matter whether the
UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
5. PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the
idle mode.This parameter is an advanced parameter.
To modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support.
6.
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5.
7. PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell
at a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the
scheduling efficiency. When this switch is turned on,
the 64-frame-period scheduling is used. When this
switch is turned off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is
not used.
8. PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch
is turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell
are combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent
messages.
9.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are pre-
allocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, E-
AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the

WCDMA RAN

nd
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel

codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established.
10.
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose
both uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels.
When this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces
the BE service rate of only the users whose uplink and
downlink services are carried on R99 channels.
11.
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the
HS-PDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated.
When this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been
activated, no matter whether the last SF16 code is
vacant, the RNC repeatedly attempts to allocate this
code to the HS-PDSCH This improves the SF
spreading code usage. If the HS-PDSCH setup fails,
the RNC allocates the last vacant SF16 code to the
HS-PDSCH. When this switch is turned off and
HSDPA has been activated, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code first to the HS-PDSCH. This
improves the HSDPA activation efficiency.
12. PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D
for short) when a cell is in the overload control (OLC)
state. When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows
the DCCC-triggered F2D state transition. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC does not support the
DCCC-triggered F2D state transition.
13. PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH
state are served by the cell. When this switch is turned
off, upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does

WCDMA RAN

nd
not update the background noise value based on the

common measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load.
14. PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
HS-DSCH Radio Network Temporary Identity
(HRNTI) optimization algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, the hamming distance
between the HRNTI identifiers distributed by the
RNC is larger than or equal to 4, which effectively
avoids incorrect demodulation. When this switch is
turned off, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is larger than or
equal to 1.
15.
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for
F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically
or when SF code resource allocation fails and releases
the unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not check the
usage of F-DPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-
DPCH codes.
16. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell
setup. When this switch is turned on, the channel
codes released by a common channel are reserved
during reestablishment of the common channel. That
is, the reestablished common channel uses the same
channel codes after cell setup. When this switch is
turned off, the channel codes released by a common
channel are not reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel. That is, the reestablished common
channel uses different channel codes after cell setup.
17.
TCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes admission
decisions on both CS and PS RAB setups. For related
admission thresholds, see the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC makes admission decisions only

on CS service procedures. That is, the RNC always
admits PS service requests. A low-rate PS user is a
user whose SF corresponding to RAB setup is equal to
or larger than the SF reserved for a handover. The SF
reserved for a handover can be configured by the
UlHoCeResvSf and DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters
in the [CMD]ADD UCELLACAC[/CMD] command.
18.
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only
when this switch is turned off and the
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS switch under the
"NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When this
switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment is
always considered during downlink power admission
for HSDPA users.
19. PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned
off. Alignment using chip offset configurations for
HSUPA time division scheduling does not take effect
in the RRC connection setup phase.ON: This switch is
turned on. Alignment using chip offset configurations
for HSUPA time division scheduling takes effect in
the RRC connection setup phase.
20. PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The
cell measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation.
1: This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the
cell measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is
measured by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. Disuse
Statements: This switch will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
21.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background

WCDMA RAN

nd
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates

background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy.
22.
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
turned on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after
turned off. The RNC does not admit UEs in LDR
status after incoming inter-RAT handovers.
23.
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on.
The cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB
user admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell
LDR status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.
24. PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether to
use the optimized C-RNTI allocation method. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC starts from the place
where the last allocated C-RNTI is located,
sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the last
allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-RNTI
for a UE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
starts from the place where the first allocated C-RNTI
is located, sequentially polls C-RNTIs following the
first allocated C-RNTI, and selects an available C-
RNTI for the UE.
25.
CH (FACH UE Number Control Enhancement
Switch): Whether the number of FACH UEs in a cell
is limited by the CELL_FACH UE number
specification. When this switch is set to ON, the
number of FACH UEs in a cell is limited not only by
the FACH UE number specification but also by the
CELL_FACH UE number specification
(CELL_FACH UEs include both E-FACH UEs and
FACH UEs). That is, the total number of FACH UEs
and E-FACH UEs in a cell cannot exceed the
CELL_FACH UE number specification. When this
switch is set to OFF, the number of FACH UEs in a
cell is only limited by the FACH UE specification.

WCDMA RAN

nd
26.
CH(Optimization Switch for Static Relocation User
Selection for LDR and Preemption): Whether to
optimize the user selection algorithm for LDR and
preemption. When this switch is set to ON, the user
selection algorithm for LDR and preemption is
optimized. That is, the actual priority of static
relocation UEs is used for LDR and preemption,
which makes the user priority recognition more
accurate. When this switch is turned off, default user
priority is used for LDR and preemption.
27. PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
Calculation method of consumed CE resources. If this
parameter is set to ON, the RNC correctly calculates
the consumed CE resources. If this parameter is set to
OFF, the CE resources consumed on the link that is
deleted after a soft handover are not calculated. As a
result, the available CE resources increase and excess
users access the cell.
28. PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
LCG CE resource optimization switch for preempted
UEs. When this switch is set to ON, the RNC
correctly maintains the LCG CE resources used by a
UE after an RRC connection setup. If the UE is
preempted, these resources are provided to the
preempting UE. When this switch is set to OFF, the
RNC cannot update the LCG CE resources used by a
UE in time, which leads to incorrect resource
maintenance and affects the calculation of resources
for preemption.
29.
H: Cell resource maintenance policy when the users
queuing to access cells based on the RAB DRD
algorithm stop queuing. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately calculates the resource
consumed by the users who stop queuing, ensuring
that the RNC correctly calculates cell resources. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
immediately calculate the resource consumed by the
users who stop queuing. As a result, the consumed cell
resources are more than the resources recorded on the
RNC, and excessive users access the cell.
30.
TCH: Whether to optimize the Default DPCH Offset

WCDMA RAN

nd
Value (DOFF) allocation algorithm for a specified UE.

This switch is set to on by default. When this switch is
set to OFF, the RNC uses the original DOFF
allocation algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE
whose SRBs are carried over HSDPA (C2D refers to
an F2D or P2D state transition). This cannot ensure
even DOFF distribution. When this switch is set to
ON, the RNC uses the optimized DOFF allocation
algorithm for a new UE or a C2D UE whose SRBs are
carried over HSDPA. This ensures even DOFF
distribution.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
TCH,
WITCH,
CH,
H,
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H:
0,PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWIT
CH:1,PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWIT
CH:
1,PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_S
WITCH:
1,PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT:
0,PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
:
1,PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_
SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SW
ITCH:0,PERFENH_CRNTI_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FACHUSER_NUM_CTRL_ENH_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RELOCINUSER_LDRPRE_OPT_SWI
TCH:1,PERFENH_SOFTERHO_CE_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_LCGCE_RSRC_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_QUEUE_CANCEL_RSRC_OPT_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DOFF_OPT_S
WITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
SrbRate BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

CovSelS 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 Switch for the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
witch ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC
Connect ON: This switch is turned on. The algorithm takes
ion and effect during a CS service setup (through CELL_PCH/
Radio URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state transitions) or
Access an RRC connection setup in the CELL_DCH state.
Bearer OFF: This switch is turned off. The algorithm does
Establis not take effect during a CS service setup (through
hment CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state
and transitions) or an RRC connection setup in the
Release CELL_DCH state.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
SrbRate BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

CovSelS 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 Switch for the coverage-based adaptive SRB rate
witch ATECO Kbps adjustment algorithm.
VSEL RRC
Connect ON: This switch is turned on. The algorithm takes
ion and effect during a CS service setup (through CELL_PCH/
Radio URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state transitions) or
Access an RRC connection setup in the CELL_DCH state.
Bearer OFF: This switch is turned off. The algorithm does
Establis not take effect during a CS service setup (through
hment CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-to-CELL_DCH (P2D) state
and transitions) or an RRC connection setup in the
Release CELL_DCH state.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

WCDMA RAN

nd
CsF2DS BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Switch for the coverage-based adaptive
rbRateC 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 SRB rate adjustment algorithm when UEs with PS
ovSelSw ATECO Kbps services perform CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state
itch VSEL RRC transitions prior to setting up CS services.
Connect GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
ion and
Radio Unit: None
Access Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Bearer Default Value: OFF
Establis
hment
and
Release
CsF2DS BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Switch for the coverage-based adaptive
rbRateC 0 USRBR 010510 3.6/27.2 SRB rate adjustment algorithm when UEs with PS
ovSelSw ATECO Kbps services perform CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state
itch VSEL RRC transitions prior to setting up CS services.
Connect GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
ion and
Radio Unit: None
Access Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Bearer Default Value: OFF
Establis
hment
and
Release

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to OFF, a CS UE cannot
0106111 ion
Setup initiate a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to ON, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering 7.
and RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
Load ITCH: Whether to enable the optimized penalty
Sharing algorithm for a rollback caused by RAB DRD failures.
During
1: This switch is turned on. The following two
RAB
optimized functions are implemented:
Setup
-When a rollback is triggered due to RAB DRD
DRD failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
Introduc penalty, intra-RAT DRD is not allowed when P2D
tion state transitions are performed.
Package
HSDPA failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
DRD penalty, if cell change is performed when the UE is in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the URA_PCH, CELL_PCH, or CELL_FACH state,

the penalty is stopped and intra-RAT DRD is allowed.
This function takes effect when
CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH
is selected under
[UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2].
0: This switch is turned off. The two functions do not
take effect.
GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH,
DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER,
DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH,
RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
ITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI
TCH:
0,RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DrSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 0204000 System Direct retry switch group.
MALG 1 Direct
OSWIT Retry 1. DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for RRC
WRFD- connection): When the switch is on, DRD and
CH 020103 Inter redirection is performed for RRC connection if retry is
WRFD- Frequen required.
150232 cy Load
2. DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch for
Balance
WRFD- single RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
020120 Multiba performed for single service if retry is required.
nd
WRFD- 3. DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH(DRD switch
Direct
0204000 for combine RAB): When the switch is on, DRD is
Retry
3 performed for combined services if retry is required.
Based
WRFD- on UE 4. DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH(INTER-RAT
0204000 Location DRD switch): When this switch is turned on, inter-
2 RAT directed retry is supported.
Service
WRFD- Steering 5.
0204000 and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER:
4 Load Whether a CS UE can perform a DRD for combined
WRFD- Sharing services. When this switch and the
020400 in RRC DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH are both set to on,
Connect a CS UE can initiate a DRD for combined services.
WRFD- When this switch is set to OFF, a CS UE cannot
0106111 ion
Setup initiate a DRD for combined services even if the
2 DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH is set to on.
Inter
System 6.
Redirect DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable the inter-RAT DRD function
Inter for CS+PS combined services. When this switch is set
System to ON, if a new CS service in CS+PS combined
Direct services cannot be admitted to the UMTS network, the
Retry RNC switches the CS service to the GSM network
Traffic through a DRD.
Steering 7.
and RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_SW
Load ITCH: Whether to enable the optimized penalty
Sharing algorithm for a rollback caused by RAB DRD failures.
During
1: This switch is turned on. The following two
RAB
optimized functions are implemented:
Setup
DRD failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
Introduc penalty, intra-RAT DRD is not allowed when P2D
tion state transitions are performed.
Package
HSDPA failures, permanent penalty is imposed. During the
DRD penalty, if cell change is performed when the UE is in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the URA_PCH, CELL_PCH, or CELL_FACH state,

the penalty is stopped and intra-RAT DRD is allowed.
This function takes effect when
CMP_RAB_DRD_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_SWITCH
is selected under
[UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CmpSwitch2].
0: This switch is turned off. The two functions do not
take effect.
GUI Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH,
CH,
ITCH
Default Value: DR_RRC_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_SING_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH:
0,DR_INTER_RAT_DRD_SWITCH:
1,DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH_FOR_CSUSER
:
1,DR_INTER_RAT_CSPS_MULTI_RAB_DRD_SWI
TCH:
0,RAB_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_PUNISH_OPT_S
WITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Preempt BSC690 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

EnhSwit 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- 1.
ch QUEUE Emption PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
PREEM : Whether RRC connection requests for CS services
PT preempt resources for PS services when cell resources
MOD are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
UCELL services preempt resources occupied by PS services to
QUEUE access the cell, if RRC connection requests for CS
PREEM services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When
PT this switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for
2.
3.
4.
PREEMPT_ENH_HIGH_PRIO_USER_PREEMPT_
SW: Whether the preemption enhancement function
takes effect for high-priority UEs.
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not
perform a DRD, channel fallback, or rate
reconfiguration attempt for high-priority UEs that fail
to be admitted. Instead, the RNC directly initiates a
preemption procedure and allows these UEs to access
high-priority cells using a more advanced technology.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC processes
high-priority UEs as common UEs. That is, when
high-priority UEs fail to be admitted, the RNC first
performs a DRD, channel fallback, or rate re-
negotiation attempt for such UEs. If these attempts

WCDMA RAN

nd
fail, the RNC initiate a preemption procedure. Note:

High-priority UEs are specified by the
"HighPrioUserARP" parameter in the "SET
UUSERPRIORITY" or "ADD UOPERUSERPRIORI-
TY" command.
GUI Value Range:
,
,
CH,
SW
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
,
CH,
SW
Default Value:
:
H:
TCH:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_HIGH_PRIO_USER_PREEMPT
_SW:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Preempt BSC691 ADD WRFD- Queuing Meaning:

EnhSwit 0 UCELL 010505 and Pre- 1.
ch QUEUE Emption PREEMPT_ENH_CSRRC_PREEMPT_PS_SWITCH
PREEM : Whether RRC connection requests for CS services
PT preempt resources for PS services when cell resources
MOD are insufficient.When this switch is turned on, CS
UCELL services preempt resources occupied by PS services to
QUEUE access the cell, if RRC connection requests for CS
PREEM services fail due to insufficient cell resources.When
PT this switch is turned off, RRC connection requests for
2.
3.
4.
SW: Whether the preemption enhancement function
takes effect for high-priority UEs.
When this switch is set to ON, the RNC does not
perform a DRD, channel fallback, or rate
reconfiguration attempt for high-priority UEs that fail
to be admitted. Instead, the RNC directly initiates a
preemption procedure and allows these UEs to access
high-priority cells using a more advanced technology.
When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC processes
high-priority UEs as common UEs. That is, when
high-priority UEs fail to be admitted, the RNC first
performs a DRD, channel fallback, or rate re-
negotiation attempt for such UEs. If these attempts

WCDMA RAN

nd
fail, the RNC initiate a preemption procedure. Note:

High-priority UEs are specified by the
"HighPrioUserARP" parameter in the "SET
UUSERPRIORITY" or "ADD UOPERUSERPRIORI-
TY" command.
GUI Value Range:
,
,
CH,
SW
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
,
CH,
SW
Default Value:
:
H:
TCH:
1,PREEMPT_ENH_HIGH_PRIO_USER_PREEMPT
_SW:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMCa BSC690 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell
witch ALGOS WRFD- Users service admission. Selecting a switch enables the
WITCH 021102 per Cell corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch
MOD WRFD- Cell disables the corresponding algorithm.
UCELL 021104 Barring 1. CRD_ADCTRL: Whether to enable the credit
ALGOS Emerge admission control algorithm. The credit admission
WITCH WRFD-
010653 ncy Call control algorithm is valid only when this switch is
96 turned on and the NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH
WRFD-
HSDPA check box under the "CAC algorithm switch"
020102
Users parameter in the "SET UCACALGOSWITCH"
WRFD- per Cell command is selected.
140223
Load 2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
WRFD- Measure interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
020101 ment UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and
WRFD- downlink services over the HSDPA channels. This
MOCN
020122 switch does not take effect for UEs who process
Cell
uplink services over the HSUPA channels and
WRFD- Resourc
downlink services over the HSDPA channels.
010202 e
WRFD- Demarc 3. HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
020117 ation interface load admission control algorithm for HSUPA
UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
WRFD- Admissi
channels and downlink services over the DCHs. This
020136 on
switch does not take effect for UEs who process
Control
WRFD- uplink services over the HSUPA channels and
0106121 Multi- downlink services over the HSDPA channels.
1 Carrier
4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Switch
interface load admission control algorithm for
off
Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS)
Based
UEs.
on QoS
UE 5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP
State in measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Connect GBP of HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the
ed Mode measurement is enabled.
(CELL- 6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable provided
DCH, bit rate (PBR) measurement for HSDPA UEs. The
CELL- NodeB reports the PBR of HSDPA UEs to the RNC
PCH, only after the measurement is enabled.
URA- 7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST: Whether to
PCH, update system information after the Iu interface resets.
CELL- The cell barring function in the event of Iu interface
FACH) faults can be enabled only when this switch is turned
Multi- on and the SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
Carrier (RNC-level switch) check box under the "Process
Switch switch" parameter in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH"
off command is selected.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Based 8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable PBR

on measurement for HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Traffic PBR of HSUPA UEs to the RNC only after the
Load measurement is enabled.
Anti- 9. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to
Interfere enable the periodic measurement of total receive
nce power generated by scheduling services on E-DCHs.
Scheduli 10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable power
ng for admission control for UEs initiating emergency calls.
HSUPA
11. RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB: Whether to enable
20 anti-inference processing when Received Total
HSUPA Wideband Power is abnormal.
Users
per Cell 12. SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH: Whether
to enable uplink power-based soft handover control
for UEs who have established RRC connections but
process no services. If this switch is turned on, such
UEs cannot access target cells by using soft handovers
if the target cells are in the OLC state in the uplink.
13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable
admission control for UEs that establish services on
FACHs. If this switch is turned on and a UE initiates
an RAB or RRC connection setup request (with a
cause value other than Detach, Registration, or
Emergency Call) in an overloaded cell, the setup
request is rejected. If the cell is not overloaded, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated and the
UE can access the cell after the procedure succeeds. If
this switch is turned off, the FACH user admission
procedure is initiated regardless of whether the cell is
overloaded and the UE can access the cell after the
procedure succeeds.
14. MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
Whether to enable admission control for common
HSDPA UEs in MIMO cells.
15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to
enable admission control for fast dormancy-capable
UEs. This switch is used to alleviate FACH
congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL_DCH state. If
this switch is turned off for many cells under the
RNC, signaling storms occur and CPU usage on the
RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases significantly,
affecting service access. The function corresponding
to this switch has been deleted in R13, and this switch
is invalid.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL: Whether to

restrict the number of admitted UEs that use FACHs
to transmit service data.
Disuse Statement:The value MBMS_UU_ADCTRL
will be deleted from later versions as MBMS series
features do not work for UMTS UEs. Therefore,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL under the
NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission
Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA
UU Load Admission Control Algorithm),
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas
Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR
Meas Algorithm),
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(System Info
Update Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas
Algorithm), HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA
EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergency call power
admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP
Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH(Signaling
Sho Ul power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy
HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO
Cell ), FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast
Dormancy User Admission Control Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,

WCDMA RAN

nd
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value: CRD_ADCTRL:
1,HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
0,HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
0,HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS:
0,EMC_UU_ADCTRL:
1,RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB:
0,SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
1,FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMCa BSC691 ADD WRFD- 128 Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 010654 HSDPA Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell
witch ALGOS WRFD- Users service admission. Selecting a switch enables the
WITCH 021102 per Cell corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch
MOD WRFD- Cell disables the corresponding algorithm.
UCELL 021104 Barring 1. CRD_ADCTRL: Whether to enable the credit
ALGOS Emerge admission control algorithm. The credit admission
WITCH WRFD-
010653 ncy Call control algorithm is valid only when this switch is
96 turned on and the NODEB_CREDIT_CAC_SWITCH
WRFD-
HSDPA check box under the "CAC algorithm switch"
020102
Users parameter in the "SET UCACALGOSWITCH"
WRFD- per Cell command is selected.
140223
Load 2. HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
WRFD- Measure interface load admission control algorithm for HSDPA
020101 ment UEs who process uplink services over the DCHs and
WRFD- downlink services over the HSDPA channels. This
MOCN
020122 switch does not take effect for UEs who process
Cell
uplink services over the HSUPA channels and
WRFD- Resourc
downlink services over the HSDPA channels.
010202 e
WRFD- Demarc 3. HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
020117 ation interface load admission control algorithm for HSUPA
UEs who process uplink services over the HSUPA
WRFD- Admissi
channels and downlink services over the DCHs. This
020136 on
switch does not take effect for UEs who process
Control
WRFD- uplink services over the HSUPA channels and
0106121 Multi- downlink services over the HSDPA channels.
1 Carrier
4. MBMS_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable air-
Switch
interface load admission control algorithm for
off
Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS)
Based
UEs.
on QoS
UE 5. HSDPA_GBP_MEAS: Whether to enable GBP
State in measurement for HSDPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Connect GBP of HSDPA UEs to the RNC only after the
ed Mode measurement is enabled.
(CELL- 6. HSDPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable provided
DCH, bit rate (PBR) measurement for HSDPA UEs. The
CELL- NodeB reports the PBR of HSDPA UEs to the RNC
PCH, only after the measurement is enabled.
URA- 7. SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST: Whether to
PCH, update system information after the Iu interface resets.
CELL- The cell barring function in the event of Iu interface
FACH) faults can be enabled only when this switch is turned
Multi- on and the SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST
Carrier (RNC-level switch) check box under the "Process
Switch switch" parameter in the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH"
off command is selected.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Based 8. HSUPA_PBR_MEAS: Whether to enable PBR

on measurement for HSUPA UEs. The NodeB reports the
Traffic PBR of HSUPA UEs to the RNC only after the
Load measurement is enabled.
Anti- 9. HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS: Whether to
Interfere enable the periodic measurement of total receive
nce power generated by scheduling services on E-DCHs.
Scheduli 10. EMC_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable power
ng for admission control for UEs initiating emergency calls.
HSUPA
11. RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB: Whether to enable
20 anti-inference processing when Received Total
HSUPA Wideband Power (RTWP) is abnormal.
Users
per Cell 12. SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH: Whether
to enable uplink power-based soft handover control
for UEs who have established RRC connections but
process no services. If this switch is turned on, such
UEs cannot access target cells by using soft handovers
if the target cells are in the OLC state in the uplink.
13. FACH_UU_ADCTRL: Whether to enable
admission control for UEs that establish services on
FACHs. If this switch is turned on and a UE initiates
an RAB or RRC connection setup request (with a
cause value other than Detach, Registration, or
Emergency Call) in an overloaded cell, the setup
request is rejected. If the cell is not overloaded, the
FACH user admission procedure is initiated and the
UE can access the cell after the procedure succeeds. If
this switch is turned off, the FACH user admission
procedure is initiated regardless of whether the cell is
overloaded and the UE can access the cell after the
procedure succeeds.
14. MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
Whether to enable admission control for common
HSDPA UEs in MIMO cells.
15. FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL: Whether to
enable admission control for fast dormancy-capable
UEs. This switch is used to alleviate FACH
congestion by disabling state migration for fast
dormancy-capable UEs in the CELL_DCH state. If
this switch is turned off for many cells under the
RNC, signaling storms occur and CPU usage on the
RNC, NodeB, and SGSN increases significantly,
affecting service access. The function corresponding
to this switch has been deleted in R13, and this switch
is invalid.

WCDMA RAN

nd
16. FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL: Whether to

restrict the number of admitted UEs that use FACHs
to transmit service data.
Disuse Statement:The value MBMS_UU_ADCTRL
will be deleted from later versions as MBMS series
features do not work for UMTS UEs. Therefore,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL under the
NBMCacAlgoSwitch parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL(Credit Admission
Control Algorithm), HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSDPA
HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL(HSUPA UU Load Admission
Control Algorithm), MBMS_UU_ADCTRL(MBMS
HSDPA_GBP_MEAS(HSDPA GBP Meas
Algorithm), HSDPA_PBR_MEAS(HSDPA PBR
Meas Algorithm),
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST(System Info
Update Switch for Iu Reset),
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS(HSUPA PBR Meas
Algorithm), HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS(HSUPA
EDCH RSEPS Meas Algorithm),
EMC_UU_ADCTRL(emergency call power
admission), RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB(RTWP
Resist Disturb Switch),
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH(Signaling
Sho Ul power cac switch),
FACH_UU_ADCTRL(FACH power cac switch),
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL(Legacy
HSDPA Admission Control Algorithm in MIMO
Cell ), FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL(Fast
Dormancy User Admission Control Algorithm),
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL(FACH USER
UNLIMITED)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CRD_ADCTRL,
HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL, HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL,
MBMS_UU_ADCTRL, HSDPA_GBP_MEAS,
HSDPA_PBR_MEAS,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
HSUPA_PBR_MEAS,
HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS,
EMC_UU_ADCTRL, RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB,
SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH,
FACH_UU_ADCTRL,
MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL,

WCDMA RAN

nd
FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL,
FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL
Default Value: CRD_ADCTRL:
1,HSDPA_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSUPA_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MBMS_UU_ADCTRL:0,HSDPA_GBP_MEAS:
0,HSDPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST:
0,HSUPA_PBR_MEAS:
0,HSUPA_EDCH_RSEPS_MEAS:
0,EMC_UU_ADCTRL:
1,RTWP_RESIST_DISTURB:
0,SIGNALING_SHO_UL_AC_SWITCH:
0,FACH_UU_ADCTRL:
0,MIMOCELL_LEGACYHSDPA_ADCTRL:
0,FAST_DORMANCY_ADCTRL:
1,FACH_USER_NUM_NOT_CTRL:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
010698 HSPA+
CH the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
Uplink
WRFD- detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
11.5Mbi
010652 +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
t/s per
support the blind transport format stipulated in section
WRFD- User
4.3.1 of 3GPP 25.212.
010693 SRB
2. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- over
switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
010694 HSDPA
HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin
3. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
010697 k
is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
64QAM
WRFD- service.
+MIMO
010696 4. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
UL
WRFD- 16QAM switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
151209 HSPA service.
E-
WRFD- DPCCH 5. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
150250 Boostin When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
g be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010101 DC- 6. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch
HSDPA is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
WRFD-
supports IMS signaling.
010510 Macro-
Micro 7.
WRFD-
DC- CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
011500
HSDPA H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
WRFD- lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
3C-
010686 turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
HSDPA
WRFD- the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
3GPP size change which results in packet loss. This function
010687
R9 takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
WRFD- Specific function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
010684 ations 25.331.
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 8. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH: When
010683 3.6/27.2 the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Kbps relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
WRFD-
RRC PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
0106150
Connect discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
2
ion and Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
WRFD- Radio
0106150 Access 9. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch is
3 Bearer on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations such
Establis as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
WRFD-
0106150 hment 10.
1 and CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Release When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP compression license is activated, the PDCP header

0106150 Header compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4 Compre 11. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- ssion switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
170203 (RFC25 license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
07) compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
WRFD-
150207 CPC - 12. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
DTX / switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
WRFD- DRX
150227 the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
CPC - used for the RNC.
WRFD- HS-
0206050 13.
SCCH CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
4 less When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- operatio and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
150223 n for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 2x2 14. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
150209 MIMO on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin 15. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
010615 k switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- 64QAM HSUPA service.
010617 Combin 16. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
WRFD- ation of When this switch is turned on and if an RAB release is
020134 One CS performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Service certain HSPA (HSPA+) feature based on the
and Two requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
PS That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
Services previously released RAB connection but is not
Combin required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
ation of traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
Three transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
PS support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
Services +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
Combin DC-HSUPA, DC-HSDPA+MIMO, DB-HSDPA
ation of (including conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
Two PS DB-HSDPA), DB-HSDPA+MIMO (including
Services conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB DB-
HSDPA), 4C-HSDPA, and 4C-HSDPA+MIMO.
Combin
ation of 17. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
One CS RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
Service attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
and Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
Three 18. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When
PS the switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
Services HSUPA service.
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel 19. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this

OLPC switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
4C- the HSDPA service.
HSDPA 20. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch
DB- is turned on, special handling for free access user is
HSDPA enabled.
+MIMO 21.
Lossless CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
SRNS When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
Relocati whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
on for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
the number of HSDPA users.
MC-
HSDPA 22. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
+MIMO turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
HSUPA services.
DB-
HSDPA 23. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Multiple services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
RAB HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
Packag +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
e(PS
RAB >= 24. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
2) HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
VoIP HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
over services.
HSPA/
HSPA+ 25. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Push to services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
Talk HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
services.This switch does not take effect for the inter-
NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
26. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
allowed for HSDPA services. This switch does not
take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
enable the Rich Communication Suite enhanced
(RCS-e) service that supports voice services carried in
the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
CFG_FACH_AM_RLC_RETRANSMIT_PARA_SWI
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)

When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT" in
the command "SET UFACHCFGPARA" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to PS
services and SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on
and the cell-level parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters
"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
retransmission parameters specific to PS services and
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
CFG_DCH_SRB_AM_RLC_RETRANS_PARA_SW
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
HSDPA services. When this switch is set to ON, the
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
HSDPA services. This switch is reserved for the MF-
HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot be
used in the current version.
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing

WCDMA RAN

nd

32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to ON in a cell
enabled with the inter-NodeB multiflow function,
SRB packet data units (PDU) in acknowledged mode
(AM) RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in all
cells. When this switch is set to OFF, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
SRB PDUs in unacknowledged mode (UM) or
transparent mode (TM) RLC mode can only be
transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
Disuse Statement:1. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH will
be deleted from later versions as PDCP RFC2507
header compression features do not work for UMTS
UEs. Therefore, this value are not recommended.
2. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_
SWITCH will be deleted from later versions as PDCP
RFC2507 header compression features do not work
for UMTS UEs. Therefore, this value are not
recommended.
GUI Value Range:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
H, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH,
CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH,
CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:0,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:1,
H:0, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:0,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:1,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH:0,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:0,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0, CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CfgSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- DC- Meaning:

ch 0 UCORR 010699 HSDPA Channel configuration strategy switch group.
MALG WRFD- +MIMO
OSWIT 1. CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH: When
010698 HSPA+
CH the switch is on, the DL blind transport format
Uplink
WRFD- detection function is used for single SRB and AMR
11.5Mbi
010652 +SRB bearers. Note that the UE is only required to
t/s per
support the blind transport format stipulated in section
WRFD- User
4.3.1 of 3GPP 25.212.
010693 SRB
2. CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- over
switch is on, 64QAM can be configured for the
010694 HSDPA
HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin
3. CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH: When the switch
010697 k
is on, MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
64QAM
WRFD- service.
+MIMO
010696 4. CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH: When the
UL
WRFD- 16QAM switch is on, DTX_DRX can be configured for the
151209 HSPA service.
E-
WRFD- DPCCH 5. CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:
150250 Boostin When the switch is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can
g be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010101 DC- 6. CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the switch
HSDPA is on and the IMS license is activated, the RNC
WRFD-
supports IMS signaling.
010510 Macro-
Micro 7.
WRFD-
DC- CFG_LOSSLESS_DLRLC_PDUSIZECHG_SWITC
011500
HSDPA H: Whether the UTRAN supports the function of
WRFD- lossless RLC PDU size change. When this switch is
3C-
010686 turned on, downlink channel reconfiguration between
HSDPA
WRFD- the DCH and HS-DSCH does not cause RLC PDU
3GPP size change which results in packet loss. This function
010687
R9 takes effect only on the UEs enabled with this
WRFD- Specific function. For details about this function, see 3GPP TS
010684 ations 25.331.
WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 8. CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH: When
010683 3.6/27.2 the switch is on and the UE supports lossless
Kbps relocation, the RNC configures lossless relocation for
WRFD-
RRC PDCP parameters if the requirements of RLC mode,
0106150
Connect discard mode, and sequential submission are met.
2
ion and Then, lossless relocation is used for the UE.
WRFD- Radio
0106150 Access 9. CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH: When the switch is
3 Bearer on, the RNC supports multi-RABs combinations such
Establis as 2CS, 2CS+1PS, 1CS+2PS, and 2PS.
WRFD-
0106150 hment 10.
1 and CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:
Release When the switch is on and the PDCP Header

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PDCP compression license is activated, the PDCP header

0106150 Header compression algorithm for IPv6 is used at the RNC.
4 Compre 11. CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH: When the
WRFD- ssion switch is on and the PDCP Header compression
170203 (RFC25 license is activated, the PDCP RFC2507 header
07) compression algorithm is used for the RNC.
WRFD-
150207 CPC - 12. CFG_PDCP_RFC3095_HC_SWITCH: When the
DTX / switch is on and the PDCP ROHC license is activated,
WRFD- DRX
150227 the PDCP RFC3095 header compression algorithm is
CPC - used for the RNC.
WRFD- HS-
0206050 13.
SCCH CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:
4 less When the switch is on and the switches for 64QAM
WRFD- operatio and MIMO are on, 64QAM+MIMO can be configured
150223 n for the HSDPA service
WRFD- 2x2 14. CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH: When the switch is
150209 MIMO on, DC can be configured for the HSDPA service.
WRFD- Downlin 15. CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH: When the
010615 k switch is on, 16QAM can be configured for the
WRFD- 64QAM HSUPA service.
010617 Combin 16. CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:
WRFD- ation of When this switch is turned on and if an RAB release is
020134 One CS performed, the RNC decides whether to fall back a
Service certain HSPA (HSPA+) feature based on the
and Two requirement of remaining traffic carried by the UE.
PS That is, if an HSPA+ feature is required by the
Services previously released RAB connection but is not
Combin required in the initial bearer policy of the remaining
ation of traffic, the RNC falls back the feature to save the
Three transmission resources. The HSPA+ features that
PS support the fallback are MIMO, 64QAM, MIMO
Services +64QAM, UL 16QAM, DC-HSDPA, UL TTI 2ms,
Combin DC-HSUPA, DC-HSDPA+MIMO, DB-HSDPA
ation of (including conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB
Two PS DB-HSDPA), DB-HSDPA+MIMO (including
Services conventional DB-HSDPA and inter-NodeB DB-
HSDPA), 4C-HSDPA, and 4C-HSDPA+MIMO.
Combin
ation of 17. CFG_PTT_SWITCH: When this switch is on, the
One CS RNC identifies the PTT user based on the QoS
Service attributes in the RAB assignment request message.
and Then, the PTT users are subject to special processing.
Three 18. CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH: When
PS the switch is on, Boosting can be configured for the
Services HSUPA service.
Uplink
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
Channel 19. CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH: When this

OLPC switch is turned on, DC+MIMO can be configured for
4C- the HSDPA service.
HSDPA 20. CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH: When this switch
DB- is turned on, special handling for free access user is
HSDPA enabled.
+MIMO 21.
Lossless CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
SRNS When this switch is turned on, the RNC determines
Relocati whether to enable the DC-HSDPA or MIMO feature
on for a newly admitted user based on the cell load and
the number of HSDPA users.
MC-
HSDPA 22. CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH: When this switch is
+MIMO turned on, the DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for
HSUPA services.
DB-
HSDPA 23. CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
4C-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Multiple services. When this switch is turned on, the MC-
RAB HSDPA+MIMO (4C-HSDPA+MIMO and 3C-HSDPA
Packag +MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
e(PS
RAB >= 24. CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH: Whether the 3C-
2) HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
services. When this switch is turned on, the 3C-
VoIP HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA
over services.
HSPA/
HSPA+ 25. CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH: Whether the
DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Push to services. When this switch is turned on, the DB-
Talk HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
services.This switch does not take effect for the inter-
NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
26. CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH: Whether the DB-
HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services. When
this switch is turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is
allowed for HSDPA services. This switch does not
take effect for the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
27. CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH: Indicates whether to
enable the Rich Communication Suite enhanced
(RCS-e) service that supports voice services carried in
the CS domain and video services carried in the PS
domain. When this switch is turned off, the RCS-e
service is disabled. When this switch is turned on, the
RCS-e service is enabled.
28.
TCH: Switch for configuring AM RLC retransmission

WCDMA RAN

nd
parameters for UEs in the CELL_FACH state. (1)

When this switch is turned on and the cell-level
parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are not set, the
parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT" in
the command "SET UFACHCFGPARA" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to PS
services and SRBs. (2) When this switch is turned on
and the cell-level parameters in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are set, the parameters
"TimerPollForFachPsTRB" and
"TimerPollForFachSRB" in the command "ADD
UCELLFACHCONGCTRL" are used as AM RLC
retransmission parameters specific to PS services and
SRBs, respectively. (3) When this switch is turned off,
the parameters "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
in the command "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" are used as
AM RLC retransmission parameters specific to SRBs,
and the parameters "TimerPoll" and
"NoDiscardMaxDAT" in the command "ADD
UTYPRABRLC" are used as AM RLC retransmission
parameters specific to PS services.
29.
ITCH: Switch controlling the configuration mode of
AM RLC SDU retransmission parameters for UEs in
the CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned on
and UEs in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side of an AM RLC entity uses the values
of the "TimerPoll" and "NoDiscardMaxDAT"
parameters in the "ADD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC"
or "MOD UTYPSRBDCHRNCRLC" command for
SDU retransmission. When this switch is turned off or
UEs not in the CELL_DCH state, on the RNC, the
transmitting side uses the values of these parameters
in the "ADD UTYPSRBRLC" or "MOD
UTYPSRBRLC" command for SDU retransmission.
30. CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the SFDC HSDPA function for UEs processing
SFDC HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing
31. CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH: Whether to
enable the DF3C HSDPA function for UEs processing
DF3C HSDPA function is enabled for UEs processing

WCDMA RAN

nd

32. CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH: Whether to
validate the SRB bicasting function for SRBs carried
over HSDPA when the multiflow HSDPA function is
enabled. When this switch is set to ON in a cell
enabled with the inter-NodeB multiflow function,
SRB packet data units (PDU) in acknowledged mode
(AM) RLC mode are transmitted simultaneously in all
cells. When this switch is set to OFF, SRB PDUs in
AM RLC mode can only be transmitted in one cell.
SRB PDUs in unacknowledged mode (UM) or
transparent mode (TM) RLC mode can only be
transmitted in the primary sector. This switch is
reserved for the MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA)
function and cannot be used in the current version.
Disuse Statement:1. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_RFC2507_HC_SWITCH will
be deleted from later versions as PDCP RFC2507
header compression features do not work for UMTS
UEs. Therefore, this value are not recommended.
2. The values
CfgSwitch:CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_
SWITCH will be deleted from later versions as PDCP
RFC2507 header compression features do not work
for UMTS UEs. Therefore, this value are not
recommended.
GUI Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CFG_PTT_SWITCH,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Default Value:
CFG_DL_BLIND_DETECTION_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_SWITCH:1,
CFG_HSPA_DTX_DRX_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSPA_HSSCCH_LESS_OP_SWITCH:0,
CFG_IMS_SUPPORT_SWITCH:1,
H:0, CFG_LOSSLESS_RELOC_CFG_SWITCH:0,
CFG_MULTI_RAB_SWITCH:1,
CFG_PDCP_IPV6_HEAD_COMPRESS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_MIMO_WITH_64QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RAB_REL_RMV_HSPAPLUS_SWITCH:0,
CFG_PTT_SWITCH:0,
CFG_EDPCCH_BOOSTING_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DCMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_FREE_USER_SWITCH:0,
CFG_DC_MIMO_DYNAMIC_SELECT_SWITCH:
0, CFG_HSUPA_DC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_MIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_4C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DBMIMO_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DB_SWITCH:0,
CFG_RCS_E_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0, CFG_HSDPA_SFDC_SWITCH:0,
CFG_HSDPA_DF3C_SWITCH:0,
CFG_SRB_BICASTING_SWTICH:0
TrafficC BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: This parameter specifies the traffic class.
lass 0 UFACH 010101 R9 GUI Value Range: SRB, PS_TRB
CFGPA Specific
RA ations Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB, PS_TRB
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
TrafficC BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: This parameter specifies the traffic class.
lass 0 UFACH 010101 R9 GUI Value Range: SRB, PS_TRB
CFGPA Specific
Actual Value Range: SRB, PS_TRB
Default Value: None
TrchTyp BSC690 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Transport channel type.

e 0 UFACH 010101 R9 GUI Value Range: FACH, E_FACH
CFGPA Specific
Actual Value Range: FACH, E_FACH
Default Value: None
TrchTyp BSC691 SET WRFD- 3GPP Meaning: Transport channel type.

e 0 UFACH 010101 R9 GUI Value Range: FACH, E_FACH
CFGPA Specific
Actual Value Range: FACH, E_FACH
Default Value: None
AtomRu BSC690 ADD None None Meaning: ID of an atom rule.

leID 0 UIOPT GUI Value Range: 0~65534
ATOMR
ULE Unit: None

UIOPT Default Value: None
ATOMR
ULE
RMV
UIOPT
ATOMR
ULE
AtomRu BSC691 ADD None None Meaning: ID of an atom rule.

leID 0 UIOPT GUI Value Range: 0~65534
ATOMR
ULE Unit: None

UIOPT Default Value: None
ATOMR
ULE
RMV
UIOPT
ATOMR
ULE

WCDMA RAN

nd
FlowCtr BSC690 SET WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

lSwitch 0 UNBMP 020101 on The parameter values are described as follows:
HYPAR WRFD- Control
A 1.
040100 Flow CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH(
Control Switch for Queue-based Shaping of Cell Update
Message): Whether to enable queue-based shaping for
CELL_UPDATE messages. When this switch is
turned on, queue-based shaping for CELL_UPDATE
messages is enabled. If the CPU usage is high when a
UE initiates a cell update, the RNC buffers the
received CELL_UPDATE messages of the different
priorities in different queues. When the CPU usage
falls below a threshold, the RNC processes the
buffered messages.
2.
HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH(
CAPS flow control algorithm optimization switch for
RRC connections): When this switch is turned off, the
number of allowed prioritized RRC connection setup
requests is calculated based on the following:
Number of allowed RRC connection setup requests
per second
Number of RRC connection setup requests that can be
borrowed from that reserved for the next second
When this switch is turned on, high-priority RRC
connection setup requests can use 20% to 30% more
of the requests allowed for the next second. This
increases the number of allowed high-priority RRC
connection setup requests per second.
3.
CS_RRC_CELL_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH(C
S Cell Dynamic CAPS FC Optimization Switch):
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not
perform cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control on CS
services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
performs cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control on CS
services.
GUI Value Range:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH(
Switch for Queue-based Shaping of Cell Update
Message),
Dynamic CAPS FC Optimize Switch for High-

WCDMA RAN

nd
Priority RRC),
S Cell Dynamic CAPS FC Optimization Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH,
HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_RRC_CELL_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH
:
1,CS_RRC_CELL_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
FlowCtr BSC691 SET WRFD- Admissi Meaning:

lSwitch 0 UNBMP 020101 on The parameter values are described as follows:
HYPAR WRFD- Control
A 1.
040100 Flow CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH(
Control Switch for Queue-based Shaping of Cell Update
Message): Whether to enable queue-based shaping for
CELL_UPDATE messages. When this switch is
turned on, queue-based shaping for CELL_UPDATE
messages is enabled. If the CPU usage is high when a
UE initiates a cell update, the RNC buffers the
received CELL_UPDATE messages of the different
priorities in different queues. When the CPU usage
falls below a threshold, the RNC processes the
buffered messages.
2.
CAPS flow control algorithm optimization switch for
RRC connections): When this switch is turned off, the
number of allowed prioritized RRC connection setup
requests is calculated based on the following:
Number of allowed RRC connection setup requests
per second
Number of RRC connection setup requests that can be
borrowed from that reserved for the next second
When this switch is turned on, high-priority RRC
connection setup requests can use 20% to 30% more
of the requests allowed for the next second. This
increases the number of allowed high-priority RRC
connection setup requests per second.
3.
S Cell Dynamic CAPS FC Optimization Switch):
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not
perform cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control on CS
services. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
performs cell-level dynamic CAPS flow control on CS
services.
GUI Value Range:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH(
Switch for Queue-based Shaping of Cell Update
Message),
Dynamic CAPS FC Optimize Switch for High-

WCDMA RAN

nd
Priority RRC),
S Cell Dynamic CAPS FC Optimization Switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH,
HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_RRC_CELL_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CELL_UPDATE_QUEUE_FLOW_CTRL_SWITCH:
0,HIGH_PRI_RRC_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH
:
1,CS_RRC_CELL_DYN_CAPS_FC_OPT_SWITCH:
0
RrcCaus BSC690 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Index of Signaling Radio Bearer (SRB)
eSigChT 0 URRCE 010510 3.6/27.2 channel type for an RRC connection establishment.
ypeId STCAU Kbps Each index corresponds to a set of typical settings for
SESIGC RRC SRB channel types that are used for RRC connection
HTYPE Connect establishments.
MOD ion and GUI Value Range: 1~15
URRCE Radio
Access Unit: None
STCAU
SESIGC Bearer Actual Value Range: 1~15
HTYPE Establis Default Value: None
hment
RMV and
URRCE Release
STCAU
SESIGC
HTYPE
RrcCaus BSC691 ADD WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning: Index of Signaling Radio Bearer (SRB)
eSigChT 0 URRCE 010510 3.6/27.2 channel type for an RRC connection establishment.
ypeId STCAU Kbps Each index corresponds to a set of typical settings for
SESIGC RRC SRB channel types that are used for RRC connection
HTYPE Connect establishments.
MOD ion and GUI Value Range: 1~15
URRCE Radio
Access Unit: None
STCAU
SESIGC Bearer Actual Value Range: 1~15
HTYPE Establis Default Value: None
hment
RMV and
URRCE Release
STCAU
SESIGC
HTYPE

WCDMA RAN

nd
IOptiFu BSC690 ACT None None Meaning: ID of a function in intelligent optimization.

nctionID 0 UIOPTF GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UNCTI
ON Unit: None
ADD Actual Value Range: 0~65535

UIOPTF Default Value: None
UNCTI
ON
DEA
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON
MOD
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON
RMV
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON
IOptiFu BSC691 ACT None None Meaning: ID of a function in intelligent optimization.

nctionID 0 UIOPTF GUI Value Range: 0~65535
UNCTI
ON Unit: None
ADD Actual Value Range: 0~65535

UIOPTF Default Value: None
UNCTI
ON
DEA
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON
MOD
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON
RMV
UIOPTF
UNCTI
ON

WCDMA RAN

nd
MOCN BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the name of an MO whose
AME 0, NODEB parameters are associated with a rule.
BTS390 RULEA GUI Value Range: ULOCELLALGPARA(Local Cell
0 CTION Algorithm Para), ULOCELLMACHSPARA(Local
WCDM PARA Cell Mac-hs Para), ULOCELL(Local Cell)
A, DSP
BTS590 Unit: None
NODEB
0, RULEA Actual Value Range: ULOCELLALGPARA,
BTS590 CTION ULOCELLMACHSPARA, ULOCELL
0 PARA Default Value: None
WCDM
A LST
NODEB
RULEA
CTION
PARA

WCDMA RAN
Description 8 Counters
8 Counters
Table 8-1 Counters

Counter ID Counter Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name
Name Description
50332065 VS.RadioQualit Average NodeB Multi-mode: DPCH Power

yDPCHPC.User Number of None Control Based
Num Users Enabled GSM: None on Radio
with DPCH Quality
Power Control UMTS:
Based on Radio Congestion
Quality in a WRFD-191204 Handler (Phase
Cell LTE: None 3)
50341740 VS.HSDPA.Dp Maximum NodeB Multi-mode: DPCH

chMaxPwrRestr DPCH power None Maximum
.ActRatio restriction GSM: None Power
algorithm Restriction
validity UMTS:
probability Congestion
WRFD-191204 Handler (Phase
LTE: None 3)
50342050 VS.DPCHTPCP Average number NodeB Multi-mode: DPCH TPC

wrAdj.UserNu of users with None Power
m DPCH TPC GSM: None Adjustment
Power Automatic
Adjustment UMTS:
WRFD-181207 Congestion
enabled in a cell Handler (Phase
WRFD-191204 3)
LTE: None

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67179781 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of PS BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.

mRel.PS RABs 2Kbps RRC
Abnormally Connection and
Released for Radio Access
Cell Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179781 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of PS BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.

mRel.PS RABs 2Kbps RRC
Abnormally Connection and
Released for Radio Access
Cell Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179782 VS.RAB.Norm Number of PS BSC6900 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.

Rel.PS RABs Normally 2Kbps RRC
Released for Connection and
Cell Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67179782 VS.RAB.Norm Number of PS BSC6910 WRFD-010510 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.

Rel.PS RABs Normally 2Kbps RRC
Released for Connection and
Cell Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67189840 VS.HSDPA.Me Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

anChThroughpu Total Bytes Sent Introduction
t.TotalBytes in Downlink of Package
HSDPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell
67189840 VS.HSDPA.Me Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

anChThroughpu Total Bytes Sent Introduction
t.TotalBytes in Downlink of Package
HSDPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell
67192486 VS.HSUPA.Me Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Total Bytes Introduction
t.TotalBytes Received in Package
Uplink of
HSUPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67192486 VS.HSUPA.Me Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

anChThroughpu Total Bytes Introduction
t.TotalBytes Received in Package
Uplink of
HSUPA MAC-d
Flow for Cell
67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load

Totally Measurement
Received
Bandwidth for
Cell
67199617 VS.MeanRTWP Mean Power of BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load

Totally Measurement
Received
Bandwidth for
Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load

Transmitted Measurement
Power of
Carrier for Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load

Transmitted Measurement
Power of
Carrier for Cell
67199650 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

ytesPSR99Conv Bytes of PS QoS Class
.Rx Conversational
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199650 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010501 Conversational

.Rx Conversational
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199651 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS

ytesPSR99Str.R Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Streaming
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67199651 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS

ytesPSR99Str.R Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Streaming
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199652 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS

ytesPSR99Int.R Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Interactive
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199652 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS

ytesPSR99Int.R Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Interactive
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199653 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010504 Background

ytesPSR99Bkg. Bytes of PS QoS Class
Rx R99
Background
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199653 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010504 Background

Rx R99
Background
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199654 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

.Tx Conversational
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199654 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-010501 Conversational

.Tx Conversational
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67199655 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS

ytesPSR99Str.T Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Streaming
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199655 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-010502 Streaming QoS

ytesPSR99Str.T Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Streaming
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199656 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS

ytesPSR99Int.T Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Interactive
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199656 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-010503 Interactive QoS

ytesPSR99Int.T Bytes of PS Class
x R99 Interactive
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199657 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-010504 Background

Tx R99
Background
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67199657 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-010504 Background

Tx R99
Background
Services over
Iub DCH for
Cell
67202894 VS.HSDPA.Me Mean Downlink BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

anChThroughpu Throughput of Introduction
t single HSDPA Package
MAC-d Flows
for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67202894 VS.HSDPA.Me Mean Downlink BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

anChThroughpu Throughput of Introduction
t single HSDPA Package
MAC-d Flows
for Cell
67202902 VS.MeanTCP.N Mean Non- BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load

onHS HSDPA Measurement
Transmitted
Carrier Power
for Cell
67202902 VS.MeanTCP.N Mean Non- BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load

onHS HSDPA Measurement
Transmitted
Carrier Power
for Cell
67203850 VS.HSUPA.UE. Average BSC6900 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

Mean.Cell Number of 11 Users per Cell
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
a Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
67203850 VS.HSUPA.UE. Average BSC6910 WRFD-010612 20 HSUPA

Mean.Cell Number of 11 Users per Cell
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-010634 60 HSUPA
a Cell Users per Cell
WRFD-010639
96 HSUPA
Users per Cell
67204753 VS.CRNCIubB Number of BSC6900 WRFD-021000 Transport

ytesPSR99.CC Bytes of UL PS Channel
H.Rx Services over Management
Iub RACH for
Cell

ytesPSR99.CC Bytes of UL PS Channel
H.Rx Services over Management
Iub RACH for
Cell

ytesPSR99.CC Bytes of DL PS Channel
H.Tx Services over Management
Iub FACH for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

ytesPSR99.CC Bytes of DL PS Channel
H.Tx Services over Management
Iub FACH for
Cell
73403761 VS.HSUPA.UE. Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

Max.Cell Number of 02 Admission
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-020101 Control
a Cell Admission
Control
73403761 VS.HSUPA.UE. Maximum BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

Max.Cell Number of 02 Admission
HSUPA UEs in WRFD-020101 Control
a Cell Admission
Control
73410499 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

ytesHSDPA.Tx Bytes over Iub Introduction
HSDSCH for Package
Cell
73410499 VS.SRNCIubB Number of DL BSC6910 WRFD-010610 HSDPA

ytesHSDPA.Tx Bytes over Iub Introduction
HSDSCH for Package
Cell
73410500 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ytesHSUPA.Rx Bytes over Iub Introduction
EDCH for Cell Package
73410500 VS.SRNCIubB Number of UL BSC6910 WRFD-010612 HSUPA

ytesHSUPA.Rx Bytes over Iub Introduction
EDCH for Cell Package
73410510 VS.CellDCHU Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es in CELL_DCH Connected
State for Cell Mode (CELL-
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73410510 VS.CellDCHU Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es in CELL_DCH Connected
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73410511 VS.CellFACHU Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es in CELL_FACH Connected
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73410511 VS.CellFACHU Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es in CELL_FACH Connected
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73415210 VS.XPU.CPUL AR9780:Averag BSC6900 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

OAD.MEAN e CPU Usage of
the XPU
73424009 VS.FACH.CCC Congestion BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

H.CONG.TIME Duration of Connected
CCCHs Carried Mode (CELL-
over FACHs for DCH, CELL-
Cell PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73424009 VS.FACH.CCC Congestion BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

CCCHs Carried Mode (CELL-
Cell PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73426285 VS.CellFACHU Maximum BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es.MAX Count of UE in Connected
CELL_FACH Mode (CELL-
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73426285 VS.CellFACHU Maximum BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

Es.MAX Count of UE in Connected
CELL_FACH Mode (CELL-
DCH, CELL-
PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73439971 VS.FACH.DTC Congestion BSC6900 WRFD-010202 UE State in

DTCHs Carried Mode (CELL-
Cell PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73439971 VS.FACH.DTC Congestion BSC6910 WRFD-010202 UE State in

DTCHs Carried Mode (CELL-
Cell PCH, URA-
PCH, CELL-
FACH)
73441505 VS.MeanULAct Mean Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load

ualPowerLoad Actual Cell Measurement
Load
73441505 VS.MeanULAct Mean Uplink BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load

ualPowerLoad Actual Cell Measurement
Load
73442003 VS.SUBSYS.C AR9725:Averag BSC6910 WRFD-040100 Flow Control

PULOAD.MEA e Subsys CPU
N Usage of the
Board

WCDMA RAN
Description 9 Glossary
9 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RAN
Description 10 Reference Documents
10 Reference Documents
1. RNC in Pool Feature Parameter Description

2. Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description
3. RB Parking Feature Parameter Description
4. Adaptive Adjustment of HSUPA Small Target Retransmissions Feature Parameter
Description
5. Dynamic Configuration Based on the Uplink Load Feature Parameter Description
6. HSUPA Data Channel Interference Cancellation Feature Parameter Description
7. Power Control Feature Parameter Description
8. Load-based Intelligent State Transition Feature Parameter Description


Automatic Congestion Handler (RAN19.1 - 01)

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Automatic Congestion Handler (RAN19.1 - 01)

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

WCDMA RAN

Automatic Congestion Handler

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

6.1.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................ 48

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

1 About This Document

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900 and BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite, DBS5900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

l Need to understand the features described herein

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

1.3 Change History

RAN19.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added a new feature l Added the AdapRncCongestPhase3Sw

Added the function one- Added the LST UIOPTFUNCCURRENT-

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Editorial None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

WRFD-16 Automatic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-18 Automatic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-19 Automatic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

3.2 WRFD-160253 Automatic Congestion Handler

3.2.1 Decision Conditions for Different Congestion States

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

Table 3-1 Decision conditions for each measurement object

Number of Congestion state

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7

Measure Congestion State

Downlink Second-level congestion state

First-level congestion state

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8

Measure Congestion State

Uplink Congestion state (actual uplink load)

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9

Measure Congestion State

Normal state (actual uplink load)

FACH of a Congestion state (FACH DTCH)

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10

Measure Congestion State

Number of Normal state

3.2.2 Automatic Congestion Relief Actions

l CS Preference includes the following functions: CS RAB setup optimization, CS services

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11

Table 3-2 Automatic congestion relief actions

Issue 01 (2017-03-20) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12

Function Function Congestion Relief Action

CS 11 When the actual uplink power load of a cell or downlink power